APPliED TEChnology inSTiTUTE, llC 
Training Rocket Scientists 
Since 1984 
Volume 119 
Valid through April 2015 
Celebrating 
30Years 
ATI is proud to announce the launch of our NEW! ATI INTERNATIONAL DIVISION delivering on-site courses throughout Europe and Asia. See pages 2 and 63 for more details. 
Satellites & Space-Related Systems 
Satellite Communications & Telecommunications 
Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic Warfare 
Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar 
Systems Engineering & Project Management 
NEW! - Agile & Scrum 
NEW! - SharePoint
We are pleased to announce the launch of 
Applied Technology Institute International. 
Contact one of our international training specialists at 
info@aticourses.com to arrange for an on-site course at 
your facility in your country. See page 63 for more details. 
Technical and Training Professionals: 
For 30 years, the Applied Technology Institute (ATI) earned the 
trust of technical professionals and training departments nation-wide. 
We successfully delievered on-site training at all major DoD 
facilities and NASA centers, and for a large number of their contrac-tors. 
In addition, many international organizations have benefited 
from our training solutions, including the United Nations (UN). 
To better serve and support our international customers, we are 
launching our new division, ATI International. This division allows 
our overseas customers to save on travel expenses and permits us 
to consistently bring the ATI experience to facilities in Europe. Now 
all our customers, including those in the U.S. and Canada can save 
over 50% compared to a public course if 15 or more students attend 
an on-site course event. 
Our team of training specialists are available to assist you with 
addressing you training needs and requirements and are ready to 
send you a quote for an on-site course or enroll you in a public 
event. Our courses and instructors are specialized in the following 
subject matters: 
• Satellites & Space-Related Systems 
• Satellite Communications & Telecommunications 
• Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic Warfare 
• Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar 
• Systems Engineering & Project Management 
• Engineering and Signal Processing 
• Agile & Scrum 
• SharePoint 
This catalog includes upcoming open 
enrollment dates for many of our courses. 
Our website, www.ATIcourses.com, lists 
over 50 additional courses that we offer. 
Contact us for a fast and free quote. Our 
training specialsists are ready to help. 
Regards, 
2 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Table of Contents 
Agile, Scrum & SharePoint 
Agile Boot Camp 
Oct 8-10, 2014 • Washington, DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 
Nov 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 
Agile Testing 
For Dates See Page 5 & Online • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Agile Project Management 
For Dates See Page 5 & Online • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Agile in the Government Environment 
Nov 20-21, 2014 • Washington, DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 
Agile Collaborating & Communicating Agile Requirements 
Nov 24-25, 2014 • Herndon, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 
Certified Scrum Master Workshop 
Nov 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
SharePoint 2013 Boot Camp 
Nov 10-13, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
SharePoint 2013 For Project Management 
Dec 15-17, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Acoustics & Sonar Engineering 
Acoustic Fundamentals, Measurements & Applications 
Nov 18-20, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 
Feb 24-26, 2015 • Keyport, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 
Mar 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 
Military Standard 810G Testing 
Nov 4-6, 2014 • Detroit, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 
Nov 10-13, 2014 • Plano, Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 
Random Vibration & Shock Testing - Fundamentals 
Nov 4-6, 2014 • Huntsville, Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 
Feb 18-20, 2015 • Santa Barbara, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 
Sonar Principles & ASW Analysis 
Feb 24-26, 2015 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 
Mar 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 
Submarines & Submariners – An Introduction 
Nov 17-19, 2014 • Laurel, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 
Thermal & Vibration Reliability for Advanced Rugged Electronics NEW! 
Oct 7-9, 2014 • Santa Clarita, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 
Nov 4-6, 2014 • Detroit, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 
Feb 10-12, 2015 • Cape Canaveral, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 
Defense, Cyber, Missiles & Radar 
AEGIS Ballistic Missile Defense 
Feb 24-27, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 
Cyber Warfare - Global Trends 
Feb 10-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 
Examing Network Centric Warfare 
Jan 21-22, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 
GPS Technology 
Nov 10-13, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 
Jan 12-15, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 
Link 16 / JTIDS / JREAP-Advanced 
Feb 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 
Missile System Design 
Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 
Modern Missile Analysis 
Jan 19-22, 2015 • Huntsville, Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 
Feb 17-20, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 
Multi-Target Tracking & Multi-Sensor Data Fusion 
Nov 18-20, 2014 • Dayton, Ohio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 
Jan 27-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 
Naval Weapons Principles 
Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 
Radar Systems Design & Engineering 
Feb 23-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 
Software Defined Radio Engineering 
Jan 26-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 
Synthetic Aperture Radar - Fundamentals 
Feb 9-10, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 
Synthetic Aperture Radar - Advanced 
Feb 11-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 
Unmanned Air Vehicle Design 
Nov 11-13, 2014 • Dayton, Ohio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 
Feb 17-19, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 
Unmanned Aircraft System Fundamentals 
Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 
Unmanned Aircraft Systems - Sensing, Payloads & Products NEW! 
Nov 3-6, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 
Jan 26-29, 2015 • Boston, Massachusetts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 
Systems Engineering & Project Management 
Architecting with DODAF 
Oct 30-31, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 
Nov 6-7, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 
Jan 15-16, 2015 • Dayton, Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 
Building High Value Relationships NEW! 
Nov 18, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 
Cost Estimating 
Feb 24-25, 2015 • Albuquerque, New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 
CSEP Preparation 
Oct 17-18, 2014 • Chantilly, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 
Jan 12-13, 2015 • Dayton, Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 
Model Based Systems Engineering with OMG SysML NEW! 
Nov 18-20, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 
Systems Engineering - Requirements 
Jan 27-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 
Feb 23-26, 2015 • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 
Systems Engineering (SE) Best Practices & Technical CONOPS 
Oct 21-23, 2014 • Virginia Beach, Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 
Oct 28-30, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 
Nov 4-6, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 
Feb 10-12, 2015 • Virginia Beach, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 
Engineering & Communications 
Antenna and Array Fundamentals 
Dec 10-11, 2014 San Antonio, Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 
Jan 21-22, 2015 Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 
Data Visualization 
Dec 2-4, 2014 Laurel, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 
Digital Signal Processing – Essentials of Advanced Techniques NEW! 
Jan 20-22, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 
Electomagentic Compatibility & Signal Integrity Design NEW! 
Oct 6-7, 2014 • Minneapolis, Minnesota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 
Feb 10-11, 2015 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 
Feb 17-18, 2015 • Orlando, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 
EMI / EMC in Military Systems 
Nov 18-20, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 
Fundamentals of Statistics with Excel Examples 
Jan 27-28, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) 
Feb 17-19, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 
Wavelets: A Conceptual, Practical Approach 
Feb 10-12, 2015 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 
Wireless & Spread Spectrum Design 
Nov 18-20, 2014 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 
Jan 19-21, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 
Space & Satellite Systems 
Communications Payload Design & Satellite System Architecture 
Mar 3-6, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 
Earth Station Design 
Oct 28-31, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 
Jan 27-30, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 
Ground Systems Design & Operations 
Nov 5-7, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 
IP Networking over Satellite 
Jan 27-28, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 
Optical Sensors - Introduction 
Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 
Orbital & Launch Mechanics - Fundamentals 
Nov 17-20, 2014 • Scottsdale, Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 
Dec 8-11, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 
Satellite Communication Design & Engineering 
Dec 9-11, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 
Mar 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 
Satellite Communications - An Essential Introduction 
Dec 2-4, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 
Feb 2-5, 2015 • Virtual Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 
Satellite Communications - State of Art 
Mar 10-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 
Satellite Communications Systems - Advanced 
Jan 20-22, 2015 • Cocoa Beach, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 
Satellite Laser Communications NEW! 
Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 
Satellite Link Budget Training Using SatMaster Software 
Feb 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 
Space Environment 
Jan 26-27, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 
Space Mission Structures 
Nov 11-14, 2014 • Littleton, Colorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 
Space Systems Fundamentals 
Jan 19-22, 2015 • Albuquerque, New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 
Space Systems & Space Subsystems 
Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 
Topics for On-site Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 
Applied Technology Institute International . . . . 63 
Popular “On-site” Topics & Ways to Register . . . . . 64 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 3
Agile Boot Camp: 
An Immersive Introduction Course # A111 
There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: 
www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html 
October 8-10, 2014 • Washington, DC 
November 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland 
Nov 12-14, 2014 • Live Virtual Online 
December 10-12, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland 
$1795 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
While not a silver bullet, Agile Methodologies are quickly 
becoming the most practical way to create outstanding 
software. Scrum, Extreme Programming, Lean, Dynamic 
Systems Development Method, Feature Driven Development 
and other methods each have their strengths. While there are 
significant similarities that have brought them together under 
the Agile umbrella, each method brings unique strengths that 
can be utilized for your team success. 
This 3-day classroom is set up in pods/teams. Each team 
looks like a real-world development unit in Agile with Project 
Manager/Scrum Master, Business Analyst, Tester and 
Development. The teams will work through the Agile process 
including Iteration planning, Product road mapping and 
backlogging, estimating, user story development iteration 
execution, and retrospectives by working off of real work 
scenarios. Specifically, you will: 
• Practice how to be and develop a self-organized team. 
• Create and communicate a Product Vision. 
• Understand your customer and develop customer roles and 
personas. 
• Initiate the requirements process by developing user stories 
and your product backlog. 
• Put together product themes from your user stories and 
establish a desired product roadmap. 
• Conduct story poin t estimating to determine effort needed 
for user stories to ultimately determine iteration(s) length. 
• Take into consideration assumed team velocity with story 
point estimates and user story priorities to come up with you 
release plan. 
• Engage the planning and execution of your iteration(s). 
• Conduct retrospectives after each iteration. 
• Run a course retrospective to enable an individual plan of 
execution on how to conduct Agile in your environment. 
Who Should Attend 
Because this is an immersion course and the intent is to 
engage in the practices every Agile team will employ, this 
course is recommended for all team members responsible for 
delivering outstanding software. That includes, but is not 
limited to, the following roles: 
• Business Analyst 
• Analyst 
• Project Manager 
• Software Engineer/Programmer 
• Development Manager 
• Product Manager 
• Product Analyst 
• Tester 
• QA Engineer 
• Documentation Specialist 
The Agile Boot Camp is a perfect place for cross functional 
"teams" to become familiar with Agile methods and learn the 
basics together. It's also a wonderful springboard for team 
building & learning. Bring your project detail to work on in 
class. 
Course Outline 
1. Agile Introduction and Overview. • Why Agile 
• Agile Methods • Agile Benefits • Agile Basics - 
understanding the lingo 
2. Forming the Agile Team. • Team Roles • 
Process Expectations • Self organizing teams - where 
flexibility exists • Communication - inside and out 
3. Product Vision. • Five Levels of Planning in 
Agile – Vision – Roadmap – Release – Iteration – Daily 
• Importance of Product Vision • Creating and 
communicating vision 
4. Focus on the Customer. User Roles • 
Customer Personas • Customer Participation 
5. Creating a Product Backlog. • User Stories • 
Acceptance Tests • What makes a good story (sizing 
and substance) • Story Writing Workshop 
6. Product Roadmap. • Product Themes • 
Importance of Focus • Creating the Roadmap • 
Communication • Maintaining the Roadmap 
7. Prioritizing the Product Backlog. • Methods 
for prioritizing • Building Trust • Expectations for 
prioritizing stories 
8. Estimating. • Actual vs Relative estimating • 
Story Points • Planning Poker • Estimating Team 
velocity 
9. Release Planning. • Utilizing velocity • 
Continuous Integration • Regular cadence 
10. Story Review. • Getting to the details • Methods 
• Keeping cadence 
11. Iteration Planning. • Task breakdown • Time 
estimates • Definition of "done" • Active participation 
12. Iteration Execution. • Collaboration - value 
individuals and interactions – Communication – Daily 
Standup (Scrum) – Taskboards • Cadence 
13. Measuring and Communicating Progress. • 
Actual effort and remaining effort • Burndown charts • 
Tools and Reporting • Your company specific measures 
14. Iteration Review and Demo. • Iteration Review 
• Demos - a change from the past 
15. Retrospectives. • What we did well • What did 
not go so well • What will we improve. 
16. Bringing it All Together. • Process Overview • 
Transparency • Cadence • Team Roadmap. 
Course discussion: Instructor will lead a discussion 
on the effectiveness of the measurements appropriate 
for Your company. We need to have further discussion 
regarding what measurement and communication tools 
are needed/expected at your company. 
Each section is followed by a Team Exercise. 
4 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Agile Testing 
# A115 
Agile Project Management 
Certification Workshop (PMI-ACP) # A111 
There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: 
www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html 
October 15 – 17, 2014 
November 10-12, 2014 
Live Virtual Online 
$1395 (12:00pm - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
By using a step-by-step approach this 2-day program will 
introduce you to high speed methods and technologies that can 
be relied upon to deliver speed and optimum flexibility. Learning 
the goals of Agile will help you transition, implement and monitor 
testing in the High Speed Agile Testing environment so that you 
can immediately step from the classroom into the office with new 
found confidence. 
What You Will Learn 
• Understand the key differences between traditional and Agile testing 
practices. 
• Learn about the different quadrants of Agile testing and how they are 
used to support the team and critique the product. 
• Get exposed to the different levels of test automation and understand 
what the right mix is to accelerate testing. 
• Operate in a time constrained development cycle without losing 
testable value. 
• Capitalize on test development through use & reuse management. 
Course Outline 
1. Agile Testing. We will discuss the testing and it's role in software 
quality. 
2. Testing Practices. The benefits that various types of testing 
provide to the team will be reviewed. Additional discussion will focus on 
the how and what to automate to shorten feedback cycles. 
3. Quality Practices. Understanding that getting feedback is as 
important as testing. We will discuss techniques that provide feedback 
on the quality of software and the effectiveness of the process. 
4. Unit Testing & Test Driven Development (TDD). We will 
introduce Unit Testing and Test Driven Development. The benefits and 
process of TDD and how it can lead to better overall design and 
simplicity and engage the Developer in the test processing will be 
discussed. 
5. Continuous Integration. The concept of Continuous Integration 
and the CI Attitude will be discussed. Continuous Integration provides an 
essential role in maintaining a continuous process for providing 
feedback to the team. 
6. Acceptance Testing. The discipline of Acceptance Testing can 
lead to better collaboration with both the customer and the team. 
Automating Acceptance Tests can provide an invaluable tool to support 
the creation higher quality software and continue to support the team 
from story to story and sprint to sprint. 
7. Functional Testing Web Applications & Web Services. As we 
develop a functioning application we can perform higher-level and 
coarser grained functional tests. Functional testing software, web 
applications and web services will be explored. 
8. Hands-on Critiquing the Product. Everything can't be 
automated, nor should it. We will discuss manual technique that will help 
us critique the product and provide valuable feedback. We will discuss 
when and how these testing techniques should be used effectively. 
9. Using Tools to Test. Complexity and Critique the Product Tools 
can be used to testing complex, critical attributes of the software. We will 
discuss when and tools should be used to test the complex, critical 
qualities of software. 
10. High-Speed Testing Techniques. We'll introduce some 
techniques that can speed the testing process and provide faster 
feedback to the team and customer. 
11. Iterating to Testing Agility. How do we ever get there? We will 
discuss pragmatic techniques to iterate your team and organization to 
Testing Agility. We will discuss and craft a roadmap for your team and 
organization based off the practices and techniques discussed. 
October 15-17, 2014 • Linthicum , Maryland 
November 5-7, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland 
December 3-5, 2014 • Herndon, Virginia 
$1595 (12:00pm - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
Prepare for your Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) certification 
while learning to lead Agile software projects that adapt to change, 
drive innovation and deliver on-time business value in this 3-day live or 
4-day VirtualAgile PM training course Agile has made its way into the 
mainstream — it's no longer a grassroots movement to change 
software development. Today, more organizations and companies are 
adopting this approach over a more traditional waterfall methodology, 
and more are working every day to make the transition. To stay 
relevant in the competitive, changing world of project management, it's 
increasingly important that project management professionals can 
demonstrate true leadership ability on today's software projects. The 
Project Management Institute's Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) 
certification clearly illustrates to colleagues, organizations or even 
potential employers that you're ready and able to lead in this new age 
of product development, management and delivery. This class not only 
prepares you to lead your next Agile project effort, but ensures that 
you're prepared to pass the PMI-ACP certification exam. Acquiring this 
certification now will make you one of the first software professionals 
to achieve this valuable industry designation from PMI. 
Course Outline 
1. Understanding Agile Project Management. Agile Project 
Management methods focus on the customer, embraces the ever 
changing nature of business environments and encourages human 
interaction in delivering outstanding software. 
2. The Project Schedule. Agile project managers must be able to 
continually manage an ever changing scope against a well defined 
project timeline. 
3. The Project Scope. Utilizing an Agile Project Management 
approach means a new technique for managing a dynamic scope with 
the intended outcome being the best-delivered product possible. 
4. The Project Budget. Our financial management obligations 
must be expanded to also consider the ultimate return on investment 
(ROI) our software will generate. 
5. The Product Quality. Agile project teams recognize that 
quality is not a universal, objective measure, but a subjective definition 
provided by the customer and continually re-evaluated through the 
course of the project. 
6. The Project Team. Today's project managers must do more 
than simply manage a project's details, they must coach the individuals 
on their team. Studies have proven that when a team is happy, they 
produce better products more efficiently. 
7. Project Metrics. Agile project managers utilize metrics to 
assist the team to improve their performance by providing a reflection 
of results against the team's action. 
8. Continuous Improvement. Agile's non-prescriptive approach 
requires regular examination to ensure that every opportunity to 
improve efficiency in its execution is recognized and implemented. 
Without clear plans for continuous improvement, most Agile teams will 
not make the transition to this approach a lasting one. 
9. Project Leadership. The project manager's ability to 
effectively lead their team is based on several sound principles that 
provide the support that the team needs while also encouraging the 
team to grow more self-sufficient in their improvement efforts over 
time. 
10. Successfully Transitioning to Agile Project Management. 
How the course participants can successfully transition from their 
current approach to an Agile approach with ease. 
11. A Full Day of Preparation for the Agile Certified 
Practitioner (PMI-ACP) Certification Exam. The final day of the class 
will specifically address what each of the participants will need to do 
and need to know in order to pass their exam and receive their PMI-ACP 
certification. You will spend a full day in class dedicated to 
application tips, tricks and test preparation. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 5
Agile In The Government Environment 
# A112 
Agile Collaborating & Communicating 
Agile Requirements # A124 
There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: 
www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html 
November 12-14, 2014 
Live Virtual 
November 20-21, 2014 
Washington, DC 
$1395 (Live 8:00am - 6:00pm) 
(Virtual, noon – 6:00 pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
December 8-10, 2014 
(Live virtual, noon – 5:30 pm) 
November 24-25, 2014 
Herndon, Virginia 
$1395 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
Software procurement and development efforts are 
now required by the Federal Government to increase 
their efficiency and effectiveness. For that reason 
many government agencies and their contractors are 
moving toward the Agile approach in the development 
and delivery of their software and other services. In 
order to transition to Agile methods within the 
government’s already in place procedures you need to 
know how to convert your procedures. 
This 2-day (3-day virtual) class delivers the bridge 
between what Agile is and how to effectively use it in 
the government environment. This course begins to 
map the changes in your existing processes to Agile. 
Summary 
Project failures are often due to poor requirements gathering, 
analysis and planning. Traditional requirements documents may not 
contain complete and accurate requirements due to rapidly changing 
business environments. Agile requirements gathering, by moving 
detailed requirements closer to implementation, allows for rapid 
response to change. "Collaborating and Communicating Agile 
Requirements" will show you how to gather and manage these 
requirements. This two-day course will give you hands-on experience 
with techniques for gathering Agile requirements. Explanatory lectures 
with demonstrations, combined with practice exercises will provide you 
with the experience needed to create requirements that meet business 
needs. 
Course Outline 
1. Self-organized teams, even in a highly matrixed 
agency or organization. 
2. Simulate a project introduction, create a vision 
and set of light requirements. 
3. How to plan your product’s release within the 
mandated 6 month timeframe. 
4. How to communicate project status utilizing both 
Agile and EVM indicators for progress. 
5. How to satisfy the Office of Management and 
Budget (OMB) requirements (Circular A-11) while 
applying an Agile execution approach. 
6. Understanding customers and how to collaborate 
with them to create User Stories. 
7. Relative estimating – focus on becoming more 
accurate rather than precise. 
8. Defining the distinction between capabilities and 
requirements and when to document each. 
9. Identify Agile best practices as they relate to 
challenges within the federal environment. 
Course Outline 
1. Agile Overview. More than simply a methodology or approach 
to software development, Agile embraces a set of principles that drive 
more effective software development. Agile focuses on the customer, 
embraces the ever changing nature of business environments and 
encourages human interaction in delivering outstanding software. 
2. Project Initiation. Among the key contributing factors leading to 
project failure is poor communication between the customer and 
developer groups. It is critical, therefore, that each successful project 
start out right. 
3. Focus on the Customer. It is critical that the customer be the 
focus of a product throughout the development lifecycle. Every 
requirement should bring some value to the customer. Therefore, prior 
to defining requirements, it is important to define the customer. 
4. User Stories. User stories are a way to capture requirements 
from a customer point of view. Stories do not capture all of the detailed 
requirements, but require enough information to estimate and plan. 
5. Product Backlog. The Product Backlog is the complete list of 
desired elements, or requirements, for the product. It is NOT a 
Requirements Specification, but a high level identification of what the 
software may satisfy. In this section we will discuss effective means of 
creating, prioritizing and maintaining the Product Backlog. 
6. Estimating and Planning. Among the greatest challenges in 
developing software and delivering against stakeholder expectations is 
estimating accurately and subsequently planning how those 
expectations can be met. Agile cannot make that challenge disappear, 
but offers some very helpful tools that enable teams to set and meet 
the appropriate expectations. 
7. Release Plan. The release plan identifies a goal for the stories 
that will be included for a release of the software. Through the prior 
processes, the team will have prioritized the stories and estimated the 
team velocity. These key elements will come together to give the team 
a level of confidence that they can deliver the necessary requirements 
for a product release in what is normally a fixed timeframe. 
8. Use Cases. At the appropriate time, prior to entering into the 
development of a story, requirements will need to be discussed in more 
detail. A proven method for documenting the appropriate detail from a 
user interaction point of view. 
9. Iteration Plan and Execution. An iteration is a fixed amount of 
time in which stories/requirements will be developed, tested and ready 
for release. Because the requirements communication process takes 
you into each iteration throughout the product release, we'll explore the 
iteration planning and execution process. 
10. Retrospective on Communicating Requirements. Using 
Agile Methods – Retrospectives are a key practice in Agile. We will 
take an opportunity to review our learning collectively and how we can 
improve. Each participant will identify one or two things that they will 
adapt in their working environment based on their learning. The 
instructor will also identify any elements of the course that should be 
adapted for a better learning experience, thus benefiting future course 
participants. 
6 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Certified ScrumMaster Workshop 
The Three Overarching Principles Behind Scrum Course # A132 
There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: 
www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html 
October 6-7, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
November 17-18, 2014 
Boston, Massachusetts 
$1495 (8:30am - 5:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
The Scrum Alliance is a nonprofit organization 
committed to delivering articles, resources, courses, 
and events that will help Scrum users be successful. 
The Scrum Alliance (sm)’s mission is to promote 
increased awareness and understanding of Scrum, 
provide resources to individuals and organizations 
using Scrum, and support the iterative improvement of 
the software development profession. 
This 2-day course is backed by our Exam Pass 
Guarantee. Upon completion of our Scrum Master 
Certification Course, if after two attempts within the 60- 
day evaluation period you have not passed the exam 
and obtained certification, ASPE will allow you to 
attend another session of our Scrum Master 
Certification Course free of charge and pay for you to 
retake your certification exam. Specifically, you will: 
• The "Art of the Possible": learn how small change can 
have a large impact on productivity. 
• Product integrity: review various options employees 
use when faced with difficulty, learn the importance of 
delivering high quality products in Scrum 
• Customer Expectations: Using a changing schedule 
and agile estimating and planning, assess the work to 
properly set customer expectations and manage 
customer satisfaction 
• Running the Scrum Project: Run a full Scrum project 
that lasts 59 minutes. You will walk through all steps 
under the Scrum Framework 
• Agile Estimating and Planning: Break into teams, and 
through decomposition and estimating plan out a 
project through delivery 
• Team Dynamics: Since Scrum deals with change, 
conflict will happen. Learn methods to resolve 
problems in a self-managed environment 
Course Outline 
1. Agile Thinking. In order for us to understand the 
benefits of Scrum and the nuances behind its framework, we 
begin with the history of agile methods and how relatively new 
thoughts in software development have brought us to Scrum. 
How manufacturing has influenced software development. 
The origins of agile thinking. The Agile Manifesto. The 
complexity of projects. Theoretical Vs. Empirical processes 
overview. The "Iron Triangle" of Project Management. 
2. The Scrum Framework. The different Scrum roles. 
Chickens and Pigs. Iterative Development vs. Waterfall. Self 
Management concepts. Full disclosure and visibility. The 
Scrum Framework Overview. 
3. Implementation Considerations. Traditional vs. Agile 
methods overview. Scrum: The Silver Bullet. The Agile 
Skeleton. A Scrum launch checklist. 
4. Scrum Roles. We'll review checklists of role 
expectations in preparation for further detail later in our 
session. The Team Member. The Product Owner. The Scrum 
Master. 
5. The Scrum Team Explored The Agile Heart. Bruce 
Tuckman's team life cycle. Patrick Lencioni's Five 
Dysfunctions of a Team. Team ground rules. Getting Human 
Resources involved. The impact of project switching. The 
MetaScrum. The Scrum of Scrums. The importance of 
knowing when software is "done". Internal Outsourcing. 
6. Agile Estimating and Planning. Although agile 
estimating and planning is an art unto itself, the concepts 
behind this method fit very well with the Scrum methodology. 
Product Backlog Features. Relative Weighted Prioritization. 
Prioritizing Our Time. User Stories. Relative Effort. Velocity. 
Planning Poker and Story Points. Ideal Team Days. Team 
Capacity. Projecting a Schedule. Why Plan in an Agile 
Environment? 
7. The Product Owner: Extracting Value. The driving 
force behind implementing Scrum is to obtain results. How 
can we help ensure that we allow for project work to provide 
the best value for our customers and our organization? The 
Priority Guide. Product Backlog Refactoring. Productivity 
Drag Factors. Fixed Price/Date Contracts. Release 
Management. Earned Value Management. 
8. The ScrumMaster Explored. The difficulty comes in 
the actual implementation. Being a ScrumMaster is a hard 
job, and we'll talk about the characteristics of a good 
ScrumMaster. The ScrumMaster Aura. Characteristics of a 
ScrumMaster Candidate. The Difficulties of Being a 
ScrumMaster. A Day in the Life of a ScrumMaster. The 
Importance of Listening. Common Sense. 
9. Meetings and Artifacts Reference Material. A Chart of 
Scrum Meetings. The Product Backlog. Sprint Planning. The 
Sprint Backlog. The Sprint. The Daily Scrum. The Sprint 
Demo/Review. Why Plan? The Ideal Team Day. Scrum Tools. 
10. Advanced Considerations and Reference Material. 
Particular interests from the class may warrant discussion 
during our class time together. Conflict Management. Different 
Types of Sprints. The ScrumMaster of the Scrum-of-Scrums. 
Metrics. Dispersed Teams. Scaling. Developing Architecture. 
Stage Gate/Milestone Driven Development. Inter- and Intra- 
Project Dependencies. Task Boards, Project Boards. Scrum 
and CMM, "Traditional" XP. 
Each section is followed by a Team Exercise. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 7
SharePoint Boot Camp 
# A133 
SharePoint 2013 
for Project Management) # A134 
There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: 
www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html 
October 20-23, 2014 
(Live virtual, 10:30am – 5:30 pm) 
November 10-13, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$2495 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
In this four-day, hands-on Boot Camp you will learn the “big picture” 
of the all new SharePoint 2013. Our comprehensive approach 
provides you with all of the key learning objectives you need to plan, 
customize, and manage your SharePoint 2013. Users that have basic 
knowledge of navigating a SharePoint site will find this class the 
perfect class for learning and building on advanced SharePoint topics 
required by teams that want to get the full benefit of the powerful tools 
available in SharePoint 2013. Students also leave class as a certified 
SharePoint User. 
No comprehensive SharePoint class would be complete without a 
deep discussion about Planning, Governance, and Adoption. An 
introduction into the ever-elusive Governance model will be covered as 
the class delves into how to organize the Governance team by pulling 
together key players from within the organization. This section includes 
building the Governance checklist, asking the right questions to 
guarantee a successful SharePoint deployment and discussing 
Adoption best practices. 
October 27-29, 2014 
(Live virtual, 10:30am – 5:30 pm) 
December 15-17, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
This intense 3-day instructor led course will teach how to 
use SharePoint 2013 as project management information 
system. You'll learn everything from task management using 
the new task features and integration with Microsoft Project, 
to coordinating resources, communicating project updates to 
stakeholders, and the most efficient ways to organize your 
sites. No previous SharePoint expertise needed! 
This class teaches project managers how to implement 
Agile and SCRUM projects in SharePoint, as well as 
traditional waterfall and highly structured project management 
methodologies. In addition, students will learn about all new 
features such as Site Mailboxes and project reporting 
features. You will learn how to automate many project 
functions using SharePoint workflows. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to SharePoint 2013. The Five Pillars of 
SharePoint:.What SharePoint can do for you. 
2. SharePoint Governance. Considerations for building the 
Governance model. What needs to be on the Checklist. Assembling 
the Governance Team. Principles and Policies to be addressed. 
Maintaining and supporting your SharePoint Governance . 
3. Deployment and Adoption. SharePoint Roles. Helping teams 
realize the value of SharePoint. Starting Small and Growing. Best 
practices to drive User Adoption. Tools to help you 
4. What’s New in SharePoint 2013 to drive Team Collaboration 
and facilitate information management. User Interface (UI). Social 
Features. Communities. Sharing info and offline availability. 
Interacting with Lists and Libraries. 
5. Versions and Hosting Options. Foundation, Standard and 
Enterprise. On Premises vs Cloud. Offered Feature Comparison Chart. 
6. SharePoint Architecture for Users. Web Application. Site 
Collection and Site Components. 
7. Navigating SharePoint Sites. Tour of a Project Site. Site 
Components. 
8. Working with Sites Why do we create new Sites? Site 
Components revisited. Site Templates explained. Site Settings and 
Features. Creating Sites. 
9. SharePoint Lists. Manage business processes with lists. 
Creating Apps using List templates. Exploring the List toolbars. 
Reporting functions: sort and filter. Working with the Tasks List App. 
Working with Views. Architecting a “Class Roster”. 
10. SharePoint Libraries. Manage document information lifecycle. 
Creating apps using library templates. Exploring the Library toolbars. 
Using Check In/Check Out. Basic functions: sort and filter. Using 
Version Control. Access Control: 
11. Permissions Management. Permission Levels. Roles-based 
Management. Where Permissions are set. Using “Sharing” to share 
information. Access Requests. 
12. Enterprise Content Management. Importance of ECM. 
Content Types. Managed Metadata. Document Sets. 
13. Office Integration with SharePoint. Connecting and Syncing 
Lists and Libraries to Outlook. Project Pro Integration. Exporting data 
to Excel. Site Mailboxes. 
14. Business Process Automation using Workflow. OOTB 
Workflow. Workflow Settings. Workflow administration. Custom using 
SharePoint Designer. 
15. Tools to drive engagement. Surveys. Wiki. Blog. Newsfeed. 
About Me. Communities. 
16. Site to drive collaboration. Pages. Web parts. Page Design. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to SharePoint. What's New in SharePoint 
2013.Hardware Requirements. Software Requirements. Licensing 
Options. Hosting Options – On-Premise versus Office 365. What 
is a Project Management Information System? 
2. Organizing your Project Sites. Understanding the 
SharePoint Hierarchy. Creating Site Collections, Sites, and Sub- 
Sites. Managing Security in SharePoint. Customizing 
Permissions. Information Architecture in SharePoint. 
3. Managing Project Data with SharePoint Lists. Out-of-Box 
List Templates. Tasks Lists & Timelines. Project Calendars. Links 
& Promoted Links. Project Announcements. Discussion Boards. 
Issue Tracking. Surveys. List Options – Versioning, Content 
Approval, Ratings. Creating Views. Importing Data. Tracking 
Project Milestones, Deliverables, and Risks with Custom Lists. 
4. Managing Documents with SharePoint Libraries. Out-of- 
Box Libraries. Organizing Project Documents with Metadata. 
Using Document Sets. Collaborating on Project Documents. 
5. SharePoint Communities and Social Features. My Sites 
and SharePoint Profiles. Newsfeeds. Following People, 
Documents, and Projects. Community Sites. Reputations, 
Badges, and Social Features. 
6. SharePoint 2013 and Microsoft Office Integration. 
Integrating with Microsoft Project. Publishing Project Plans to 
SharePoint. Integrating Project Calendars with Outlook. 
Integrating Contact Lists with Outlook. Using Site Mailboxes. 
7. Designing a Project Site. Working with Pages. Working 
with Web Parts. Reusable Project Templates with Site Templates. 
8. Project Dashboards and Reports with Excel & Visio 
Services. Excel Services. Visio Services. 
9. Automating Approval and Other Processes with 
Workflows. Configuring Out of Box Workflows. 
10. Agile / SCRUM Projects in SharePoint. Agile / SCRUM 
Concepts. Product Backlogs. Task Boards. Daily Stand-up 
Meetings. Burn charts and Reports. 
8 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Acoustic Fundamentals, Measurements, and Applications 
November 18-20, 2014 
Newport, Rhode Island 
February 24-26, 2015 
Keyport, Washington 
March 24-26, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This three-day course is intended for engineers and other 
technical personnel and managers who have a work-related 
need to understand basic acoustics concepts and how to 
measure and analyze sound. This is an introductory course 
and participants need not have any prior knowledge of sound 
or vibration. Each topic is illustrated by appropriate 
applications, in-class demonstrations, and worked-out 
numerical examples. Since the practical uses of acoustics 
principles are vast and diverse, participants are encouraged 
to confer with the instructor (before, during, and after the 
course) regarding any work-related concerns. Three 
customized versions of this course are available that 
emphasize respectively (1. Underwater Acoustics, 2. In-Air 
Acoustics 3. A broad mix of all acoustic applications tailored 
to the customer’s need or the majority of class attendees’ 
interests). Onsite courses are fully customized to the 
customer’s applications. 
Instructor 
Course # S110 
Dr. Alan D. Stuart, Associate Professor Emeritus of 
Acoustics, Penn State, has over forty 
years experience in the field of sound 
and vibration. He has degrees in 
mechanical engineering, electrical 
engineering, and engineering acoustics. 
For over thirty years he has taught 
courses on the Fundamentals of 
Acoustics, Structural Acoustics, Applied 
Acoustics, Noise Control Engineering, and Sonar 
Engineering on both the graduate and undergraduate 
levels as well as at government and industrial 
organizations throughout the country. 
Recent attendee comments ... 
“Great instructor made the course in-teresting 
and informative. Helped 
clear-up many misconceptions I had 
about sound and its measurement.” 
“Enjoyed the in-class demonstrations; 
they help explain the concepts. In-structor 
helped me with a problem I 
was having at work, worth the price 
of the course!” 
Course Outline 
1. Introductory Concepts. Sound in fluids and 
solids. Sound as particle vibrations. Waveforms and 
frequency. Sound energy and power consideration. 
2. Acoustic Waves in Air and Water. Air-borne 
sound. Plane and spherical acoustic waves. Sound 
pressure, intensity, and power. Decibel (dB) log power 
scale. Sound reflection and transmission at surfaces. 
Sound absorption. 
3. Acoustic and Vibration Sensors. Human ear 
characteristics. Capacitor and piezoelectric 
microphone and hydrophone designs and response 
characteristics. Intensity probe design and operational 
limitations. Accelerometers design and frequency 
response. 
4. Sound Measurements. Sound level meters. 
Time weighting (fast, slow, linear). Decibel scales 
(Linear and A-and C-weightings). Octave band 
analyzers. Narrow band spectrum analyzers. Critical 
bands of human hearing. Detecting tones in noise. 
Microphone calibration techniques. 
5. Sound Radiation. Human speech mechanism. 
Loudspeaker design and response characteristics. 
Directivity patterns of simple and multi-pole sources: 
monopole, dipole and quadri-pole sources. Acoustic 
arrays and beamforming. Sound radiation from 
vibrating machines and structures. Radiation 
efficiency. 
6. Low Frequency Components and Systems. 
Helmholtz resonator. Sound waves in ducts. Mufflers 
and their design. Horns and loudspeaker enclosures. 
7. Applications. Representative topics include: 
Outdoor and underwater sound propagation (e.g. 
refraction due to temperature and other effects). 
Environmental acoustics (e.g. community noise 
response and criteria). Auditorium and room acoustics 
(e.g. reverberation criteria and sound absorption). 
Structural acoustics (e.g. sound transmission loss 
through panels). Noise andvibration control 
(e.g.source-path-receiver model). Topics of interest to 
the course participants. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to make proper sound level measurements. 
• How to analyze and report acoustic data. 
• The basis of decibels (dB) and the A-weighting 
scale. 
• How intensity probes work and allow near-field 
sound measurements. 
• How to measure radiated sound power and sound 
transmission loss. 
• How to use third-octave bands and narrow-band 
spectrum analyzers. 
• How the source-path-receiver approach is used in 
noise control engineering. 
• How sound builds up in enclosures like vehicle 
interiors and rooms. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 9
Military Standard 810G Testing 
Understanding, Planning and Performing Climatic and Dynamic Tests Course # S130 
Off The Course Tuition. Summary 
This four-day class provides understanding of 
the purpose of each test, the equipment required 
to perform each test, and the methodology to 
correctly apply the specified test environments. 
Vibration and Shock methods will be covered 
together with instrumentation, equipment, control 
systems and fixture design. Climatic tests will be 
discussed individually: requirements, origination, 
equipment required, test methodology, 
understanding of results. 
The course emphasizes topics you will use 
immediately. Suppliers to the military services 
protectively install commercial-off-the-shelf 
(COTS) equipment in our flight and land vehicles 
and in shipboard locations where vibration and 
shock can be severe. We laboratory test the 
protected equipment (1) to assure twenty years 
equipment survival and possible combat, also (2) 
to meet commercial test standards, IEC 
documents, military standards such as STANAG 
or MIL-STD-810G, etc. Few, if any, engineering 
schools cover the essentials about such 
protection or such testing. 
Instructor 
Steve Brenner has worked in environmental 
simulation and reliability testing for over 
30 years, always involved with the latest 
techniques for verifying equipment 
integrity through testing. He has 
independently consulted in reliability 
testing since 1996. His client base 
includes American and European 
companies with mechanical and electronic products in 
almost every industry. Steve's experience includes the 
entire range of climatic and dynamic testing, including 
ESS, HALT, HASS and long term reliability testing. 
November 4-6, 2014 
Detroit, Michigan 
November 10-13, 2014 
Plano, Texas 
$4110 (8:00am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
What You Will Learn 
When you visit an environmental test laboratory, 
perhaps to witness a test, or plan or review a test 
program, you will have a good understanding of the 
requirements and execution of the 810G dynamics and 
climatics tests. You will be able to ask meaningful 
questions and understand the responses of test 
laboratory personnel. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to Military Standard testing - 
Dynamics. 
• Introduction to classical sinusoidal vibration. 
• Resonance effects 
• Acceleration and force measurement 
• Electrohydraulic shaker systems 
• Electrodynamic shaker systems 
• Sine vibration testing 
• Random vibration testing 
• Attaching test articles to shakers (fixture 
design, fabrication and usage) 
• Shock testing 
2. Climatics. 
• Temperature testing 
• Temperature shock 
• Humidity 
• Altitude 
• Rapid decompression/explosives 
• Combined environments 
• Solar radiation 
• Salt fog 
• Sand & Dust 
• Rain 
• Immersion 
• Explosive atmosphere 
• Icing 
• Fungus 
• Acceleration 
• Freeze/thaw (new in 810G) 
3. Climatics and Dynamics Labs demonstrations. 
4. Reporting On And Certifying Test Results. 
10 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Random Vibration & Shock Testing - Fundamentals 
for Land, Sea, Air, Space Vehicles & Electronics Manufacture Course # S141 
November 4-6, 2014 
Huntsville, Alabama 
February 18-20, 2015 
Santa Barbara, California 
$3595 (8:00am - 4:00pm) 
“Also Available As A Distance Learning Course” 
(Call for Info) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This three-day course is primarily designed for 
test personnel who conduct, supervise or 
"contract out" vibration and shock tests. It also 
benefits design, quality and reliability specialists 
who interface with vibration and shock test 
activities. 
Each student receives the instructor's, 
minimal-mathematics, minimal-theory hardbound 
text Random Vibration & Shock Testing, 
Measurement, Analysis & Calibration. This 444 
page, 4-color book also includes a CD-ROM with 
video clips and animations. 
Course Outline 
1. Minimal math review of basics of vibration, 
commencing with uniaxial and torsional SDoF 
systems. Resonance. Vibration control. 
2. Instrumentation. How to select and correctly use 
displacement, velocity and especially acceleration and 
force sensors and microphones. Minimizing mechanical 
and electrical errors. Sensor and system dynamic 
calibration. 
3. Extension of SDoF. to understand multi-resonant 
continuous systems encountered in land, sea, air and 
space vehicle structures and cargo, as well as in 
electronic products. 
4. Types of shakers. Tradeoffs between mechanical, 
electrohydraulic (servohydraulic), electrodynamic 
(electromagnetic) and piezoelectric shakers and systems. 
Limitations. Diagnostics. 
5. Sinusoidal one-frequency-at-a-time vibration 
testing. Interpreting sine test standards. Conducting 
tests. 
6. Random Vibration Testing. Broad-spectrum all-frequencies- 
at-once vibration testing. Interpreting 
random vibration test standards. 
7. Simultaneous multi-axis testing. Gradually 
replacing practice of reorienting device under test (DUT) 
on single-axis shakers. 
8. Environmental stress screening. (ESS) of 
electronics production. Extensions to highly accelerated 
stress screening (HASS) and to highly accelerated life 
testing (HALT). 
9. Assisting designers. To improve their designs by 
(a) substituting materials of greater damping or (b) adding 
damping or (c) avoiding "stacking" of resonances. 
10. Understanding automotive. Buzz, squeak and 
rattle (BSR). Assisting designers to solve BSR problems. 
Conducting BSR tests. 
11. Intense noise. (acoustic) testing of launch 
vehicles and spacecraft. 
12. Shock testing. Transportation testing. Pyroshock 
testing. Misuse of classical shock pulses on shock test 
machines and on shakers. More realistic oscillatory shock 
testing on shakers. 
13. Shock response spectrum. (SRS) for 
understanding effects of shock on hardware. Use of SRS 
in evaluating shock test methods, in specifying and in 
conducting shock tests. 
14. Attaching DUT via vibration and shock test 
fixtures. Large DUTs may require head expanders and/or 
slip plates. 
15. Modal testing. Assisting designers. 
Instructor 
Wayne Tustin is the President of an 
engineering school and consultancy. 
His BSEE degree is from the 
University of Washington, Seattle. 
He is a licensed Professional 
Engineer - Quality in the State of 
California. Wayne's first encounter 
with vibration was at Boeing/Seattle, performing 
what later came to be called modal tests, on the 
XB-52 prototype of that highly reliable platform. 
Subsequently he headed field service and 
technical training for a manufacturer of 
electrodynamic shakers, before establishing 
another specialized school on which he left his 
name. Wayne has written several books and 
hundreds of articles dealing with practical aspects 
of vibration and shock measurement and testing. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to plan, conduct and evaluate vibration 
and shock tests and screens. 
• How to attack vibration and noise problems. 
• How to make vibration isolation, damping and 
absorbers work for vibration and noise control. 
• How noise is generated and radiated, and how 
it can be reduced. 
From this course you will gain the ability to 
understand and communicate meaningfully 
with test personnel, perform basic engineering 
calculations, and evaluate tradeoffs between 
test equipment and procedures. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 11
Sonar Principles & ASW Analysis 
February 24-26, 2015 
Newport, Rhode Island 
March 24-26, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Course # S151 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This 3-day course provides an excellent 
introduction to underwater sound and highlights 
how sonar principles are employed in ASW 
analyses. The course provides a solid 
understanding of the sonar equation and 
discusses in-depth propagation loss, target 
strength, reverberation, arrays, array gain, and 
detection of signals. 
Physical insight and typical results are 
provided to help understand each term of the 
sonar equation. The instructors then show how 
the sonar equation can be used to perform ASW 
analysis and predict the performance of passive 
and active sonar systems. The course also 
reviews the rationale behind current weapons 
and sensor systems and discusses directions for 
research in response to the quieting of submarine 
signatures. 
The course is valuable to engineers and 
scientists who are entering the field or as a 
review for employees who want a system level 
overview. The lectures provide the knowledge 
and perspective needed to understand recent 
developments in underwater acoustics and in 
ASW. A comprehensive set of notes and the 
textbook Principles of Underwater Sound will be 
provided to all attendees. 
Course Outline 
1. Sonar Equation & Signal Detection. 
Sonar concepts and units. The sonar equation. 
Typical active and passive sonar parameters. 
Signal detection, probability of detection/false 
alarm. ROC curves and detection threshold. 
2. Propagation of Sound in the Sea. 
Oceanographic basis of propagation, 
convergence zones, surface ducts, sound 
channels, surface and bottom losses. 
3. Target Strength and Reverberation. 
Scattering phenomena and submarine strength. 
Bottom, surface, and volume reverberation 
mechanisms. Methods for modeling 
reverberations. 
4. Arrays and Beamforming. Directivity and 
array gain; sidelobe control, array patterns and 
beamforming for passive bottom, hull mounted, 
and sonobuoy sensors; calculation of array gain 
in directional noise. 
5. Elements of ASW Analysis. Utility and 
objectives of ASW analysis, basic formulation of 
passive and active sonar performance 
predictions, sonar platforms, limitations imposed 
by signal fluctuations. 
6. Modeling and Problem Solving. Criteria 
for the evaluation of sonar models, a basic 
sonobuoy model, in-class solution of a series o 
Instructor sonar problems. 
Dr. Nicholas C. Nicholas received a B. S. 
degree from Carnegie-Mellon 
University, an M. S. degree from 
Drexel University, and a PhD degree 
in physics from the Catholic 
University of America. His 
dissertation was on the propagation 
of sound in the deep ocean. He has been 
teaching underwater acoustics courses since 
1977 and has been visiting lecturer at the U.S. 
Naval War College and several universities. Dr. 
Nicholas has more than 35 years experience in 
underwater acoustics and submarine related 
work. Dr. Nicholas is currently consulting for 
several firms. 
What You Will Learn 
• Sonar parameters and their utility in ASW 
Analysis. 
• Sonar equation as it applies to active and 
passive systems. 
• Fundamentals of array configurations, 
beamforming, and signal detectability. 
• Rationale behind the design of passive and 
active sonar systems. 
• Theory and applications of current weapons 
and sensors, plus future directions. 
• The implications and counters to the quieting 
of the target’s signature. 
12 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Submarines & Submariners – An Introduction 
The Enemy Below – Submarines Sink Ships! Course # S154 
November 17-19, 2014 
Laurel, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Instructor 
Captain Raymond Wellborn, USN (retired) served 
over 13 years of his 30-year Navy career 
in submarines. He has a BSEE degree 
from the US Naval Academy and a 
MSEE degree from the Naval 
Postgraduate School. He also has an 
MA from the Naval War College. He had 
two major commands at sea and one 
ashore: USS MOUNT BAKER (AE 34), USS DETROIT 
(AOE 4), and the Naval Electronics Systems 
Engineering Center, Charleston. He was Program 
Manager for Tactical Towed Array Sonar Systems and 
Program Director for Surface Ship and Helicopter ASW 
Systems for the Naval Sea Systems Command in 
Washington, DC. After retirement in 1989, he was the 
Director of Programs for ARGOTEC, overseeing the 
manufacture of advanced R&D models for large 
subsonic acoustic projectors. From 1992 to 1996, he 
was a Senior Lecturer in the Marine Engineering 
Department of Texas A&M, Galveston. Since 1996, he 
has been an independent consultant for International 
Maritime Affairs. He has been teaching this course 
since 1991, and has many testimonials from attendees 
sponsored by DOD, NUWC, and other agencies that all 
attest to the merit of his presentation. He also is the 
author of several technical articles on submarines 
including two published in SEA TECH magazine: “The 
Efficacy of Submarine Warfare,” and “USS VIRGINIA 
(SSN 774)?A New Steel-Shark at Sea.” 
Course Outline 
1. Warfare from Beneath the Sea. From a glass-barrel in circa 
300 BC, to SSN 774 in 2004. 
2. Efficacy of Submarine Warfare--Submarines Sink Ship. 
Benefits-to-Cost Analyses for WWI and WWII. 
3. Submarine Tasking. What US nuclear-powered submarines 
are tasked to do. 
4. Submarine Organization - and, Submariners. What is the 
psyche and disposition of those Qualified in Submarines, as so 
aptly distinguished by a pair of Dolphins? And, how modern 
submariners measure up to the legend of Steel Boats and Iron 
Men. 
5. Fundamentals of Submarine Design & Construction. 
Classroom demo of Form, Fit, & Function. 
6. The Essence of Warfare at Sea. “…to go in harm’s way.” 
7. The Theory of Sound in the Sea and, Its Practice. A 
rudimentary primer for the "Calculus of Acoustics.". 
8. Combat System Suite - Components & Nomenclature. In 
OHIO, LOS ANGELES, SEAWOLF, and VIRGINIA. 
9. Order of Battle for Submarines of the World. To do what, 
to whom? where, and when? 
[Among 50 navies in the world there are 630 submarines. 
Details of the top eight are delineated -- US, Russia, and China top 
the list.]. 
10. Today’s U.S. Submarine Force. The role of submarines in 
the anti access/ area denial scenarios in future naval operations. 
Semper Procinctum. 
Summary 
This three-day course is designed for engineers 
entering the field of submarine R&D, and/or 
Operational Test and Evaluation, or as a review for 
employees who want a system level overview. It is an 
introductory course presenting the fundamental 
philosophy of submarine design, submerged operation 
and combat system employment as they are managed 
by a battle-tested submarine organization that all-in-all 
make a US submarine a very cost-effective warship at 
sea and under it. 
Today's US submarine tasking is discussed in 
consonance with the strategy and policy of the US, and 
the goals, objectives, mission, functions, tasks, 
responsibilities, and roles of the US Navy as they are 
so funded. Submarine warfare is analyzed referencing 
some calculations for a Benefits-to-Cost analysis, in 
that, Submarines Sink Ships! 
Also, the principles of the Calculus of Acoustics will 
be presented as a primer along with a description of 
the acoustic devices that sense, and input, Sound in 
the Sea for signal processing by this Hole in the 
Ocean. 
What You Will Learn 
• Submarine organization and operations. 
• Fundamentals of submarine systems and 
sensors. 
• Differences of submarine types (SSN/SSBN/ 
SSGN). 
• Future operations with SEALSSum. 
• Nuclear-powered submarines versus diesel 
submarines. 
• Submarine operations in shallow water 
• Required improvements to maintain tactical 
control. 
• http://www.aticourses.com/sub_virginia.htm. 
From this course you will gain a better 
understanding of submarine warships being 
stealth-oriented, cost-effective combat 
systems at sea. Those who have worked with 
specific submarine sub-systems will find that 
this course will clarify the rationale and 
essence of their interface with one another. 
Further, because of its introductory nature, 
this course will be enlightening to those just 
entering the field. Attendees will receive 
copies of the presentation along with some 
relevant white papers. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 13
Thermal & Vibration Reliability for Advanced Rugged Electronics 
For aerospace, automotive, military, naval, medical & other Critical Applications Course # S156 
NEW! 
October 7-9, 2014 
Santa Clarita, California 
November 4-6, 2014 
Detroit, Michigan 
February 10-12, 2015 
Cape Canaveral, Florida 
$3595 (8:00am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Instructor 
Tina Barcley has worked in Electronic Packaging, 
Testing, and Analysis for Aerospace 
companies (ITT, TRW, Perkin Elmer, 
Goodrich and Aerojet), NASA (Marshall 
Space Flight Center), Automotive (both 
Ford and Chrysler), Military Black Boxes 
(Singer Librascope, Army, Navy and Air 
Force modules) as well as high end 
commercial and testing components 
(Spectracom, MKS, Kodak, etc.). She has run and 
created testing labs, procedures, designs, fixes for 
designs - developing 21 US Patents ? all in Electronics 
Packaging, Materials, and Thermal. She is a frequent 
speaker at industry-specific conferences like IMAPS 
(International Microelectronics and Packaging Society) 
and ASE (Automotive Society of Engineers) and is on 
the IPC (IPC - Association Connecting Electronics 
Industries) Specification Review Panel. 
She has extensive experience with Military and 
Aerospace Electronics and Optical Systems as well as 
satellites from smaller communication units to large 
optical benches. Additionally, she has R&D through 
production experience with automotive under-hood 
Engine and Transmission controllers. Her experience 
has included all levels of parts reliability for systems 
ranging from 6-month to 10-year reliabilities. 
Course Outline 
1. Overview for management and participants. 
Quick evaluation of attendee prior knowledge. 
Circuit board layout for maximizing thermal paths 
and removing excess heat. Air cooling vs 
conduction cooling of electronics. How variations 
and combinations (including liquid cooling) help. 
Final system design, heat sinking and heat 
management. Processor, connector and 
mounting concerns. 
2. Typical analyses needed for high 
reliability electronics. TVibration, thermal, 
shock, fatigue; interrelations. Test interactions 
and known issues; why perform analyses. 
3. Testing needed to validate the vibration, 
thermal, shock, fatigue analyses. Why we must 
validate; how often? Best practices and problem 
areas; why validate? Six sigma, DOE, Pareto 
charts relative to data interpretation. 
4. Lab visit - thermal chambers / thermal 
shock / vibration. Evaluate chambers; some 
make testing extremely difficult. Test set-up, good 
mounting for circuit boards. Use of daisy chains 
and dog-bone pads for test boards. Extra 
personnel vs. extra equipment. Record what 
during tests? Calibration and certifications. 
5. Solders. Tin/lead solders, all tin solders, the 
best joint/spacing for components. What are tin 
whiskers? Effect on reliability. Relief. Avoidance. 
Alternatives: silver solders, etc. Advantages and 
disadvantages. 
6. Electronics Packaging. Vibration resonance 
of card structures. Thermal heatsinking of modules 
and heat sink designs. Grounding of electronics 
modules; how to RF block your module. 
7. Solder Fatigue. What SMT packages hare 
fewer problems? Life predictions: circuit boards, 
component materials, etc. International Trade 
and Arms Regulation (ITAR). Definition, 
understanding; enforcement. Effect on 
communications. Government contracting can 
make Parts, Materials & Processes a nightmare. 
"Scope creep" and how it affects testing. 
Inspection won't find all the problems – what 
testing is really needed. 
14 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
AEGIS Ballistic Missile Defense 
Summary 
Course # D118 
The Aegis Weapon System (AWS) is a multifunction 
radar and fire control system designed for the Navy’s 
anti-air warfare (AAW) mission of fleet defense. The 
system conducts AAW engagements, starting with 
surveillance and tracking by the AN/SPY-1 radar; 
application of engagement doctrine by the Command 
and Control system; intercept calculation, weapon 
selection, launch, and guidance of the Standard Missile 
by the Weapon Control System, and terminal homing 
by the Fire Control System. The Aegis system has 
successfully demonstrated a ballistic missile defense 
(BMD) capability. For this mission, the engagement 
sequence has been modified to include new functions 
such as; characterization and discrimination of tactical 
ballistic missile complexes in the upper atmosphere, 
guidance of an advanced standard missile (SM-3), and 
designation of an RV to the SM-3. 
The attendees will study the AWS weapon system 
definition and design approach, including the weapon 
system functional architecture, the element designs, 
and performance drivers. Focus will be on engineering 
of the Weapon System including SM-3 and Aegis 
Combat System integration. Program and Project 
Managers, Contract Administrators, Quality Managers, 
and Engineers (all disciplines) can accelerate their 
ability to understand AWS design competences. 
Attendance limited to US citizens and NATO 
government employees. 
This four-day course is designed for engineers 
entering the field or as a review for employees who 
want a system level overview. It is introductory class 
and is not designed AEGIS experts. Attendance limited 
to US citizens and NATO government employees. 
Instructor 
John W. Parnell served as Chief Architect for Aegis 
Missile Defense, Naval Air Defense, and Intelligence & 
Instrumentation Radar System Synthesis and Analysis 
for Lockheed Martin at their Moorestown, NJ facility. 
He gained expertise in Aegis BMD Weapon System 
Engineering as Technical Lead on both the Navy Area 
Wide and the Aegis LEAP Intercept (ALI) Programs. 
His 35+ years- experience with Lockheed Martin 
includes: technical direction, system definition and 
design of multi-platform, multi-function weapon 
systems; system development of radar, missile fire 
control, BMC3, ECCM, & CEC. Mr. Parnell served on 
the MDA National Team from 2002-2007. 
February 24-27, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1940 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
Provides an engineering overview of Aegis Ballistic 
Missile Defense (ABMD) design competencies: 
• Understanding the ACS Mission 
• Aegis Weapon System (AWS) design attributes for 
BMD mission 
Emphasis is made on the Aegis Weapon System 
architectural design to support simultaneous regional 
missile defense and strategic missile defense 
capabilities. In addition, focus will be made on the AWS 
design competencies, to include: 
1. ABMD System Functional Architecture: 
Including challenges for AWS elements such as; 
Radar, Standard Missile, Vertical Launch System, 
Command & Control, Weapon Control, etc.; exploited 
weapon system characteristics to support a Plan, 
Detect, Control and Engage engagement sequence 
approach; ABMD engagement modes: Organic exo-atmospheric 
& endo – atmospheric engagements, 
Cued, Launch – on – Remote (LOR), Engage – On 
Remote (EOR) engagements. 
2. Unique ABMD Design Attributes: 
Surveillance, tracking, Identification, Characterization, 
Discrimination, Standard Missile (SM-3) Integration, 
Pre- & Post Launch Fire Control, SM-3 Guidance, 
Engagement Coordination, In-Flight Alignment. 
3. System Performance Measures: Performance 
drivers, Target modeling, Engagement Timeline, 
resource utilization, engagement windows, 
Engineering budgets, probability of engagement 
success. 
4. Multi – Ship Coordination: Including 
coordination strategies to achieve total missile 
defense, unique requirements for multi-Platform fire 
control interoperability and coordination, Single ship 
versus integrated multi – ship engagements, multi – 
platform performance criteria. 
What You Will Learn 
The main focus will be on engineering of the 
Weapon System, including Standard Missile and Aegis 
Combat System integration. Attendees will develop an 
understanding of the Aegis BMD mission, as well as 
the system concept definition, design, and 
implementation based on a mature AWS development 
philosophy. Attendees will develop an understanding of 
how Aegis Combat System was upgraded to include 
the additional BMD mission while maintaining all 
existing Aegis operational warfare capabilities. 
Students will examine how the System Engineering 
process ensures that systems are developed to meet 
mission performance objectives which are affordable, 
operationally effective, and timely. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 15
Cyber Warfare – Global Trends 
February 10-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
(8:30am - 4:00pm) 
$1840 
Course # D131 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This three-day (four-day virtual) course is intended 
for operational leaders and programmatic staff 
involved in the planning, analysis, or testing of Cyber 
Warfare and Network-Centric systems. The course will 
provide perspective on emerging policy, doctrine, 
strategy, and operational constraints affecting the 
development of cyber warfare systems. This 
knowledge will greatly enhance participants' ability to 
develop operational systems and concepts that will 
produce integrated, controlled, and effective cyber 
effects at each warfare level. 
This course is appropriate for both new and 
experience people working in cyber security. The value 
of this course is to help engineers & scientists 
understand how their senior customers view cyber 
security & enable them to speak broadly on the topic 
with those customers and to understand different 
conops. The course is not detailed in programming 
techniques and tools. Those wanting that material 
should take one of the Certified Ethical Hacker 
classes. U.S. citizenship required for students 
registered in this course. 
Instructor 
Albert Kinney is a retired Naval Officer 
and holds a Masters Degree in electrical 
engineering. His professional experience 
includes more than 20 years of experience in 
research and operational cyberspace 
mission areas including the initial 
development and first operational 
employment of the Naval Cyber Attack 
Team. 
Course Outline 
1. Global Internet Governance. 
2. A Cyber Power Framework. 
3. Global Supply Chain & Outsourcing Issues. 
4. Critical Infrastructure Issues. 
5. U.S. Cyberspace Doctrine and Strategy. 
6. Cyberspace as a Warfare Domain. 
7. Netcentricity. 
8. U.S. Organizational Constructs in Cyber 
9. Legal Considerations for Cyber Warfare. 
10. Operational Theory of Cyber Warfare. 
11. Operational and Tactical Maneuver in 
Cyberspace - Stack Positioning. 
12. Capability Development & Weaponization. 
13. Cyber Warfare Training and Exercise 
Requirements. 
14. Command & Control for Cyber Warfare. 
15. Cyber War Case Study . 
16. Human Capital in Cybersecurity. 
17. Survey of International Cyber Warfare 
Doctrine & Capabilities. 
18. Large-Scale Cybersecurity Mechanisms. 
19. Social Considerations in Cybersecurity – 
Culture & the Human Interface. 
20. Cybersecurity, Civil Liberties, & Freedom 
Around the World . 
21. Non-State Actor Trends - Cyber Crime, Cyber 
Terrorism, Hactivism. 
22. Homeland Security Case Study / Industrial 
Espionage Case Study. 
What You Will Learn 
Warfare. 
• What are the relationships between cyber warfare, 
information assurance, information operations, 
and network-centric warfare? 
• How can a cyber warfare capability enable 
freedom of action in cyberspace? 
• What are legal constraints on cyber warfare? 
• How can cyber capabilities meet standards for 
weaponization? 
• How should cyber capabilities be integrated with 
military exercises? 
• How can military and civilian cyberspace 
organizations prepare and maintain their workforce 
to play effective roles in cyberspace? 
• What is the Comprehensive National 
Cybersecurity Initiative (CNCI)? 
From this course you will obtain in-depth 
knowledge and awareness of the cyberspace 
domain, its functional characteristics, and its 
organizational inter-relationships enabling your 
organization to make meaningful contributions in 
the domain of cyber warfare through technical 
consultation, systems development, and 
operational test & evaluation. 
16 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Examining Network Centric Warfare (NCW) 
January 21-22, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1200 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # D145 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
This two-day course offers an initial exposure to 
network centricity in US military service systems and 
programs from the warfighting edge vice enterprise. 
Information is power. In the past 30 years, the most 
significant renaissance in the art of war has transpired 
in the implementation of collaborative networks for and 
between military platforms and entities. In many cases 
NCW replaces mass with understanding. This course 
is a mark in time, and seeks to provide the student with 
some level of currency and sensitivity to service 
programs and also a candid perspective from industry. 
It also suggests where and what future vulnerabilities 
and opportunities exist within the scope of network 
centricity. This course is restricted to US citizens only. 
Instructor 
Frank R. Prautzsch has worked in the field of 
network centric systems and satellite 
communications for 35 years supporting 
the US Army, Industry and the Nation. 
He received a Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering from the United States 
Military at West Point and an MS in 
Systems Technology (C3I and Space) 
from Naval Postgraduate School. He has numerous 
awards, accolades, professional papers and patent 
work. His expertise in communications, wireless 
networks, cyber, satcom, navigation and renewable 
energy remains nationally recognized. 
What You Will Learn 
• What are the foundations of network-centricity in 
doctrine and practice across the Services. 
• What are the Joint and Service interpretations of 
NCW? What is the Joint Information Enterprise 
(JIE)? the Joint Operational Access Concept 
(JOAC). 
• Examine Army LandWarNet/Land ISR net and its 
components. 
• Examine Navy NGEN and CANES Programs and 
its components. 
• Examine Air Force Aerial Layer Network (ALN). 
• Examine -Some perspectives on NCW for SOF, 
First Responder and Industry at large. 
• Understanding the impact of Space and 
Cyberspace on NCW. 
• The impact of unmanned systems and intelligent 
wireless at the network edge. 
• The Future. What are the next network 
transformational Legos® . 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. The Nature and Doctrine that 
support NCW. Why? More importantly why should we 
care. 
2. Current Governance. National, DoD, Joint and 
Service Doctrine that shape NCW thinking and 
investments. 
3. Examining the JIE and JOAC. A motivation for 
change by necessity, attitude and budgets. Adaptive, 
Globally Networked Joint Operations. 
4. The Army. Spelling out the basics of 
LandWarNet and its parts to include WIN-T and JTRS. 
Spelling out the basics of LandISRnet and its parts to 
include Cloud, RITE, and ISCA. 
5. The Navy. Understanding lessons from 
ForceNet and NMCI and how NGEN and CANES will 
shape the Navy and Marine Corps NCW future. 
6. The Air Force. The basics of the Aerial Layer 
Network (ALN), the Future Airborne Capability 
Environment (FACE) Architecture, Universal 
Networking Interface (UNI) / Airborne Networking GIG 
Interface (ANGI) Joint Tactical Radio System (JTRS), 
Multi-Functional Advanced Data Link (MADL) / Link-16 
/ Tactical Targeting Network Technology (TTNT). 
7. SOF. The use of NCW for special 
communications, remote sensing, TTL and integrated 
support operations. 
8. Industry and First Responders. The need for 
standards. The evolution of AN/P-25. Novel concepts 
in cloud applications and wireless virtual hypervisors. 
(a surprise case study). 
9. Space and Cyber-Space. The criticality of 
MILSATCOM and C4ISR to future operations. 
Command and Control on the Move. Machine-to-machine 
(M2M) space concepts. Cyber in 
NCW.worries beyond the virus. The integration of 
space and cyberspace. 
10. Unmanned Systems. NCW and C4ISR 
enablers and liabilities. Successes and warnings. 
11. The Future. Changes in the C4ISR Construct. 
Emerging technologies to embrace. The need for 
velocity. 
Joint Operational Access Concept (JOAC) describes 
how future joint forces will achieve operational access 
in the face of such strategies. Its central thesis is 
Cross-Domain Synergy-the complementary vice 
merely additive employment of capabilities in different 
domains such that each enhances the effectiveness 
and compensates for the vulnerabilities of the others-to 
establish superiority in some combination of domains 
that will provide the freedom of action required by the 
mission. The JOAC envisions a greater degree of 
integration across domains and at lower echelons than 
ever before. 
Reference document 
http://www.defense.gov/pubs/pdfs/JOAC_Jan%202012_Signed.pdf 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 17
GPS Technology 
International Navigation Solutions for Military, Civilian, and Aerospace Applications Course # D162 
Summary 
If present plans materialize, 128 radionavigation 
satellites will soon be installed along the space frontier. 
They will be owned and operated by six different 
countries hoping to capitalize on the financial success 
of the GPS constellation. 
In this popular four-day short course Tom Logsdon 
describes in detail how these various radionavigation 
systems work and reviews the many practical benefits 
they are slated to provide to military and civilian users 
around the globe. Logsdon will explain how each 
radionavigation system works and how to use it in 
various practical situations. 
Instructor 
Tom Logsdon has worked on the GPS 
radionavigation satellites and their 
constellation for more than 20 years. He 
helped design the Transit Navigation 
System and the GPS and he acted as a 
consultant to the European Galileo 
Spaceborne Navigation System. His key 
assignment have included constellation 
selection trades, military and civilian applications, force 
multiplier effects, survivability enhancements and 
spacecraft autonomy studies. 
Over the past 30 years Logsdon has taught more 
than 300 short courses. He has also made two dozen 
television appearances, helped design an exhibit for 
the Smithsonian Institution, and written and published 
1.7 million words, including 29 non fiction books. 
These include Understanding the Navstar, Orbital 
Mechanics, and The Navstar Global Positioning 
System. 
"The presenter was very energetic and truly 
passionate about the material" 
" Tom Logsdon is the best teacher I have ever 
had. His knowledge is excellent. He is a 10!" 
"Mr. Logsdon did a bang-up job explaining 
and deriving the theories of special/general 
relativity–and how they are associated with 
the GPS navigation solutions." 
"I loved his one-page mathematical deriva-tions 
and the important points they illus-trate." 
November 10-13, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
January 12-15, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/gps_technology.htm 
Course Outline 
1. Radionavigation Concepts. Active and passive 
radionavigation systems. Position and velocity solutions. 
Nanosecond timing accuracies. Today’s spaceborne 
atomic clocks. Websites and other sources of information. 
Building a flourishing $200 billion radionavigation empire 
in space. 
2. The Three Major Segments of the GPS. Signal 
structure and pseudorandom codes. Modulation 
techniques. Practical performance-enhancements. 
Relativistic time dilations. Inverted navigation solutions. 
3. Navigation Solutions and Kalman Filtering 
Techniques. Taylor series expansions. Numerical 
iteration. Doppler shift solutions. Kalman filtering 
algorithms. 
4. Designing Effective GPS Receivers. The 
functions of a modern receiver. Antenna design 
techniques. Code tracking and carrier tracking loops. 
Commercial chipsets. Military receivers. Navigation 
solutions for orbiting satellites. 
5. Military Applications. Military test ranges. Tactical 
and strategic applications. Autonomy and survivability 
enhancements. Smart bombs and artillery projectiles. 
6. Integrated Navigation Systems. Mechanical and 
strapdown implementations. Ring lasers and fiber-optic 
gyros. Integrated navigation systems. Military 
applications. 
7. Differential Navigation and Pseudosatellites. 
Special committee 104’s data exchange protocols. Global 
data distribution. Wide-area differential navigation. 
Pseudosatellites. International geosynchronous overlay 
satellites. The American WAAS, the European EGNOS, 
and the Japanese QZSS.. 
8. Carrier-Aided Solution Techniques. Attitude-determination 
receivers. Spaceborne navigation for 
NASA’s Twin Grace satellites. Dynamic and kinematic 
orbit determination. Motorola’s spaceborne monarch 
receiver. Relativistic time-dilation derivations. Relativistic 
effects due to orbital eccentricity. 
9. The Navstar Satellites. Subsystem descriptions. 
On-orbit test results. Orbital perturbations and computer 
modeling techniques. Station-keeping maneuvers. Earth-shadowing 
characteristics. The European Galileo, the 
Chinese Biedou/Compass, the Indian IRNSS, and the 
Japanese QZSS. 
10. Russia’s Glonass Constellation. Performance 
comparisons. Orbital mechanics considerations. The 
Glonass subsystems. Russia’s SL-12 Proton booster. 
Building dual-capability GPS/Glonass receivers. Glonass 
in the evening news. 
18 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Link 16 / JTIDS / JREAP 
February 3-5, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1845 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # D153 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
The 3-day Link 16 / JTIDS / JREAP course teaches 
31 instructional modules covering the most important 
topics necessary to develop a thorough understanding 
of Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS. The Advanced course 
provides greater detail for many of the topics that are 
covered in our Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS Course, as well 
as offering nine advanced training modules. This 
course is instructional in nature and does not involve 
hands-on training. 
Instructor 
Patrick Pierson has more than 23 years of 
operational experience, and is internationally 
recognized as a Tactical Data Link subject matter 
expert. Patrick has designed more than 30 Tactical 
Data Link training courses and personally trains 
hundreds of students around the globe every year. 
Applicability 
This course is suitable for personnel with little or no 
experience and is designed to take the student to a 
very high level of comprehension in a short period of 
time: 
• Testing Required: No. 
• Hands On Training: No. 
• Prerequisites: None. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to Link 16 
2. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS Documentation 
3. Link 16 Enhancements 
4. System Characteristics 
5. Time Division Multiple Access 
6. Network Participation Groups 
7. J-Series Messages 
8. Message Standard Interpretation 
9. Transmit and Receive Rules / Message Prioritization 
10. Message Implementation 
11. JTIDS / MIDS Pulse Development 
12. JTIDS / MIDS Time Slot Components 
13. JTIDS / MIDS Message Packing and Pulses 
14. JTIDS / MIDS Networks / Nets 
15. Access Modes 
16. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Synchronization 
17. JTIDS / MIDS Network Time 
18. Precise Participant Location and Identification 
19. JTIDS / MIDS Voice 
20. Link 16 Air Control 
21. NonC2 Air-to-NonC2 Air 
22. JTIDS / MIDS Network Roles 
23. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Navigation 
24. JTIDS / MIDS Relays 
25. Communications Security 
26. JTIDS / MIDS Pulse Deconfliction 
27. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Restrictions 
28. Time Slot Duty Factor 
29. JTIDS / MIDS Terminals 
30. MIDS Terminal Configurations / Maintenance 
31. Link 16 Platforms 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 19
Missile System Design 
February 9-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$2095 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Course # D190 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This four-day short course covers the fundamentals of 
missile design, development, and system engineering. Missiles 
provide the essential accuracy and standoff range capabilities 
that are of paramount importance in modern warfare. 
Technologies for missiles are rapidly emerging, resulting in the 
frequent introduction of new missile systems. The capability to 
meet the essential requirements for the performance, cost, and 
risk of missile systems is driven by missile design and system 
engineering. The course provides a system-level, integrated 
method for missile aerodynamic configuration/propulsion 
design and analysis. It addresses the broad range of 
alternatives in meeting cost, performance, and risk 
requirements. The methods presented are generally simple 
closed-form analytical expressions that are physics-based, to 
provide insight into the primary driving parameters. Typical 
values of missile parameters and the characteristics of current 
operational missiles are discussed as well as the enabling 
subsystems and technologies for missiles and the 
current/projected state-of-the-art. Daily roundtable discussion. 
Design, build, and fly competition. Over seventy videos 
illustrate missile development activities and missile 
performance. Attendees will vote on the relative emphasis of 
the material to be presented. Attendees receive course notes 
as well as the textbook, Missile Design and System 
Engineering. 
Instructor 
Eugene L. Fleeman has 50 years of government, industry, 
academia, and consulting experience in 
Missile Design and System Engineering. 
Formerly a manager of missile programs at 
Air Force Research Laboratory, Rockwell 
International, Boeing, and Georgia Tech, he 
is an international lecturer on missiles and 
the author of over 100 publications, including 
the AIAA textbook, Missile Design and 
System Engineering. 
What You Will Learn 
• Key drivers in the missile design and system engineering 
process. 
• Critical tradeoffs, methods and technologies in subsystems, 
aerodynamic, propulsion, and structure sizing. 
• Launch platform-missile integration. 
• Robustness, lethality, guidance navigation & control, 
accuracy, observables, survivability, safty, reliability, and 
cost considerations. 
• Missile sizing examples. 
• Development process for missile systems and missile 
technologies. 
• Design, build, and fly competition. 
Who Should Attend 
The course is oriented toward the needs of missile 
engineers, systems engineers, analysts, marketing 
personnel, program managers, university professors, and 
others working in the area of missile systems and technology 
development. Attendees will gain an understanding of missile 
design, missile technologies, launch platform integration, 
missile system measures of merit, and the missile system 
development process. 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/tactical_missile_design.htm 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction/Key Drivers in the Missile System Design 
Process: Overview of missile design process. Examples of system-of-systems 
integration. Unique characteristics of missiles. Key 
aerodynamic configuration sizing parameters. Missile conceptual 
design synthesis process. Examples of processes to establish mission 
requirements. Projected capability in command, control, 
communication, computers, intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance 
(C4ISR). Example of Pareto analysis. Attendees vote on course 
emphasis. 
2. Aerodynamic Considerations in Missile System Design: 
Optimizing missile aerodynamics. Shapes for low observables. Missile 
configuration layout (body, wing, tail) options. Selecting flight control 
alternatives. Wing and tail sizing. Predicting normal force, drag, 
pitching moment, stability, control effectiveness, lift-to-drag ratio, and 
hinge moment. Maneuver law alternatives. 
3. Propulsion Considerations in Missile System Design: 
Turbojet, ramjet, scramjet, ducted rocket, and rocket propulsion 
comparisons. Turbojet engine design considerations, prediction and 
sizing. Selecting ramjet engine, booster, and inlet alternatives. Ramjet 
performance prediction and sizing. High density fuels. Solid propellant 
alternatives. Propellant grain cross section trade-offs. Effective thrust 
magnitude control. Reducing propellant observables. Rocket motor 
performance prediction and sizing. Solid propellant rocket motor 
combustion instability. Motor case and nozzle materials. 
4. Weight Considerations in Missile System Design: How to 
size subsystems to meet flight performance requirements. Structural 
design criteria factor of safety. Structure concepts and manufacturing 
processes. Selecting airframe materials. Loads prediction. Weight 
prediction. Airframe and motor case design. Aerodynamic heating 
prediction and insulation trades. Dome material alternatives and sizing. 
Power supply and actuator alternatives and sizing. 
5. Flight Performance Considerations in Missile System 
Design: Flight envelope limitations. Aerodynamic sizing-equations of 
motion. Accuracy of simplified equations of motion. Maximizing flight 
performance. Benefits of flight trajectory shaping. Flight performance 
prediction of boost, climb, cruise, coast, steady descent, ballistic, 
maneuvering, divert, and homing flight. 
6. Measures of Merit and Launch Platform Integration: 
Achieving robustness in adverse weather. Seeker, navigation, data 
link, and sensor alternatives. Seeker range prediction. Counter-countermeasures. 
Warhead alternatives and lethality prediction. 
Approaches to minimize collateral damage. Fuzing alternatives and 
requirements for fuze angle and time delay. Alternative guidance laws. 
Proportional guidance accuracy prediction. Time constant contributors 
and prediction. Maneuverability design criteria. Radar cross section 
and infrared signature prediction. Survivability considerations. 
Insensitive munitions. Enhanced reliability. Cost drivers of schedule, 
weight, learning curve, and parts count. EMD and production cost 
prediction. Logistics considerations. Designing within launch platform 
constraints. Standard launchers. Internal vs. external carriage. 
Shipping, storage, carriage, launch, and separation environment 
considerations. Launch platform interfaces. Cold and solar 
environment temperature prediction. 
7. Sizing Examples and Sizing Tools: Trade-offs for extended 
range rocket. Sizing for enhanced maneuverability. Developing a 
harmonized missile. Lofted range prediction. Ramjet missile sizing for 
range robustness. Ramjet fuel alternatives. Ramjet velocity control. 
Correction of turbojet thrust and specific impulse. Turbojet missile 
sizing for maximum range. Turbojet engine rotational speed. Guided 
bomb performance. Computer aided sizing tools for conceptual design. 
Design, build, and fly competition. Pareto, house of quality, and design 
of experiment analysis. 
8. Missile Development Process: Design validation/technology 
development process. Developing a technology roadmap. History of 
transformational technologies. Funding emphasis. Cost, risk, and 
performance tradeoffs. New missile follow-on projections. Examples of 
development tests and facilities. Example of technology demonstration 
flight envelope. Examples of technology development. New 
technologies for missiles. 
20 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Modern Missile Analysis 
Propulsion, Guidance, Control, Seekers, and Technology Course # D193 
January 19-22, 2015 
Huntsville, Alabama 
February 17-20, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This four-day course presents a broad introduction to 
major missile subsystems and their integrated performance, 
explained in practical terms, but including relevant analytical 
methods. While emphasis is on today’s homing missiles and 
future trends, the course includes a historical perspective of 
relevant older missiles. Both endoatmospheric and 
exoatmospheric missiles (missiles that operate in the 
atmosphere and in space) are addressed. Missile propulsion, 
guidance, control, and seekers are covered, and their roles 
and interactions in integrated missile operation are explained. 
The types and applications of missile simulation and testing 
are presented. Comparisons of autopilot designs, guidance 
approaches, seeker alternatives, and instrumentation for 
various purposes are presented. The course is recommended 
for analysts, engineers, and technical managers who want to 
broaden their understanding of modern missiles and missile 
systems. The analytical descriptions require some technical 
background, but practical explanations can be appreciated by 
all students. U.S. citizenship is required for this course. 
Instructor 
Dr. Walter R. Dyer is a graduate of UCLA, with a Ph.D. 
degree in Control Systems Engineering and 
Applied Mathematics. He has over thirty years 
of industry, government and academic 
experience in the analysis and design of 
tactical and strategic missiles. His experience 
includes Standard Missile, Stinger, AMRAAM, 
HARM, MX, Small ICBM, and ballistic missile 
defense. He is currently a Senior Staff 
Member at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics 
Laboratory and was formerly the Chief Technologist at the 
Missile Defense Agency in Washington, DC. He has authored 
numerous industry and government reports and published 
prominent papers on missile technology. He has also taught 
university courses in engineering at both the graduate and 
undergraduate levels. 
What You Will Learn 
You will gain an understanding of the design and analysis 
of homing missiles and the integrated performance of their 
subsystems. 
• Missile propulsion and control in the atmosphere and in 
space. 
• Clear explanation of homing guidance. 
• Types of missile seekers and how they work. 
• Missile testing and simulation. 
• Latest developments and future trends. 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/missile_systems_analysis.htm 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. Brief history of Missiles. Types of 
missiles. Introduction to ballistic missile defense. 
Endoatmospheric and exoatmospheric missiles. Missile 
basing. Missile subsystems overview. Warheads, lethality and 
hit-to-kill. Power and power conditioning. 
2. Missile Propulsion. Rocket thrust and the rocket 
equation. Specific impulse and mass fraction. Solid and liquid 
propulsion. Propellant safety. Single stage and multistage 
boosters. Ramjets and scramjets. Axial propulsion. Thrust 
vector control. Divert and attitude control systems. Effects of 
gravity and atmospheric drag. 
3. Missile Airframes, Autopilots And Control. Purpose 
and functions of autopilots. Dynamics of missile motion and 
simplifying assumptions. Single plane analysis. Missile 
aerodynamics. Autopilot design. Open-loop and closed loop 
autopilots. Inertial instruments and feedback. Pitch and roll 
autopilot examples. Autopilot response, stability, and agility. 
Body modes and rate saturation. Induced roll in high 
performance missiles. Adaptive autopilots. Rolling airframe 
Missiles. Exoatmospheric Kill Vehicle autopilots. Pulse Width 
Modulation. Limit cycles. 
4. Missile Seekers. Seeker types and operation for endo-and 
exo-atmospheric missiles. Passive, active and semi 
active seekers. Atmospheric transmission. Strapped down 
and gimbaled seekers. Radar basics. Radar seekers and 
missile fire-control radar. Radar antennas. Sequential lobing, 
monopulse and frequency agility. Passive sensing basics and 
infrared seekers. Figures of merit for detectors. Introduction to 
seeker optics and passive seeker configurations. Scanning 
seekers and focal plane arrays. Dual mode seekers. Seeker 
comparisons and applications to different missions. Signal 
processing and noise reduction. 
5. Missile Guidance. Phases of missile flight. Boost and 
midcourse guidance. Lambert Guidance. Homing guidance. 
Zero effort miss. Proportional navigation and augmented 
proportional navigation. Predictive guidance. Optimum 
homing guidance. Homing guidance examples and simulation 
results. Gravity bias. Radomes and their effects. Blind range. 
Endoatmospheric and exoatmospheric missile guidance. 
Sources of miss and miss reduction. Miss distance 
comparisons with different homing guidance laws. Guidance 
filters and the Kalman filter. Early guidance techniques. Beam 
rider, pure pursuit, and deviated pursuit guidance. 
6. Simulation and Testing. Current simulation 
capabilities and future trends. Hardware in the loop. Types of 
missile testing and their uses, advantages and disadvantages 
of testing alternatives. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 21
Multi-Target Tracking and Multi-Sensor Data Fusion 
Course # D210 
Revised With 
Newly Added 
Summary 
Topics 
The objective of this course is to introduce 
engineers, scientists, managers and military 
operations personnel to the fields of target 
tracking and data fusion, and to the key 
technologies which are available today for 
application to this field. The course is designed 
to be rigorous where appropriate, while 
remaining accessible to students without a 
specific scientific background in this field. The 
course will start from the fundamentals and 
move to more advanced concepts. This course 
will identify and characterize the principle 
components of typical tracking systems. A 
variety of techniques for addressing different 
aspects of the data fusion problem will be 
described. Real world examples will be used to 
emphasize the applicability of some of the 
algorithms. Specific illustrative examples will 
be used to show the tradeoffs and systems 
issues between the application of different 
techniques. 
Instructor 
Stan Silberman is a member of the Senior 
Technical Staff at the Johns Hopkins Univeristy 
Applied Physics Laboratory. He has over 30 
years of experience in tracking, sensor fusion, 
and radar systems analysis and design for the 
Navy,Marine Corps, Air Force, and FAA. 
Recent work has included the integration of a 
new radar into an existing multisensor system 
and in the integration, using a multiple 
hypothesis approach, of shipboard radar and 
ESM sensors. Previous experience has 
included analysis and design of multiradar 
fusion systems, integration of shipboard 
sensors including radar, IR and ESM, 
integration of radar, IFF, and time-difference-of-arrival 
sensors with GPS data sources. 
November 18-20, 2014 
Dayton, Ohio 
January 27-29, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. 
2. The Kalman Filter. 
3. Other Linear Filters. 
4. Non-Linear Filters. 
5. Angle-Only Tracking. 
6. Maneuvering Targets: Adaptive Techniques. 
7. Maneuvering Targets: Multiple Model 
Approaches. 
8. Single Target Correlation & Association. 
9. Track Initiation, Confirmation & Deletion. 
10. Using Measured Range Rate (Doppler). 
11. Multitarget Correlation & Association. 
12. Probabilistic Data Association. 
13. Multiple Hypothesis Approaches. 
14. Coordinate Conversions. 
15. Multiple Sensors. 
16. Data Fusion Architectures. 
17. Fusion of Data From Multiple Radars. 
18. Fusion of Data From Multiple Angle-Only 
Sensors. 
19. Fusion of Data From Radar and Angle-Only 
20. Sensor Alignment. 
21. Fusion of Target Type and Attribute Data. 
22. Performance Metrics. 
What You Will Learn 
Sensor. 
• State Estimation Techniques – Kalman Filter, 
constant-gain filters. 
• Non-linear filtering – When is it needed? Extended 
Kalman Filter. 
• Techniques for angle-only tracking. 
• Tracking algorithms, their advantages and 
limitations, including: 
- Nearest Neighbor 
- Probabilistic Data Association 
- Multiple Hypothesis Tracking 
- Interactive Multiple Model (IMM) 
• How to handle maneuvering targets. 
• Track initiation – recursive and batch approaches. 
• Architectures for sensor fusion. 
• Sensor alignment – Why do we need it and how do 
we do it? 
• Attribute Fusion, including Bayesian methods, 
Dempster-Shafer, Fuzzy Logic. 
22 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Underlying Physics of Today’s Sensor and Weapons Course # D211 
Summary 
Naval Weapons Principles 
This four-day course is designed for students that have a 
college level knowledge of mathematics and basic physics to 
gain the “big picture” as related to basic sensor and weapons 
theory. As in all disciplines knowing the vocabulary is 
fundamental for further exploration, this course strives to 
provide the physical explanation behind the vocabulary such 
that students have a working vernacular of naval weapons. 
This course is a fundamental course and is not designed for 
experts in the Navy's combat systems. 
Instructor 
Craig Payne is currently a principal investigator at the Johns 
Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory. His expertise in the 
“detect to engage” process with emphasis in sensor systems, 
(sonar, radar and electro-optics), development of fire control 
solutions for systems, guidance methods, fuzing techniques, 
and weapon effects on targets. He is a retired U.S. Naval 
Officer from the Surface Warfare community and has 
extensive experience naval operations. As a Master Instructor 
at the U. S. Naval Academy he designed, taught and literally 
wrote the book for the course called Principles of Naval 
Weapons. This course is provided to all U.S. Naval Academy 
Midshipmen, 62 colleges and Universities that offer the 
NROTC program and taught abroad at various national 
service schools. 
Dr. Menachem Levitas received his BS, maxima cum laude, 
from the University of Portland and his Ph.D. 
from the University of Virginia in 1975, both 
in physics. He has forty two years experience 
in science and engineering, thirty four of 
which in radar systems analysis, design, 
development, and testing for the Navy, Air 
Force, Marine Corps, and FAA. His 
experience encompasses many ground 
based, shipboard, and airborne radar systems. He has been 
technical lead on many radar efforts including Government 
source selection teams. He is the author of multiple radar 
based innovations and is a recipient of the Aegis Excellence 
Award for his contribution toward the AN/SPY-1 high range 
resolution (HRR) development. For many years, prior to his 
retirement in 2011, he had been the chief scientist of 
Technology Service Corporation / Washington. He continues 
to provide radar technical support under consulting 
agreements. 
What You Will Learn 
Scientific and engineering principles behind systems 
such as radar, sonar, electro-optics, guidance systems, 
explosives and ballistics. Specifically: 
• Analyze weapon systems in their environment, examining 
elements of the “detect to engage sequence” from sensing 
to target damage mechanisms. 
• Apply the concept of energy propagation and interaction 
from source to distant objects via various media for detection 
or destruction. 
• Evaluate the factors that affect a weapon system’s sensor 
resolution and signal-to-noise ratio. Including the 
characteristics of a multiple element system and/or array. 
• Knowledge to make reasonable assumptions and formulate 
first-order approximations of weapons systems’ 
performance. 
• Asses the design and operational tradeoffs on weapon 
systems’ performance from a high level. 
From this course you will obtain the knowledge and 
ability to perform basic sensor and weapon calculations, 
identify tradeoffs, interact meaningfully with colleagues, 
evaluate systems, and understand the literature. 
February 9-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$2045 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to Combat Systems: Discussion of combat 
system attributes 
2. Introduction to Radar: Fundamentals, examples, sub-systems 
and issues 
3. The Physics of Radar: Electromagnetic radiations, frequency, 
transmission and reception, waveforms, PRF, minimum range, range 
resolution and bandwidth, scattering, target cross-section, 
reflectivities, scattering statistics, polarimetric scattering, propagation 
in the Earth troposphere 
4. Radar Theory: The radar range equation, signal and noise, 
detection threshold, noise in receiving systems, detection principles, 
measurement accuracies 
5. The Radar Sub-systems: Transmitter, antenna, receiver and 
signal processor (Pulse Compression and Doppler filtering principles, 
automatic detection with adaptive detection threshold, the CFAR 
mechanism, sidelobe blanking angle estimation), the radar control 
program and data processor (SAR/ISAR are addressed as antenna 
excursions) 
6. Workshop: Hands-on exercises relative to Antenna basics; and 
radar range analysis with and without detailed losses and the pattern 
propagation factor 
7. Electronic Attack and Electronic Protection: Noise and 
deceptive jamming, and radar protection techniques 
8. Electronically Scanned Antennas: Fundamental concepts, 
directivity and gain, elements and arrays, near and far field radiation, 
element factor and array factor, illumination function and Fourier 
transform relations, beamwidth approximations, array tapers and 
sidelobes, electrical dimension and errors, array bandwidth, steering 
mechanisms, grating lobes, phase monopulse, beam broadening, 
examples 
9. Solid State Active Phased Arrays: What are solid state active 
arrays (SSAA), what advantages do they provide, emerging 
requirements that call for SSAA (or AESA), SSAA issues at T/R 
module, array, and system levels 
10. Radar Tracking: Functional block diagram, what is radar 
tracking, firm track initiation and range, track update, track 
maintenance, algorithmic alternatives (association via single or 
multiple hypotheses, tracking filters options), role of electronically 
steered arrays in radar tracking 
11. Current Challenges and Advancements: Key radar 
challenges, key advances (transmitter, antenna, signal stability, 
digitization and digital processing, waveforms, algorithms) 
12. Electro-optical theory. Radiometric Quantities, Stephan 
Botzman Law, Wein's Law. 
13. Electro-Optical Targets, Background and Attenuation. 
Lasers, Selective Radiation, Thermal Radiation Spreading, 
Divergence, Absorption Bands, Beers Law, Night Vision Devices. 
14. Infrared Range Equation. Detector Response and Sensitivity, 
Derivation of Simplified IR Range Equation, Example problems. 
15. Sound Propagation in Oceans. Thermal Structure of Ocean, 
Sound Velocity Profiles, Propagation Paths, Transmission Losses. 
16. SONAR Figure of Merit. Target Strength, Noise, 
Reverberation, Scattering, Detection Threshold, Directivity Index, 
Passive and Active Sonar Equations. 
17. Underwater Detection Systems. Transducers and 
Hydrophones, Arrays, Variable Depth Sonar, Sonobuoys, Bistatic 
Sonar, Non-Acoustic Detection Systems to include Magnetic Anomaly 
Detection. 
18. Weapon Ballistics and Propulsion. Relative Motion, Interior 
and Exterior Ballistics, Reference Frames and Coordinate Systems, 
Weapons Systems Alignment. 
19. Guidance: Guidance laws and logic to include pursuit, constant 
bearing, proportion navigation and kappa-gamma. Seeker design. 
20. Fuzing Principles. Fuze System Classifications, Proximity 
Fuzes, Non-proximity Fuzes. 
21. Chemical Explosives. Characteristics of Military Explosives, 
Measurement of Chemical Explosive Reactions, Power Index 
Approximation. 
22. Warhead Damage Predictions. Quantifying Damage, Circular 
Error Probable, Blast Warheads, Diffraction and Drag loading on 
targets, Fragmentation Warheads, Shaped Charges, Special Purpose 
Warheads. 
23. Underwater Warheads. Underwater Explosion Damage 
Mechanisms, Torpedoes, Naval Mine Classification. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 23
Radar Systems Design & Engineering 
Radar Performance Calculations Course # D231 
Summary 
This four-day course covers radar functionality, architecture, and 
performance. Fundamental radar issues such as transmitter stability, 
antenna pattern, clutter, jamming, propagation, target cross section, 
dynamic range, receiver noise, receiver architecture, waveforms, 
processing, and target detection are treated in detail within the unifying 
context of the radar range equation, and examined within the contexts 
of surface and airborne radar platforms and their respective 
applications. Advanced topics such as pulse compression, 
electronically steered arrays, and active phased arrays are covered, 
together with the related issues of failure compensation and auto-calibration. 
The fundamentals of multi-target tracking principles are 
covered, and detailed examples of surface and airborne radars are 
presented. This course is designed for engineers and engineering 
managers who wish to understand how surface and airborne radar 
systems work, and to familiarize themselves with pertinent design 
issues and the current technological frontiers. 
What You Will Learn 
• What are radar subsystems. 
• How to calculate radar performance. 
• Key functions, issues, and requirements. 
• HHow different requirements make radars different. 
• Operating in different modes & environments. 
• ESA and AESA radars: what are these technologies, how they work, 
what drives them, and what new issues they bring. 
• Issues unique to multifunction, phased array, radars. 
• State-of-the-art waveforms and waveform processing. 
• How airborne radars differ from surface radars. 
• Today's requirements, technologies & designs. 
February 23-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Instructors 
Dr. Menachem Levitas received his BS, maxima cum laude, from 
the University of Portland and his Ph.D. from the 
University of Virginia in 1975, both in physics. He 
has forty three years experience in science and 
engineering, thirty five of which in radar systems 
analysis, design, development, and testing for the 
Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and FAA. His 
experience encompasses many ground based, 
shipboard, and airborne radar systems. He has 
been technical lead on many radar efforts including 
Government source selection teams. He is the 
author of multiple radar based innovations and is a recipient of the 
Aegis Excellence Award for his contribution toward the AN/SPY-1 high 
range resolution (HRR) development. For many years, prior to his 
retirement in 2011, he had been the chief scientist of Technology 
Service Corporation / Washington. He continues to provide radar 
technical support under consulting agreements. 
Stan Silberman is a member of the Senior Technical Staff of the 
Applied Physics Laboratory. He has over 30 years of experience in 
tracking, sensor fusion, and radar systems analysis and design for the 
Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, and FAA. Recent work has included the 
integration of a new radar into an existing multisensor system and in 
the integration, using a multiple hypothesis approach, of shipboard 
radar and ESM sensors. Previous experience has included analysis 
and design of multiradar fusion systems, integration of shipboard 
sensors including radar, IR and ESM, integration of radar, IFF, and 
time-difference-of-arrival sensors with GPS data sources, and 
integration of multiple sonar systems on underwater platforms. 
Course Outline 
Day 1 - Part I: Radar and Phenomenology Fundamentals 
1. Introduction. Radar systems examples. Radar ranging principles, 
frequencies, architecture, measurements, displays, and parameters. Radar 
range equation; radar waveforms; antenna patterns, types, and 
parameters. 
2. Noise in Receiving Systems and Detection Principles. Noise 
sources; statistical properties. Radar range equation; false alarm and 
detection probability; and pulse integration schemes. Radar cross section; 
stealth; fluctuating targets; stochastic models; detection of fluctuating 
targets. 
3. CW Radar, Doppler, and Receiver Architecture. Basic 
properties; CW and high PRF relationships; dynamic range, stability; 
isolation requirements, techniques, and devices; superheterodyne 
receivers; in-phase and quadrature receivers; signal spectrum; spectral 
broadening; matched filtering; Doppler filtering; Spectral modulation; CW 
ranging; and measurement accuracy. 
4. Radio Waves Propagation. The pattern propagation factor; 
interference (multipath,) and diffraction; refraction; standard refractivity; the 
4/3 Earth approximation; sub-refractivity; super refractivity; trapping; 
propagation ducts; littoral propagation; propagation modeling; attenuation. 
5. Radar Clutter and Detection in Clutter. Volume, surface, and 
discrete clutter, deleterious clutter effects on radar performance, clutter 
characteristics, effects of platform velocity, distributed sea clutter and sea 
spikes, terrain clutter, grazing angle vs. depression angle characterization, 
volume clutter, birds, Constant False Alarm Rate (CFAR) thresholding, 
editing CFAR, and Clutter Maps. 
Day 2 - Part II: Clutter Processing, Waveform, and Waveform Processing 
6. Clutter Filtering Principles. Signal-to-clutter ratio; signal and 
clutter separation techniques; range and Doppler techniques; principles of 
filtering; transmitter stability and filtering; pulse Doppler and MTI; MTD; 
blind speeds and blind ranges; staggered MTI; analog and digital filtering; 
notch shaping; gains and losses. Performance measures: clutter 
attenuation, improvement factor, subclutter visibility, and cancellation ratio. 
Improvement factor limitation sources; stability noise sources; composite 
errors; types of MTI. 
7. Radar Waveforms. The time-bandwidth concept. Pulse 
compression; Performance measures; Code families; Matched and 
mismatched filters. Optimal codes and code families: multiple constraints. 
Performance in the time and frequency domains; Mismatched filters and 
their applications; Orthogonal and quasi-orthogonal codes; Multiple-Input- 
Multiple-Output (MIMO) radar; MIMO waveforms and MIMO antenna 
patterns. 
Part 3: ESA, AESA, and Related Topics 
8. Electronically Scanned Radar Systems. Fundamental concepts, 
directivity and gain, elements and arrays, near and far field radiation, 
element factor and array factor, illumination function and Fourier transform 
relations, beamwidth approximations, array tapers and sidelobes, electrical 
dimension and errors, array bandwidth, steering mechanisms, grating 
lobes, phase monopulse, beam broadening, examples. 
9. Active Phased Array Radar Systems. What are solid state active 
arrays (SSAA), what advantages do they provide, emerging requirements 
that call for SSAA (or AESA), SSAA issues at T/R module, array, and 
system levels, digital arrays, future direction. 
10. Multiple Simultaneous Beams. Why multiple beams, 
independently steered beams vs. clustered beams, alternative organization 
of clustered beams and their implications, quantization lobes in clustered 
beams arrangements and design options to mitigate them. 
Day 3 
11. Auto-Calibration Techniques in Active Phased Array Radars: 
Motivation; the mutual coupling in a phased array radar; external 
calibration reference approach; the mutual coupling approach; 
architectural. 
12. Module Failure and Array Auto-compensation: The ‘bathtub’ 
profile of module failure rates and its three regions, burn-in and accelerated 
stress tests, module packaging and periodic replacements, cooling 
alternatives, effects of module failure on array pattern, array auto-compensation 
techniques to extend time between replacements, need for 
recalibration after module replacement. 
Part 4: Applications 
13. Surface Radar. Principal functions and characteristics, nearness 
and extent of clutter, effects of anomalous propagation, the stressing 
factors of dynamic range, signal stability, time, and coverage requirements, 
transportation requirements and their implications, sensitivity time control 
in classical radar, the increasing role of bird/angel clutter and its effects on 
radar design, firm track initiation and the scan-back mechanism, antenna 
pattern techniques used to obtain partial relief. 
14. Airborne Radar. Frequency selection; Platform motion effects; 
iso-ranges and iso-Dopplers; antenna pattern effects; clutter; reflection 
point; altitude line. The role of medium and high PRF's in lookdown modes; 
the three PRF regimes; range and Doppler ambiguities; velocity search 
modes, TACCAR and DPCA.) 
15. Synthetic Aperture Radar. Principles of high resolution, radar vs. 
optical imaging, real vs. synthetic aperture, real beam limitations, 
simultaneous vs. sequential operation, derivations of focused array 
resolution, unfocused arrays, motion compensation, range-gate drifting, 
synthetic aperture modes: real-beam mapping, strip mapping, and 
spotlighting, waveform restrictions, processing throughputs, synthetic 
aperture 'monopulse' concepts. 
Day 4 
16. Multiple Target Tracking. Definition of Basic terms. Track 
Initiation: Methodology for initiating new tracks; Recursive and batch 
algorithms; Sizing of gates for track initiation. M out of N processing. State 
Estimation & Filtering: Basic filtering theory. Least-squares filter and 
Kalman filter. Adaptive filtering and multiple model methods. Use of 
suboptimal filters such as table look-up and constant gain. Correlation & 
Association: Correlation tests and gates; Association algorithms; 
Probabilistic data association and multiple hypothesis algorithms. 
24 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Software Defined Radio Engineering 
Comprehensive Study of State of the Art Techniques Course # D241 
REVISED! 
January 26-29, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1940 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This 4-day course is designed for digital signal processing 
engineers, RF system engineers, and managers who wish to 
enhance their understanding of this rapidly emerging 
technology. On day one we present an extensive overview of 
SDR definitions, applications, development tools and example 
products. On day two we cover basic digital radio concepts, 
with emphasis on SDR applications. On day three we tackle a 
complete SDR design, from antenna to decoded bits. 
Throughout the course, mostly intuitive explanations take the 
place of detailed mathematical developments. On day four we 
tackle digital modem processing circuits. Day four includes 
extensive study of Matlab and Simulink DSP simulations. 
Modeling code is explained in detail and provided to the 
students on the class CD. Throughout the course, mostly 
intuitive explanations take the place of detailed mathematical 
developments.The emphasis is on practical “take-away” high 
level knowledge. Most topics include carefully described 
design examples, alternative approaches, performance 
analysis, and references to published research results. 
Extensive guidance is provided to help you get started on 
practical design and simulation efforts.. An extensive 
bibliography is included. 
Instructors 
Dr. John M Reyland has 20 years of experience in 
digital communications design for both 
commercial and military applications. 
Dr. Reyland holds the degree of Ph.D. 
in electrical engineering from the 
University of Iowa. He has presented 
numerous seminars on digital 
communications in both academic and 
industrial settings. 
What You Will Learn 
• New digital communications requirements that drive the SDR 
approach. 
• SDR standardization attempts, both military and civilian. 
• SDR complexity vs. granularity tradeoffs. 
• Current digital radio hardware limitations on SDR. 
• SDR advantages and disadvantages. 
• Many aspects of physical layer digital communications 
design and how they relate to SDR. 
• The latest software development tools for SDR. 
• Practical DSP design techniques for SDR transceivers. 
• Possible SDR future directions. 
From this course you will understand the SDR approach 
to digital radio design and become familiar with current 
standards and trends. You will gain extensive insight into 
the differences between traditional digital radio design and 
the SDR approach. You will be able to evaluate design 
approaches for SDR suitability and lead SDR discussions 
with colleagues. 
Course Outline 
1. SDR Introduction. SDR definitions, motivation, 
history and evolution. SDR cost vs. benefits and other 
tradeoffs. SDR impact on various communication 
system components. 
2. SDR Major Standards. Software 
Communications Architecture (SCA) and Space 
Telecommunications Radio System (STRS).We look at 
the differences as well as the motivation, operational 
overview and details. Hardware abstraction concepts 
and structural components such as domain manager, 
core framework, application factory and other 
reconfigurability mechanisms are discussed. The 
Communications, Navigation, and Networking 
reConfigurable Testbed (CoNNeCT) is discussed as a 
practical NASA SDR example. Applications of SCA are 
also discussed. 
3. SDR Architectures. We discuss changes that 
the SDR approach has brought about in radio and 
computer architecture, interface design, component 
selection and other aspects. 
4. SDR Enablers. How do block diagram oriented 
simulation environments such as Simulink and GNU 
Radio facilitate SDR development? We look at how 
these tools speed up development and how they 
contribute to radio research and manufacturing. 
5. SDR Advantages/Disadvantages. What is the 
motivation for SDR additional overhead? How has the 
SDR approach enabled new technologies such as 
cognitive radio?. 
6. Digital Modulation. Linear and non-linear 
multilevel modulations. Analysis of advanced 
techniques such as OFDM and its application to LTE, 
DSL and 802.11a. System design implications of 
bandwidth and power efficiency, peak to average 
power, error vector magnitude, error probability, etc. 
7. RF Channels. Doppler, thermal noise, 
interference, slow and fast fading, time and frequency 
dispersion, RF spectrum usage, bandwidth 
measurement and link budget examples. Multiple 
input, multiple output (MIMO) channels. 
8. Receiver Channel Equalization. Inter-symbol 
interference, group delay, linear and nonlinear 
equalization, time and frequency domain equalizers, 
Viterbi equalizers. 
9. Multiple Access Techniques. Frequency, time 
and code division techniques. Carrier sensing, wireless 
sensor networks, throughput calculations. 
10. Source and Channel Coding. Shannon’s 
theorem, sampling, entropy, data compression, voice 
coding, block and convolution coding, turbo coding. 
11. Receiver Analog Signal Processing. RF 
conversion structures for SDR, frequency planning, 
automatic gain control, high speed analog to digital 
conversion techniques and bandpass sampling. An 
example is presented of an SDR radio front end that 
supports rapid reconfiguration for multiple signal 
formats. 
12. Receiver Digital Signal Processing. 
Quadrature downconversion, processing gain, packet 
synchronization, Doppler estimation, automatic gain 
control, carrier and symbol estimation and tracking, 
coherent vs. noncoherent demodulation. An example is 
presented of SDR digital control over an FPGA 
implementation. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 25
Synthetic Aperture Radar 
Fundamentals 
February 9-10, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1190 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
What You Will Learn 
Course # D244 - D243 
• Basic radar concepts and principles. 
• SAR imaging and approaches to SAR processing. 
• Basic SAR system engineering and design tradeoffs. 
• Survey of existing SAR systems. 
• Coherent and Non-Coherent SAR Exploitation including 
basic interferometry, 
Advanced 
February 11-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1190 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
What You Will Learn 
• SAR system design and performance estimation. 
• Interactive SAR design session illustrating design tradeoffs. 
• SAR Polarimetry. 
• Advanced SAR Interferometry including PS InSAR. 
• Survey of future applications and system. 
Richard Carande is the President, CEO and co-founder of Neva Ridge Technologies, a company located in Boulder Colorado 
that specializes in SAR and SAR exploitation technologies. Prevously, Mr. Carande was the Vice President and Director of 
Advanced Radar Technologies at Vexcel Corporation. From 1986 to 1995 Mr. Carande was a group leader for a SAR processor 
development group at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (Pasadena California). There he was involved in developing an operational 
SAR processor for the JPL/NASA’s three-frequency, fully polarimetric AIRSAR system. Mr. Carande also worked as a System 
Engineer for the Alaska SAR Processor while at JPL, and performed research in the area of SAR Along-Track 
Interferometry. Before starting at JPL, Mr. Carande was employed by a technology company in California where he developed 
optical and digital SAR processors for internal research applications. Mr. Carande has a BS & MS in Physics from Case Western 
Reserve University. 
Course Outline 
Instructor 
1. Fundamentals of Radar. This portion of the course will provide 
a background in radar fundamentals that are necessary for the 
understanding and appreciation of synthetic aperture radar (SAR) and 
products derived from it. We will first review the history of radar 
technology and applications, and introduce some fundamental 
elements common to all radar systems. The student will learn how 
basic ranging radar systems operate, why a chirp pulse is commonly 
used, the Radar Range Equation and radar backscattering. We will 
also discuss common (and uncommon) radar frequencies 
(wavelengths) and their unique characteristics, and why one frequency 
might be preferred over another. A high-level description of radar 
polarization will also be presented. 
2. SAR Imaging. An overview of how SAR systems operate will be 
introduced. We will discuss airborne systems and spaceborne systems 
and describe unique considerations for each. Stripmap, spotlight and 
scanSAR operating modes will be presented. The advantages of each 
mode will be described. A description of SAR image characteristics 
including fore-shortening, layover and shadow will be shown. Range 
and azimuth ambiguities will be presented and techniques for 
mitigating them explained. Noise sources will be presented. Equations 
that control system performance will be presented including resolution, 
ambiguity levels, and sensitivity. Approaches to SAR image formation 
will be described including optical image formation and digital image 
formation. Algorithms such as polar formatting, seismic migration, 
range-Doppler and time-domain algorithms will be discussed. 
3. Existing and future SAR systems. We will describe the suite 
of SAR systems currently operating. These will include all of the 
commercial spaceborne SAR systems as well as common airborne 
systems. Key features and advantages of each system will be 
described. A description of upcoming SAR missions will be provided. 
4. SAR Image Exploitation. In this section of the class a number 
of SAR exploitation algorithms will be presented. The techniques 
described in this session rely on interpretation of detected images and 
are applied to both defense and scientific applications. A high-level 
description of polarimetric SAR will be presented and the unique 
capabilities it brings for new applications. (More polarimetry detail can 
be found in the ATI Advanced SAR course.) 
5. Coherent SAR Exploitation. The coherent nature of SAR 
imagery will be described and several ways to exploit this unique 
characteristic will be presented. We will discuss the “importance of 
phase,” and show how this leads to incredible sensitivities. Coherent 
change detection will be described as well as basic interferometric 
applications for measuring elevation or centimeter-level ground 
motion. (More detail on interferometry can be found in the ATI 
Advanced SAR course.) 
Course Outline 
1. SAR Review. A brief review of SAR technology, capabilities and 
terminology will set the stage for this Advanced SAR Class. 
2. SAR System Engineering and Performance Prediction. The 
factors that control the quality of SAR imagery produced from a given 
system will be developed and presented. This includes noise-equivalent 
sigma zero (sensitivity) calculations, trade-offs in terms of 
resolution verses coverage, and the impact of hardware selection 
including radar echo quantization (ADCs), antenna area and gain. 
Parameters that affect PRF selection will be described and a 
nomogrammatic approach for PRF selection will be presented. 
Specialized techniques to improve SAR performance will be described. 
3. Design-A-SAR. Using an ideal implementation of the radar 
equation, we will design a simplified SAR system and predict its 
performance. During this interactive session, the students will select 
radar “requirements” including radar frequency, coverage, resolution, 
data rate, sensitivity, aperture size and power; and the system 
performance will be determined. This interactive presentation of design 
trade-offs will clearly illustrate the challenges involved in building a 
realistic SAR system. 
4. SAR Polarimetry. We will first review polarimetric SAR principles 
and described single-pol, dual-pol and quad-pol SAR systems and how 
they operate. Hybrid and compact polarimetry will also be described. 
Polarization basis will be presented and we will discuss why one basis 
may be more useful than another for a particular application. 
Examples of using polarimetric data for performing SAR image 
segmentation and classification will be presented including 
decomposition approaches such as Cloud, Freeman-Durden and 
Yamaguchi. Polarimetric Change detection will be introduced. 
5. Advance SAR Interferometry. Techniques that exploit mutually 
coherent acquisitions of SAR data will be presented. We will first 
review two-pass interferometric SAR for elevation mapping and land 
movement measurements. This will be expanded to using multiple 
observations for obtaining time series results. Model-based methods 
that exploit redundant information for extracting unknown tropospheric 
phase errors and other unknown noise sources will be presented (e.g. 
Permanent Scatterer Interferometry). Examples of these data products 
will be provided, and a description of new exploitation products that 
can be derived will be presented. 
6. Future and potential applications and systems. A survey of 
current work going on in the SAR community will be presented, and 
indications as to where this may lead in the future. This will include an 
overview of recent breakthroughs in system design and operations, 
image/signal processing, processing hardware, exploitation, data 
collection and fusion. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 26 – Vol. 119 Register online www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI aVto 8l.8 181.540 –1.226100 or 410.956.8805
Unmanned Air Vehicle Design 
November 11-13 2014 
Dayton, Ohio 
February 17-19 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # D261 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
This three-day short course covers the design of 
unmanned air vehicles. The course will cover the 
history and classes of UAVs, requirement definition, 
command and control concepts and UAV aircraft 
design. It provides first-hand understanding of the 
entire design and development process for unmanned 
vehicles from their involvement in the DARPA MAV 
development and as the lead for the Army’s Brigade 
Combat Team Modernization Class I, Increment Two 
vehicle. The instructor is currently working towards first 
flight and was a key contributor to requirements 
development, conceptual design, design optimization. 
UAV’s history will be covered and the lessons 
learned and the breadth of the design space. UAV’s are 
and will be key components of aviation. From the nano 
sized flapping vehicles to the extreme duration of high 
altitude surveillance vehicles. 
Each student will be provided a hard copy of the 
presentations and the text book, Fundamentals of 
Aircraft and Airship Design: Volume I -Aircraft Design, 
by Leland M. Nicolai. 
Instructor 
Mr. Paul Gelhausen is Founder, Managing Member 
and Chief Technical Officer of an aerospace company. 
He holds a B.S. and M.S. degrees in Aerospace 
Engineering from the University of Michigan and 
Stanford University, respectively. Mr. Gelhausen 
provides technical managerial leadership in design, 
simulation, and testing of advanced ducted fan vehicle 
configurations as well as providing technical and 
managerial leadership in the definition of future vehicle 
requirements to satisfy mission scenarios, functional 
decomposition, concept development and detailed 
systems and technology analysis. Prior to founding the 
company Mr. Gelhausen was a former NASA Langley 
Engineer where he led the configuration design, 
aerodynamic design and aerodynamic validation 
elements of the multi-center Mars Airplane Program 
including requirements generation, technical 
specifications,analysis planning, test planning and 
overall management. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. 
• Brief history of UAV’s "How did toys become useful?" 
• Classes of UAV’s 
• Fixed Wing 
• Rotary Wing / VTOL 
• Micro 
2. UAV Requirements Definition. 
• Operational Concepts 
• Mission definition 
• Requirements Flow-down 
3. Command and Control Concepts. 
• Ground based operation 
• Autonomous operation 
• Systems and subsystems definition 
• System Safety and Reliability Concerns 
4. UAV Aircraft Design. 
• Configuration 
• Aerodynamics 
• Propulsion and propulsion system integration 
concepts 
• Structures 
• Performance 
• Flight Controls and Handling Qualities 
• Operational influences on control strategies 
• Vehicle analysis & how it affects control strategies 
• Make sure you have enough sensor bandwidth 
• Making sure you have enough control surfaces / 
power / bandwidth (choosing an actuator) 
• Gust rejection and trajectory performance driven by 
5. Case study Examples. 
• Case study 1: Large turbine design 
• Case study 2: Small piston engine design 
• Cost Analysis 
• Development 
• Manufacturing 
• Operations 
• Disposal 
• Design Tools 
• Design Optimization 
What You Will Learn 
• UAV design is not a simple task that can be fully 
learned in a short time, however, the scope of the 
problem can be outlined. 
• The design process is similar to any aircraft design, 
but there are unique tasks involved in replacing the 
intelligence of the pilot. 
• The long history of UAV’s and the breadth of the 
design space will be covered. 
• Lessons learned from experience and by 
observation will be shared in the course. 
• We will cover the tools and techniques that are 
used to make design decisions and modifications. 
• Representative practical examples of UAV will be 
presented. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 27
Unmanned Aircraft System Fundamentals 
Design, Airspace Integration & Future Capabilities Course # D261 
Summary 
This 3-day, classroom instructional program is designed to 
meet the needs of engineers, researchers and operators. The 
participants will gain a working knowledge of UAS system 
classification, payloads, sensors, communications and data 
links. You will learn the current regulation for small UAS 
operation 
The principles of UAS conceptual design and human 
factors design considerations are described. The 
requirements and airspace issues for integrating UAS into 
civilian National Airspace is covered in detail. The need to 
improve reliability using redundancy and fault tolerant control 
systems is discussed. Multiple roadmaps are used to illustrate 
future UAS mission s. Alternative propulsion systems with 
solar and fuel cell energy sources and multiple UAS swarming 
are presented as special topics. 
Instructor 
Mr. John L. Minor has over 35 years of professional 
experience with advanced military sensor 
systems and advanced aerospace vehicles. 
His career spans the military, industry, and 
Department of Defense (civilian) sectors. He 
is an internationally recognized expert in 
systems design, development, integration, 
test and evaluation of advanced airborne 
EO/IR sensors and weapon systems and has 
significant experience with UAVs. As a former 
employee of Lockheed Martin (LM), the LM Skunk Works and 
former Air Force officer, Mr. Minor developed, operated, and 
tested numerous classified and unclassified EO/IR weapons 
systems. He was the lead EO/IR engineer for the Low Altitude 
Navigation and Targeting Infrared for Night (LANTIRN) 
system from 1984-1987. From 1998-1999, he was the 
Program Manager for the EO-IR sensors on the Tier 3 Minus 
Darkstar program—a high altitude, long endurance, stealthy 
unmanned aerial vehicle. As a Master Instructor, Mr. Minor 
completely redesigned the USAF Test Pilot School curriculum 
for test and evaluation of advanced weapon systems from. He 
was also instrumental in the design of the first-ever UAV/UAS 
flight test course for the Air Force Flight Test Center. Mr. Minor 
holds BSEE and MSEE degrees from the University of New 
Mexico/Air Force Institute of Technology and is a graduate of 
the USAF Test Pilot School. He is currently the Chief of the 
Systems Engineering Division for the Ogden Air Logistics 
Center Engineering Directorate. Previously, he was 
competitively selected as the first civilian Technical Director in 
the 60+ year history of the USAF Test Pilot School, serving in 
that position from 2004-2008 before reassignment to Hill AFB. 
In his capacity as USAF TPS Technical Director, Mr. Minor 
was instrumental in assisting the USAF Test Pilot School to 
achieve USC Title 10 authority to grant fully accredited 
Masters of Science Degrees in Flight Test Engineering under 
Air University. 
What You Will Learn 
• Definitions, Concepts & General UAS Principles. 
• Types, Classification and Civilian Roles. 
• Characteristics of UAS Sensors. 
• UAS Communications and Data Links. 
• NATO Standardization Agreement (STANAG) 4586. 
• Alternatives to GPS and INS Navigation. 
• Need for Regulation and Problems with Airspace Integration. 
• Ground and Airborne Sense & Avoid Systems. 
• Lost Link and ATC Communication/Management Procedures. 
• Principles of UAS Design & Alternative Power. 
• Improving Reliability with Fault Tolerant Control Systems. 
• Principles of Autonomous Control & Alternative Navigation. 
• Future Capabilities Including Space Transport, Hypersonic, UCAS, 
Pseudo-satellites and Swarming. 
February 24-26, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. UAS Basics. Definition, attributes, manned vs unmanned, design 
considerations, life cycle costs, architecture, components, air vehicle, 
payload, communications, data link, ground control station. 
2. UAS Types & Civilian Roles. Categories/Classification, UK & In-ternational 
classifications, law enforcement, disaster relief, fire detec-tion 
& assessment, customs & border patrol, nuclear inspection. 
3. UAS Sensors & Characteristics: Sensor Acquisition, Electro Op-tical 
(EO), Infrared (IR), Multi Spectral Imaging (MSI), Hyper Spectral Im-aging 
(HSI), Light Detection & Ranging (LIDAR), Synthetic Aperture 
Radar (SAR), Atmospheric Weather Effects, Space Weather Effects. 
4. Alternative Power: Solar and Fuel Cells: The Need for Alterna-tive 
Propulsion for UAS, Alternative Power Trends & Forecast, Solar 
Cells & Solar Energy, Solar Aircraft Challenges, Solar Wing Design, Past 
Solar Designs, Energy Storage Methods & Density, Fuel Cell Basics & 
UAS Integration, Fuel Cells Used in Current Small UAS, Hybrid Power. 
5. Communications & Data Links. Current State of Data Links, 
Future Data Link Needs, Line of Sight Fundamentals, Beyond Line of 
Sight Fundamentals, UAS Communications Failure, Link 
Enhancements, STANAG 4586, Multi UAS Control. 
6. UAS Conceptual Design. UAS Design Process, Airframe Design 
Considerations, Launch & Recovery Methods, Propulsion, Control & 
Stability, Ground Control System, Support Equipment, Transportation. 
7. Human Machine Interface. Human Factors Engineering 
Explained Human Machine Interface, Computer Trends, Voice 
Recognition & Control Haptic Feedback, Spatial Audio (3D Audio), 
AFRL MIIRO, Synthetic Vision Brain Computer Interface, CRM. 
8. Sense and Avoid Systems. Sense and Avoid Function ,Needs for 
Sense and Avoid, TCAS, TCAS on UAS, ADS-B, Non Cooperative 
FOV & Detection Requirements, Optical Sensors, Acoustic & 
Microwave Sensors. 
9. UAS Civil Airspace Issues. Current State, UAS Worldwide De-mand, 
UAS Regulation & Airspace Problems, Existing Federal UAS 
Regulation Equivalent Level of Safety, Airspace Categories, 
AFRL/JPDO Workshop Results, Collision Avoidance & Sense and 
Avoid, Recommendations. 
10. Civil Airspace Integration Efforts. Civil UAS News, FAA Civil 
UAS Roadmap, UAS Certificate of Authorization Process, UAPO 
Interim Operational Approval Guidance (8-01), 14 CFR 107 Rule, 
NASA UAS R&D Plan, NASA Study Results, RTCA SC 203, UAS R&D 
Plan, FAA Reauthorization Bill, Six Test Sites. 
11. UAS Navigation. Satellite Navigation, Inertial Navigation, Sensor 
Fusion for Navigation, Image Navigation (Skysys), Locatta, 
Satellite/INS/Video, (NAVSYS), Image Aided INS (NAVSYS). 
12. Autonomous Control. Vision, Definitions, Automatic Control, 
Automatic Air to Air Refueling, Autonomy, Advanced AI Applications, 
Intelligent Control Techniques. 
13. UAS Swarming. History of Swarming, Swarming Battles, Modern 
Military Swarming, Swarming Characteristics, Swarming Concepts, 
Emergent Behavior, Swarming Algorithms, Swarm Communications. 
14. Future Capabilities. Space UAS & Global Strike, Advanced 
Hypersonic Weapon, Submarine Launched UAS, UCAS, Pseudo-satellites, 
Future Military Missions & Technologies. 
28 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Unmanned Aircraft Systems 
NEW! Course Outline 
Sensing, Payloads & Products Course # D264 
November 3-6, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
January 26-29, 2015 
Boston, Massachusetts 
$1995 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This 4-day, classroom, practical exercise and simulator-based 
instructional program is designed to meet the needs of 
engineers, researchers and operators working in UAS 
payload design, development & integration fields. The 
participants will gain a working knowledge of UAS system 
classification, Concepts of Operation (CONOPs), payloads, 
sensors, and how tasking, collecting and processing of sensor 
products can best be achieved. Attendees will be introduced 
to Imagery Analysis (IA) procedures and the use of the 
REMOTEVIEW suite of computer-based IA tools. Students 
will receive a full set of course notes. 
Instructor 
Keven Gambold joined the Royal Air Force in 1992 with a BSc in 
Psychology and Philosophy from Durham University, England. After 
flying training on T-37B, T-38A and Hawk TMk1, he was posted to the 
Tornado GR4 fighter-bomber and completed 7 years on the front-line. 
There, Keven participated in OP WARDEN (Turkey), OP BOLTON 
(Kuwait), OP ENGADINE (Kosovo), where he was awarded a Mention 
in Dispatches, and OP IRAQI FREEDOM, launching the Shormshadow 
Air-Launched Cruise Missile. He was the Squadron Electronic Warfare 
Instructor, Laser Targeting Pod lead, a 4-ship lead, Instrument Rating 
Examiner, Training Officer and had full Electro-Optical qualifications. 
His 1500 hours included the Tactical Leadership Program, Maple and 
Green Flags and 14 months in Kuwait. Keven volunteered for a posting 
to fly the USAF Predator in 2004 and logged over 1500 hours combat 
flying, with two deployments to Launch-Recovery Elements, the 
second as the inaugural Squadron Commander at Tallil Air Base, Iraq. 
Keven led the flight trials program for the first ever Multi-Aircraft Control 
(MAC) system and became the Chief of Standards & Evaluation and a 
member of the cross-industry Advanced Cockpit Working Group. He 
has chaired several global UAS Conferences and Workshops and has 
written and broadcast numerous Webinars, the most recent of which 
covers UAS Integration into complex airspace. Keven has also written, 
and taught numerous international UAS training courses and in his role 
as Director for the Guild of Air Pilots and Air Navigators (North 
America)’s Technical Aviation and Safety Committee, Keven has 
published peer-reviewed papers on UAS operations in the civil sector. 
Copies are available on request. He was an active member of (the late) 
RTCA SC-203 (and now SC-228), and has he has a JAA Commercial 
Pilots Licence, a Masters in Aeronautical Science (Aeronautics 
Operations) from ERAU and is a member of AUVSI, Chartered 
Management Institution, GAPAN, RTCA, AOPA and SAFE. He was a 
founding member of Unmanned Experts and holds the position of Chief 
Operations Officer at the UxS global consultancy firm. 
What You Will Learn 
• A complete review of UAS systems, classifications, 
roles and CONOPs. 
• Significant operational experience and Lessons 
learned will be shared in the course. 
• Trade-offs and SWaP-C constraints used in system & 
payload design decisions. 
• Representative examples and practical exercises to 
highlight UAS missions and planning. 
• Complete review of current and future payloads and 
sensors, including weaponry. 
• Tasking – Collecting - Processing – Exploiting – 
Disseminating (TCPED) process in ISR missions. 
• UAV imagery processing and application tools. 
1. UAS Basics. Your introduction to the field of unmanned 
aircraft. Definitions, Principles and Terminology in common 
usage. Components of a typical Unmanned System are 
illustrated by numerous current examples. The surprisingly 
complex topic of UAS / RPAS definitions. 
2. UAS Types. Options that are covered include military 
and civilian Tiers, Groups, Size / Weight classes, Performance, 
Level of Autonomy and Airspace access. National and 
International methods for classifying UAVs are then compared. 
Finally, ‘standard’ classes and their defining characteristics. 
3. UAS Roles. Rapidly expanding number of military and 
civilian missions that UAS are employed within. 
4. UAS CONOPS. Comparative study of different Concepts 
of Operation for military and civilian UAS. A definition of 
CONOPs is followed by a review of the numerous factors 
affecting how UAS could (or even should) be operated, ranging 
from airframe and legal limitations, through mission 
requirements and even onto cultural elements. 
5. Case Study 1: MQ-8B. Our first Case Study is designed 
to monitor a UAS program from ‘cradle to grave’. This one 
follows the trials, tribulations and ultimate successes of the 
MQ-8B Firescout RW VTOL UAS currently being fielded by the 
US Navy. 
6. Future Capabilities. Designed to focus lessons learned 
from previous Modules on the rapidly developing global UAS 
field. Covers topics including: Technology advance timelines, 
automation levels and HITL / HMI; Manufacturing advances; 
Propulsion and fuel developments. 
7. Components 1. The first of three modules examining the 
various elements of the Unmanned Aircraft System. Provides a 
breakdown of all hardware elements with a focus on similarities 
to manned systems, including Ground Control Stations. 
8. Components 2. A closer look at hardware elements and 
software algorithms designed specifically for UAS. 
9. Datalinks. Introduction of Datalink terminology, concepts 
and components leads to a study of common datalinks 
including TCDL, VMF and Link 16. 
10. Payloads. An important Module highlighting the 
concept of UAVs as ‘Payload Trucks’ and the numerous options 
for what can be carried internally or externally. A SWaP 
refresher leads into a very useful series of ‘Rules of Thumb’, 
used extensively throughout the Courses and the Design 
Practical. Current and comprehensive examples, of all UAS 
groups, are used to elucidate the concepts. 
11. Sensors. This very large and comprehensive brief on 
such an essential UAS topic is split into 3 sections: Sensor 
Basics, EO/IR systems and Radar systems. 
12. UAS Weapons. This specialized Brief within the UAS 
Payloads genre is focused on the topic of arming UAVs for an 
ever-expanding array of military / para-public missions. 
13. Communications & Data Links. Current State of Data 
Links, Future Data Link Needs, Line of Sight Fundamentals, 
Beyond Line of Sight Fundamentals, UAS Communications 
Failure, Link Enhancements, STANAG 4586, Multi UAS 
Control. 
14. Tasking & Practical. This comprehensive look at the 
entire Tasking – Collecting - Processing – Exploiting – 
Disseminating (TCPED) process for ISR collection takes place 
over 3 modules and one Practical session. 
15. Airspace Integration. This extremely important area of 
UAS study introduces the numerous hurdles, with some 
solutions, to achieve FINAS: Flight in Non-segregated 
Airspace. 
16. Imagery Fundamentals. IMINT within ISR, IA 
techniques, Scaling and measurement, Plotting and target 
location, Mission planning, Analyzing an image (infrastructure, 
vehicles, aircraft, maritime, generics),Product creation 
(storyboard, DTA, route recce, etc), Briefing styles and 
techniques. 
17. Imagery Processing Practical. Electronic Light Table 
Intro (ELT) and practice. 
18. IA Exercise. Read-in, Exercise, analysis and product 
creation, Presentations, Washup, Debrief. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 29
Architecting with DODAF 
Effectively Using The DOD Architecture Framework (DODAF) Course # M136 
October 30-31, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
November 6-7, 2014 
Newport, Rhode Island 
January 15-16, 2015 
Dayton, Ohio 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
The DOD Architecture Framework (DODAF) provides an 
underlying structure to work with complexity. Today’s 
systems do not stand alone; each system fits within an 
increasingly complex system-of-systems, a network of 
interconnection that virtually guarantees surprise 
behavior. Systems science recognizes this type of 
interconnectivity as one essence of complexity. It 
requires new tools, new methods, and new paradigms for 
effective system design. 
Practice architecting on a creative “Mars Rotor” 
complex system. Define the operations, technical 
structure, and migration for this future space program. 
Summary 
This 2-day course provides knowledge and 
exercises at a practical level in the use of the DODAF. 
You will learn about architecting processes, methods 
and thought patterns. You will practice architecting by 
creating DODAF representations of a familiar, complex 
system-of-systems. By the end of this course, you will 
be able to use DODAF effectively in your work to assist 
your system architecting. 
Instructors 
Eric Honour, CSEP, international consultant and 
lecturer, has a 40-year career of 
complex systems development & 
operation. Founder and former President 
of INCOSE. Author of the “Value of SE” 
material in the INCOSE Handbook. He 
has led the development of 18 major 
systems, including the Air Combat 
Maneuvering Instrumentation systems 
and the Battle Group Passive Horizon Extension 
System. BSSE (Systems Engineering), US Naval 
Academy, MSEE, Naval Postgraduate School, and 
PhD candidate, University of South Australia. 
Dr. Scott Workinger has led projects in 
Manufacturing, Eng. & Construction, and 
Info. Tech. for 30 years. His projects 
have made contributions ranging from 
increasing optical fiber bandwidth to 
creating new CAD technology. He 
currently teaches courses on 
management and engineering and 
consults on strategic issues in 
management and technology. He holds a Ph.D. in 
Engineering from Stanford. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. System architecting concepts. How 
architecting fits with systems engineering. 
2. Architectures and Architecting. Fundamental 
concepts. Terms and definitions. Origin of the terms 
within systems development. Understanding of the 
components of an architecture. Architecting key 
activities. Foundations of modern architecting. 
3. Architectural Tools. Architectural frameworks: 
DODAF, TOGAF, Zachman, FEAF. Why frameworks 
exist, and what they hope to provide. Design patterns 
and their origin. Using patterns to generate 
alternatives. Pattern language and the communication 
of patterns. System architecting patterns. Binding 
patterns into architectures. 
4. DODAF Overview. Viewpoints within DoDAF (All, 
Capability, Data/Information, Operational, Project, 
Services, Standards, Systems). How Viewpoints 
support models. Diagram types (views) within each 
viewpoint. 
5. DODAF Operational Definition Processes. 
Describing an operational environment, and then 
modifying it to incorporate new capabilities. Sequences 
of creation. How to convert concepts into DODAF 
views. Practical exercises on each DODAF view, with 
review and critique. Teaching method includes three 
passes for each product: (a) describing the views, (b) 
instructor-led exercise, (c) group work to create views. 
6. DODAF Technical Definition Processes. 
Converting the operational definition into service-oriented 
technical architecture. Matching the new 
architecture with legacy systems. Sequences of 
creation. Linkages between the technical viewpoints 
and the operational viewpoints. Practical exercises on 
each DODAF view, with review and critique, again 
using the three-pass method. 
7. DODAF Migration Definition Processes. How 
to depict the migration of current systems into future 
systems while maintaining operability at each step. 
Practical exercises on migration planning. 
Who Should Attend 
• Systems engineers, Technical team leaders, 
Program or project managers. 
• Others who participate in defining and developing 
complex systems. 
• A key member of a system or system-of-systems 
development team. 
• Concerned about how your system product fits into 
the larger context. 
• Looking for practical methods to use. 
30 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Building High Value Relationships 
Engaging the Art of Influential Conversation Course # M126 
NEW! 
Summary 
Deep, trust based relationships are foundational to 
building high performing organizations as well as 
attracting and retaining business. During this one-day 
program you will learn to apply a comprehensive 
approach to engaging business relationships that 
fosters trust and that naturally allows for the creation of 
mutually high value business results. The course is a 
mix of instruction and experiential exercises that 
ensure you embody the concepts. During the exercises 
you will directly apply what you are learning to 
relationships you are seeking to improve and walk 
away with a clear approach for continuing to deepen 
your ability to strengthen all of your business 
relationships. Throughout the course you will also be 
working on your personal action plan to improve 
specific business relationships. 
November 18, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$700 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. The value of building high value 
relationships, understanding what supports us in 
building high value relationships and what most gets in 
the way of doing so. Eliciting participants specific 
concerns to ensure the course will address them. 
2. Foundations of Influence. Understanding the 
foundations for building high value, trust based 
relationships. What is the primary focus we must have 
to ensure we are developing trust and deepening value 
in our relationships. Introduction to the conversational 
model. 
3. Building your personal brand. Building high 
value relationships starts with your ability to lead from 
purpose and orient as a value added resource to others. 
The foundations of building personal brand will be 
examined. 
4. Orienting to High Value Relationships. The 
foundational approach you must take to ensure you will 
engage others in conversations that matter and forward 
value. 
5. The Conversational Cycle. Framing and 
Connecting. Frame conversations to ensure they 
remain focused on mutual value and understand how to 
powerfully connect with others at the outset of every 
interaction. 
6. The Conversational Cycle. Exploring and 
Raising Value. Engage a powerful questioning strategy 
that allows the conversation to flow towards a mutually 
high value outcome and set of commitments that 
forward action in a way that serves all parties. 
7. The Conversational Cycle. Aligning and 
Prioritizing Commitments Understand why most 
commitments fail and learn how to increase their 
effectiveness to ensure you are forwarding. 
8. Wrap up. Expectations of participants will be 
revisited to ensure they have been met and there will be 
an opportunity to receive coaching to fine tune your 
understanding and application of what was learned. 
Instructor 
David Craig Utts has over 30 years of business ex-perience. 
He spent his first fourteen 
years as a highly successful sales per-son 
across a number of industries in-cluding 
insurance, telecommunications 
and office products. He received a Mas-ters 
in Organizational Development from 
American University in 1990 and has 
also done post-graduate studies in lead-ership 
and development. He is also a “Master Certified 
Coach”, the highest ranking provided by the Interna-tional 
Coach Federation. For the past 16 years he has 
served as an executive coach, facilitator and trainer in 
such organizations as AT&T, Discovery Channel, Ernst 
& Young, Lockheed Martin, PriceWaterhouseCoopers, 
Towers Watson, World Bank as well as many US Gov-ernment 
Agencies. David developed Building High 
Value Relationships based on his success in sales and 
the work he has done supporting senior level executives 
to deepen their ability to influence and empower their 
executive presence. 
What You Will Learn 
• Key challenges, beliefs and attitudes that get in the 
way of your ability to influence others. 
• The primary mechanisms of influence that must be in 
place to overcome these challenges. 
• Identify and apply a model for engaging in influential 
conversations. 
• Identify successful strategies for building high value 
relationships. 
• Tools and methods that will allow you to continue to 
master what you learn in the course once you leave. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 31
Summary 
Cost Estimating 
Course # M141 
This two-day course covers the primary methods for 
cost estimation needed in systems development, including 
parametric estimation, activity-based costing, life cycle 
estimation, and probabilistic modeling. The estimation 
methods are placed in context of a Work Breakdown 
Structure and program schedules, while explaining the 
entire estimation process. 
Emphasis is also placed on using cost models to 
perform trade studies and calibrating cost models to 
improve their accuracy. Participants will learn how to use 
cost models through real-life case studies. Common 
pitfalls in cost estimation will be discussed including 
behavioral influences that can impact the quality of cost 
estimates. We conclude with a review of the state-of-the-art 
in cost estimation. 
February 24-25, 2015 
Albuquerque, New Mexico 
$1200 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. Cost estimation in context of 
system life cycles. Importance of cost estimation in 
project planning. How estimation fits into the 
proposal cycle. The link between cost estimation 
and scope control. History of parametric modeling. 
2. Scope Definition. Creation of a technical work 
scope. Definition and format of the Work Breakdown 
Structure (WBS) as a basis for accurate cost 
estimation. Pitfalls in WBS creation and how to 
avoid them. Task-level work definition. Class 
exercise in creating a WBS. 
3. Cost Estimation Methods. Different ways to 
establish a cost basis, with explanation of each: 
parametric estimation, activity-based costing, 
analogy, case based reasoning, expert judgment, 
etc. Benefits and detriments of each. Industry-validated 
applications. Schedule estimation coupled 
with cost estimation. Comprehensive review of cost 
estimation tools. 
4. Economic Principles. Concepts such as 
economies/diseconomies of scale, productivity, 
reuse, earned value, learning curves and prediction 
markets are used to illustrate additional methods 
that can improve cost estimates. 
5. System Cost Estimation. Estimation in 
software, electronics, and mechanical engineering. 
Systems engineering estimation, including design 
tasks, test & evaluation, and technical management. 
Percentage-loaded level-of-effort tasks: project 
management, quality assurance, configuration 
management. Class exercise in creating cost 
estimates using a simple spreadsheet model and 
comparing against the WBS. 
6. Risk Estimation. Handling uncertainties in the 
cost estimation process. Cost estimation and risk 
management. Probabilistic cost estimation and 
effective portrayal of the results. Cost estimation, 
risk levels, and pricing. Class exercise in 
probabilistic estimation. 
7. Decision Making. Organizational adoption of 
cost models. Understanding the purpose of the 
estimate (proposal vs. rebaselining; ballpark vs. 
detailed breakdown). Human side of cost estimation 
(optimism, anchoring, customer expectations, etc.). 
Class exercise on calibrating decision makers. 
8. Course Summary. Course summary and 
refresher on key points. Additional cost estimation 
resources. Principles for effective cost estimation. 
Instructor 
Ricardo Valerdi, is an Associate Professor of Systems 
and Industrial Engineering at the 
University of Arizona. He is the developer 
of the COSYSMO model for estimating 
systems engineering effort and Editor-in- 
Chief of the Journal of Cost Analysis and 
Parametrics. Dr. Valerdi's work has been 
used by BAE Systems, Boeing, General 
Dynamics, L-3 Communications, 
Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, 
Raytheon, and SAIC. Previously, Dr. Valerdi was a 
Research Associate at MIT and a Visiting Associate in the 
Center for Systems and Software Engineering at the 
University of Southern California where he earned his 
Ph.D. in Industrial and Systems Engineering. He served 
on the Board of Directors of INCOSE and is the author of 
the book The Constructive Systems Engineering Cost 
Model (COSYSMO): Quantifying the Costs of Systems 
Engineering Effort in Complex Systems (VDM Verlag, 
2008). 
What You Will Learn 
• What are the most important cost estimation methods? 
• How is a WBS used to define project scope? 
• What are the appropriate cost estimation methods for 
my situation? 
• How are cost models used to support decisions? 
• How accurate are cost models? How accurate do they 
need to be? 
• How are cost models calibrated? 
• How can cost models be integrated to develop 
estimates of the total system? 
• How can cost models be used for risk assessment? 
• What are the principles for effective cost estimation? 
From this course you will obtain the knowledge and 
ability to perform basic cost estimates, identify tradeoffs, 
use cost model results to support decisions, evaluate the 
goodness of an estimate, evaluate the goodness of a 
cost model, and understand the latest trends in cost 
estimation. 
32 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Certified Systems Engineering Professional - CSEP Preparation 
Guaranteed Training to Pass the CSEP Certification Exam Course # M144 
October 17-18, 2014 
Chantilly, Virginia 
January 12-13, 2015 
Dayton, Ohio 
February 24-25, 2015 
Albuquerque, New Mexico 
$1290 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/CSEP_preparation.htm 
Summary 
This two-day ( or three-day live instructor lead virtual online) 
course walks through the CSEP requirements and the INCOSE 
Handbook Version 3.2.2 to cover all topics on the CSEP exam. 
Interactive work, study plans, and sample examination questions 
help you to prepare effectively for the exam. Participants leave 
the course with solid knowledge, a hard copy of the INCOSE 
Handbook, study plans, and three sample examinations. 
Attend the CSEP course to learn what you need. Follow the 
study plan to seal in the knowledge. Use the sample exam to test 
yourself and check your readiness. Contact our instructor for 
questions if needed. Then take the exam. If you do not pass, you 
can retake the course at no cost. 
Instructors 
Dr. Eric Honour, CSEP, international consultant and 
lecturer, has a 40-year career of complex 
systems development & operation. Former 
President of INCOSE, selected as Fellow and 
as Founder. He has led the development of 
18 major systems, including the Air Combat 
Maneuvering Instrumentation systems and 
the Battle Group Passive Horizon Extension 
System. BSSE (Systems Engineering), US 
Naval Academy; MSEE, Naval Postgraduate 
School; and PhD, University of South Australia. 
Mr. William "Bill" Fournier is Senior Software Systems 
Engineering with 30 years experience the last 
11 for a Defense Contractor. Mr. Fournier 
taught DoD Systems Engineering full time for 
over three years at DSMC/DAU as a 
Professor of Engineering Management. Mr. 
Fournier has taught Systems Engineering at 
least part time for more than the last 20 
years. Mr. Fournier holds a MBA and BS 
Industrial Engineering / Operations Research 
and is DOORS trained. He is a certified CSEP, CSEP DoD 
Acquisition, and PMP. He is a contributor to DAU / DSMC, 
Major Defense Contractor internal Systems Engineering 
Courses and Process, and INCOSE publications. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to pass the CSEP examination! 
• Details of the INCOSE Handbook, the source for the 
exam. 
• Your own strengths and weaknesses, to target your 
study. 
• The key processes and definitions in the INCOSE 
language of the exam. 
• How to tailor the INCOSE processes. 
• Five rules for test-taking. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. What is the CSEP and what are the 
requirements to obtain it? Terms and definitions. Basis of 
the examination. Study plans and sample examination 
questions and how to use them. Plan for the course. 
Introduction to the INCOSE Handbook. Self-assessment 
quiz. Filling out the CSEP application. 
2. Systems Engineering and Life Cycles. Definitions 
and origins of systems engineering, including the latest 
concepts of “systems of systems.” Hierarchy of system 
terms. Value of systems engineering. Life cycle 
characteristics and stages, and the relationship of 
systems engineering to life cycles. Development 
approaches. The INCOSE Handbook system 
development examples. 
3. Technical Processes. The processes that take a 
system from concept in the eye to operation, maintenance 
and disposal. Stakeholder requirements and technical 
requirements, including concept of operations, 
requirements analysis, requirements definition, 
requirements management. Architectural design, including 
functional analysis and allocation, system architecture 
synthesis. Implementation, integration, verification, 
transition, validation, operation, maintenance and disposal 
of a system. 
4. Project Processes. Technical management and 
the role of systems engineering in guiding a project. 
Project planning, including the Systems Engineering Plan 
(SEP), Integrated Product and Process Development 
(IPPD), Integrated Product Teams (IPT), and tailoring 
methods. Project assessment, including Technical 
Performance Measurement (TPM). Project control. 
Decision-making and trade-offs. Risk and opportunity 
management, configuration management, information 
management. 
5. Enterprise & Agreement Processes. How to 
define the need for a system, from the viewpoint of 
stakeholders and the enterprise. Acquisition and supply 
processes, including defining the need. Managing the 
environment, investment, and resources. Enterprise 
environment management. Investment management 
including life cycle cost analysis. Life cycle processes 
management standard processes, and process 
improvement. Resource management and quality 
management. 
6. Specialty Engineering Activities. Unique 
technical disciplines used in the systems engineering 
processes: integrated logistics support, electromagnetic 
and environmental analysis, human systems integration, 
mass properties, modeling & simulation including the 
system modeling language (SysML), safety & hazards 
analysis, sustainment and training needs. 
7. After-Class Plan. Study plans and methods. 
Using the self-assessment to personalize your study plan. 
Five rules for test-taking. How to use the sample 
examinations. How to reach us after class, and what to do 
when you succeed. 
The INCOSE Certified Systems Engineering 
Professional (CSEP) rating is a coveted milestone in 
the career of a systems engineer, demonstrating 
knowledge, education and experience that are of high 
value to systems organizations. This two-day course 
provides you with the detailed knowledge and 
practice that you need to pass the CSEP examination. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 33
Model Based Systems Engineering with OMG SysML™ 
Productivity Through Model-Based Systems Engineering Principles & Practices Course # M174 
November 18-20, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Summary 
This three day course is intended for practicing systems 
engineers who want to learn how to apply model-driven 
systems engineering practices using the UML Profile for 
Systems Engineering (OMG SysML™). You will apply 
systems engineering principles in developing a 
comprehensive model of a solution to the class problem, 
using modern systems engineering development tools and a 
development methodology tailored to OMG SysML. The 
methodology begins with the presentation of a desired 
capability and leads you through the performance of activities 
and the creation of work products to support requirements 
definition, architecture description and system design. The 
methodology offers suggestions for how to transition to 
specialty engineering, with an emphasis on interfacing with 
software engineering activities. Use of a modeling tool is 
required. 
Each student will receive a lab manual describing how to 
create each diagram type in the selected tool, access to the 
Object-Oriented Systems Engineering Methodology 
(OOSEM) website and a complete set of lecture notes. 
Instructor 
J.D. Baker is a Software Systems Engineer with expertise 
in system design processes and methodologies that support 
Model-Based Systems Engineering. He has over 20 years of 
experience providing training and mentoring in software and 
system architecture, systems engineering, software 
development, iterative/agile development, object-oriented 
analysis and design, the Unified Modeling Language (UML), 
the UML Profile for Systems Engineering (SysML), use case 
driven requirements, and process improvement. He has 
participated in the development of UML, OMG SysML, and 
the UML Profile for DoDAF and MODAF. J.D. holds many 
industry certifications, including OMG Certified System 
Modeling Professional (OCSMP), OMG Certified UML 
Professional (OCUP), Sun Certified Java Programmer, and he 
holds certificates as an SEI Software Architecture 
Professional and ATAM Evaluator. 
NEW! 
Course Outline 
1. Model-Based Systems Engineering Overview. 
Introduction to OMG SysM, role of open standards and 
open architecture in systems engineering, what is a 
model, 4 modeling principles, 5 characteristics of a 
good model, 4 pillars of OMG SysML. 
2. Getting started with OOSEM. Use case 
diagrams and descriptions, modeling functional 
requirements, validating use cases, domain modeling 
concepts and guidelines, OMG SysML language 
architecture. 
3. OOSEM Activities and Work Products. Walk 
through the OOSEM top level activities, decomposing 
the Specify and Design System activity, relating use 
case and domain models to the system model, options 
for model organization, the package diagram. 
Compare and contrast Distiller and Hybrid SUV 
examples. 
4. Requirements Analysis. Modeling Requirements 
in OMG SysML, functional analysis and allocation, the 
role of functional analysis in an object-oriented world 
using a modified SE V, OOSEM activity –"Analyze 
Stakeholder Needs”. Concept of Operations, Domain 
Models as analysis tools. Modeling non-functional 
requirements. Managing large requirement sets. 
Requirements in the Distiller sample model. 
5. OMG SysML Structural Elements. Block 
Definition Diagrams (BDD), Internal Block Diagrams 
(IBD), Ports, Parts, Connectors and flows. Creating 
system context diagrams. Block definition and usage 
relationship. Delegation through ports. Operations and 
attributes. 
6. OMG SysML Behavioral Elements. Activity 
diagrams, activity decomposition, State Machines, 
state execution semantics, Interactions, allocation of 
behavior. Call behavior actions. Relating activity 
behavior to operations, interactions, and state 
machines. 
7. Parametric Analysis and Design Synthesis. 
Constraint Blocks, Tracing analysis tools to OMG 
SysML elements, Design Synthesis, Tracing 
requirements to design elements. Relating SysML 
requirements to text requirements in a requirements 
management tool. Analyzing the Hybrid SUV 
dynamics. 
8. Model Verification. Tracing requirements to 
OMG SysM test cases, Systems Engineering Process 
Outputs, Preparing work products for specialty 
engineers, Exchanging model data using XMI, 
Technical Reviews and Audits, Inspecting OMG SysML 
and UML artifacts. 
9. Extending OMG SysML. Stereotypes, tag 
values and model libraries, Trade Studies, Modeling 
and Simulation, Executable UML. 
10. Deploying OMG SysML™ in your 
Organization. Lessons learned from MBSE 
initiatives, the future of SysML.OMG Certified System 
Modeling Professional resources and exams. 
What You Will Learn 
• Identify and describe the use of all nine OMG 
SysML™ diagrams. 
• Follow a formal methodology to produce a system 
model in a modeling tool. 
• Model system behavior using an activity diagram. 
• Model system behavior using a state diagram. 
• Model system behavior using a sequence diagram. 
• Model requirements using a requirements diagram. 
• Model requirements using a use case diagram. 
• Model structure using block diagrams. 
• Allocate behavior to structure in a model. 
• Recognize parametrics and constraints and describe 
their usage. 
34 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Systems Engineering - Requirements 
January 27-29, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
February 23-26, 2015 
Course # M231 
Live Virtual Online • (12:00pm - 4:30pm) 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Call for information about our six-course systems engineering 
certificate program or for “on-site” training to prepare for the 
INCOSE systems engineering exam. 
Summary 
This three-day (or four-day live instructor lead virtual 
online) course provides system engineers,team 
leaders, and managers with a clear understanding 
about how to develop good specifications affordably 
using modeling methods that encourage identification 
of the essential characteristics that must be respected 
in the subsequent design process. Both the analysis 
and management aspects are covered. Each student 
will receive a full set of course notes and textbook, 
“System Requirements Analysis,” by the instructor Jeff 
Grady. 
Instructor 
Jeffrey O. Grady (MSSM, ESEP) is the president of 
a System Engineering company. He has 
30 years of industry experience in 
aerospace companies as a system 
engineer, engineering manager, field 
engineer, and project engineer plus 20 
years as a consultant and educator. Jeff 
has authored ten published books in the 
system engineering field and holds a Master of 
Science in System Management from USC. He 
teaches system engineering courses nation-wide. Jeff 
is an INCOSE Founder and Fellow. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to model a problem space using proven methods 
where the product will be implemented in hardware 
or software. 
• How to link requirements with traceability and reduce 
risk through proven techniques. 
• How to identify all requirements using modeling that 
encourages completeness and avoidance of 
unnecessary requirements. 
• How to structure specifications and manage their 
development. 
This course will show you how to build good 
specifications based on effective models. It is not 
difficult to write requirements; the hard job is to 
know what to write them about and determine 
appropriate values. Modeling tells us what to write 
them about and good domain engineering 
encourages identification of good values in them. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction 
2. Introduction (Continued) 
3. Requirements Fundamentals – Defines what a 
requirement is and identifies 4 kinds. 
4. Requirements Relationships – How are 
requirements related to each other? We will look at 
several kinds of traceability. 
5. Initial System Analysis – The whole process 
begins with a clear understanding of the user’s needs. 
6. Functional Analysis – Several kinds of functional 
analysis are covered including simple functional flow 
diagrams, EFFBD, IDEF-0, and Behavioral Diagramming. 
7. Functional Analysis (Continued) – 
8. Performance Requirements Analysis – 
Performance requirements are derived from functions and 
tell what the item or system must do and how well. 
9. Product Entity Synthesis – The course 
encourages Sullivan’s idea of form follows function so the 
product structure is derived from its functionality. 
10. Interface Analysis and Synthesis – Interface 
definition is the weak link in traditional structured analysis 
but n-square analysis helps recognize all of the ways 
function allocation has predefined all of the interface 
needs. 
11. Interface Analysis and Synthesis – (Continued) 
12. Specialty Engineering Requirements – A 
specialty engineering scoping matrix allows system 
engineers to define product entity-specialty domain 
relationships that the indicated domains then apply their 
models to. 
13. Environmental Requirements – A three-layer 
model involving tailored standards mapped to system 
spaces, a three-dimensional service use profile for end 
items, and end item zoning for component requirements. 
14. Structured Analysis Documentation – How can 
we capture and configuration manage our modeling basis 
for requirements? 
15. Software Modeling Using MSA/PSARE – 
Modern structured analysis is extended to PSARE as 
Hatley and Pirbhai did to improve real-time control system 
development but PSARE did something else not clearly 
understood. 
16. Software Modeling Using Early OOA and UML – 
The latest models are covered. 
17. Software Modeling Using Early OOA and UML – 
(Continued). 
18. Software Modeling Using DoDAF – DoD has 
evolved a very complex model to define systems of 
tremendous complexity involving global reach. 
19. Universal Architecture Description Framework 
A method that any enterprise can apply to develop any 
system using a single comprehensive model no matter 
how the system is to be implemented. 
20. Universal Architecture Description Framework 
(Continued) 
21. Specification Management – Specification 
formats and management methods are discussed. 
22. Requirements Risk Abatement – Special 
requirements-related risk methods are covered including 
validation, TPM, margins and budgets. 
23. Tools Discussion 
24. Requirements Verification Overview – You 
should be basing verification of three kinds on the 
requirements that were intended to drive design. These 
links are emphasized. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 35
Systems Engineering (SE) Best Practices and Technical CONOPS 
A hands on, how-to course in building Concepts of Operations, Operating Concepts, 
Concepts of Employment and Operational Concept Documents Course # M144 
October 21-23, 2014 
Virginia Beach, Virginia 
October 28-30, 2014 
Newport, Rhode Island 
November 4-6, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
February 10-12, 2015 
Virginia Beach, Virginia 
$1490 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/Technical_CONOPS_Concepts.htm 
Summary 
This course will show you how to get your project into the 
10% of projects that field successfully and are aggressively 
supported by users. Designed for engineers, system 
architects, PMs, buyers and business development/marketing 
staff, this course shows how to 1) make your project 
cancellation-proof 2) secure assertive, vocal support from the 
user community and 3) communicate with users and 
operators with the Technical Concept of Operations 
(TechCONOPS) and Operations Concept Description (OCD). 
Real‐world success stories show how five pillars of SE (and 
Lean) underpin successful defense and commercial projects. 
Examples of failed projects pinpoint causes. Reinforce new 
skills in a relaxed, small team environment with hands‐on 
exercises each day. 
Each student will receive System Development Principles; 
~200 pages of CONOPS examples, templates and SE tools; 
checklists and handouts; instructor slides; technical writing 
tips; personalized certificate of competency; class photo; 
invitation to join graduates-only Community of Interest. 
Instructor 
Mack McKinney, president and founder of a 
consulting company, has worked in the 
defense industry since 1975, first as an 
Air Force officer for 8 years, then with 
Westinghouse Defense and Northrop 
Grumman for 16 years, then with a 
SIGINT company in NY for 6 years. He 
now teaches, consults and writes 
Concepts of Operations for Boeing, 
Sikorsky, Lockheed Martin Skunk Works, Raytheon 
Missile Systems, DISA, MITRE, Booz Allen Hamilton, 
and DARPA, all the uniformed services and the IC. He 
has US patents in radar processing and hyperspectral 
sensing. 
What You Will Learn 
• Systems Engineering Best Practices in use today, tools to 
use (and avoid), what works and what doesn’t. 
• How to communicate with users through CONOPS, OCDs, 
Operating Concepts (OPCONS) and Concepts of 
Employment (CONEMPS). How to build them and when to 
use (and NOT use) each one: Robotic Battlefield Medic 
scenario-based exercises. 
• Technical Writing (2 hour crash course - - - the minimum you 
need to know) 
Course Outline 
1. Review of Systems Engineering Best Practices: Five 
pillars of SE with crosswalk to CONOPS and OpCons. What 
works and what doesn’t. 
2. Technical CONOPS, OCDs, OpCons and CONEMPS: 
What they mean, what goes into each, when to use, how to 
support SE techniques. Use scenario‐based training and 
Concept Analysis to build OCDs, OpCons, Concepts of 
Employment (ConEmps) and CONOPS. Then combine with 
proven SE techniques to tackle a real world problem (Robotic 
Battlefield Medic). 
3. Learn how to CONOPS map to the five S’s of SE for 
IT/Cyber Projects: Sort, Set, Sweep, Standardize and Sustain 
4. Users: Finding good users and operators. What they 
want. How to recruit good ones to support your project. How to 
talk with them using OPCONS, OCDs and CONOPS. Folding 
their needs into the development plan using the User-Driven 
Stakeholder Matrix (taught ONLY in this course). Questions 
developers must always ask users (one of them may get you 
thrown out!). 
6. Technical Writing in Plain English: The minimum you 
need to know. Graphics techniques to use (and avoid). Briefing 
a CONOPS. 
7. Special Techniques for IT and Other Software- 
Intensive Systems: Quality Software Requirements and the 
Software Requirements Specification; stress testing and 
realistic operational scenarios tied to CONOPS; getting users’ 
help; tracing requirements to CONOPS. 
8. Program/Project Support: Using confidential inputs from 
users without betraying trust. Finding users and observing 
operations without upsetting contracting officers. Designing-in 
clarity with OCDs and OPCONS. Hiring and retaining the right 
former users to eliminate scope‐creep and help your teams 
deliver on‐schedule and under‐budget every time. 
9. Precise, Accurate Thinking Skills: Critical, creative, 
counter-intuitive and empathic thinking. When to use (and not 
use) each. Brain-stretching exercises involve crashed 
spacecraft, management of a health spa and more (our most 
popular exercise). 
11. Building and briefing OV-1s, OV-2s and CONOPS. 
Do’s and Don’ts. Proven tips for gaining buy-in from decision 
makers. 
12. Case studies of program‐killers — $$$ millions 
invested and lost — see what went wrong and key lessons (to 
be) learned: Software for automated imagery analysis; low cost, 
lightweight, hyperspectral sensor; non‐traditional ISR; 
innovative ATC aircraft tracking system; air defense system; 
ACS; full motion video for bandwidth‐disadvantaged users in 
combat: Doing it right! 
13. Forming the CONOPS team: Collaborating with people 
from other professions. Working With Non-Technical People: 
Forces that drive Program Managers, Requirements Writers, 
Acquisition/Contracts Professionals. What motivates them, how 
to work with them. 
14. What Scientists, Engineers and Project Managers 
need to know when working with operational end users. 
Proven, time-tested techniques for capturing the end user’s 
perspective – a primer for non-users. Rules for visiting an 
operational unit/site and working with difficult users/operators. 
15. Lessons Learned From Bad CONOPS: real world 
problems with fighter aircraft, attack helicopters, C3I systems, 
border security project, humanitarian relief effort, radar. 
16. “Last Chance” workshop: On last day, bring toughest 
problems for instructor’s counsel and assistance. 
36 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Antenna and Array Fundamentals 
Basic concepts in antennas, antenna arrays, and antennas systems Course # D120 
December 10-11, 2014 
San Antonio, Texas 
January 21-22, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1295 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Basic Concepts In Antenna Theory. Beam 
patterns, radiation resistance, polarization, 
gain/directivity, aperture size, reciprocity, and matching 
techniques. 
2. Locations. Reactive near-field, radiating near-field 
(Fresnel region), far-field (Fraunhofer region) and 
the Friis transmission formula. 
3. Types of Antennas. Dipole, loop, patch, horn, 
dish, and helical antennas are discussed, compared, 
and contrasted from a performance/applications 
standpoint. 
4. Propagation Effects. Direct, sky, and ground 
waves. Diffraction and scattering. 
5. Antenna Arrays and Array Factors. (e.g., 
uniform, binomial, and Tschebyscheff arrays). 
6. Scanning From Broadside. Sidelobe levels, 
null locations, and beam broadening. The end-fire 
condition. Problems such as grating lobes, beam 
squint, quantization errors, and scan blindness. 
7. Beam Steering. Phase shifters and true-time 
delay devices. Some commonly used components and 
delay devices (e.g., the Rotman lens) are compared. 
8. Measurement Techniques Used In Anechoic 
Chambers. Pattern measurements, polarization 
patterns, gain comparison test, spinning dipole (for CP 
measurements). Items of concern relative to anechoic 
chambers such as the quality of the absorbent 
material, quiet zone, and measurement errors. 
Compact, outdoor, and near-field ranges. 
9. Questions and Answers. 
Summary 
This two-day course teaches the basics of antenna 
and antenna array theory. Fundamental concepts such 
as beam patterns, radiation resistance, polarization, 
gain/directivity, aperture size, reciprocity, and matching 
techniques are presented. Different types of antennas 
such as dipole, loop, patch, horn, dish, and helical 
antennas are discussed and compared and contrasted 
from a performance-applications standpoint. The 
locations of the reactive near-field, radiating near-field 
(Fresnel region), and far-field (Fraunhofer region) are 
described and the Friis transmission formula is 
presented with worked examples. Propagation effects 
are presented. Antenna arrays are discussed, and 
array factors for different types of distributions (e.g., 
uniform, binomial, and Tschebyscheff arrays) are 
analyzed giving insight to sidelobe levels, null 
locations, and beam broadening (as the array scans 
from broadside.) The end-fire condition is discussed. 
Beam steering is described using phase shifters and 
true-time delay devices. Problems such as grating 
lobes, beam squint, quantization errors, and scan 
blindness are presented. Antenna systems 
(transmit/receive) with active amplifiers are introduced. 
Finally, measurement techniques commonly used in 
anechoic chambers are outlined. The textbook, 
Antenna Theory, Analysis & Design, is included as well 
as a comprehensive set of course notes. 
What You Will Learn 
• Basic antenna concepts that pertain to all antennas 
and antenna arrays. 
• The appropriate antenna for your application. 
• Factors that affect antenna array designs and 
antenna systems. 
• Measurement techniques commonly used in 
anechoic chambers. 
This course is invaluable to engineers seeking to 
work with experts in the field and for those desiring 
a deeper understanding of antenna concepts. At its 
completion, you will have a solid understanding of 
the appropriate antenna for your application and 
the technical difficulties you can expect to 
encounter as your design is brought from the 
conceptual stage to a working prototype. 
Instructor 
Dr. Steven Weiss is a senior design engineer with 
the Army Research Lab. He has a 
Bachelor’s degree in Electrical 
Engineering from the Rochester Institute 
of Technology with Master’s and 
Doctoral Degrees from The George 
Washington University. He has 
numerous publications in the IEEE on 
antenna theory. He teaches both 
introductory and advanced, graduate level courses at 
Johns Hopkins University on antenna systems. He is 
active in the IEEE. In his job at the Army Research Lab, 
he is actively involved with all stages of antenna 
development from initial design, to first prototype, to 
measurements. He is a licensed Professional Engineer 
in both Maryland and Delaware. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 37
Exploring Data: Visualization 
Summary 
Course # E124 
Visualization of data has become a mainstay in everyday 
life. Whether reading the newspaper or presenting 
viewgraphs to the board of directors, professionals are 
expected to be able to interpret and apply basic visualization 
techniques. Technical workers, engineers and scientists, need 
to have an even greater understanding of visualization 
techniques and methods. In general, though, the basic 
concepts of understanding the purposes of visualization, the 
building block concepts of visual perception, and the 
processes and methods for creating good visualizations are 
not required even in most technical degree programs. This 
course provides a “Visualization in a Nutshell” overview that 
provides the building blocks necessary for effective use of 
visualization. 
Instructors 
Dr. Ted Meyer is currently a data scientist at the 
MITRE Corporation with a 30 year interdisciplinary 
background in visualization and data analysis, GIS 
systems, remote sensing and ISR, modeling and 
simulation, and operation research. Ted Meyer has 
worked for NASA, the National Geospatial- 
Intelligence Agency (NGA), and the US Army and 
Marine Corps to develop systems that interact with 
and provide data access to users. At the MITRE 
Corporation and Fortner Software he has lead 
efforts to build tools to provide users improved 
access and better insight into data. Mr. Meyer was 
the Information Architect for NASA’s groundbreaking 
Earth Science Data and Information System Project 
where he helped to design and implement the data 
architecture for EOSDIS. 
Ivan Ramiscal, is a lead software systems 
engineer at the MITRE Corporation specializing in 
data visualization, the development of sentiment 
elicitation and analysis tools and mobile apps. He 
worked closely with the University of Vermont 
Complex Systems Center's Computational Story 
Lab to design and develop the sentiment analysis 
tool Hedonometer.org ; he co-invented and created 
the SpiderView sentiment elicitation system, and 
teaches data visualization development with D3 and 
Ruby at the MITRE Institute. 
What You Will Learn 
• Decision support techniques: which type of 
visualization is appropriate. 
• Appropriate visualization techniques for the 
spectrum of data types. 
• Cross-discipline visualization methods and “tricks”. 
• Leveraging color in visualizations. 
• Use of data standards and tools. 
• Capabilities of visualization tools. 
This course is intended to provide a survey of 
information and techniques to students, giving them 
the basics needed to improve the ways they 
understand, access, and explore data. 
Decmber 2-4, 2014 
Laurel, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Overview. 
• Why Visualization? – The Purposes for Visualization: 
Evaluation, Exploration, Presentation. 
2. Basics of Data. 
• Data Elements – Values, Locations, Data Types, 
Dimensionality. 
• Data Structures – Tables, Arrays, Volumes. Data – 
Univariate, Bivariate, Multi-variate. 
• Data Relations – Linked Tables. Data Systems. 
Metadata – Vs. Data, Types, Purpose 
3. Visualization. 
• Purposes – Evaluation, Exploration, Presentation. 
• Editorializing – Decision Support. 
• Basics – Textons, Perceptual Grouping. 
• Visualizing Column Data – Plotting Methods. 
• Visualizing Grids – Images, Aspects of Images, Multi- 
Spectral Data. Manipulation, Analysis, Resolution, 
Intepolation 
• Color – Perception, Models, Computers and Methods. 
• Visualizing Volumes – Transparency, Isosurfaces. 
• Visualizing Relations – Entity-Relations & Graphs. 
• Visualizing Polygons – Wireframes, Rendering, 
Shading. 
• Visualizing the World – Basic Projections, Global, Local. 
• N-dimensional Data – Perceiving Many Dimensions. 
• Exploration Basics – Linking, Perspective and 
Interaction. 
• Mixing Methods to Show Relationships. 
• Manipulating Viewpoint – Animation, Brushing, Probes. 
• Highlights for Improving Presentation Visualizations 
– Color, Grouping, Labeling, Clutter. 
4. Tools for Visualization. 
• APIs & Libraries. 
• Development Enviroments. 
• CLI 
• Graphical 
• Applications. 
• Which Tool? 
• User Interfaces. 
5. A Survey of Data Tools. 
• Commercial, Shareware & Freeware. 
6. Web Browser-based Visualization. 
• Intro –Why Visualize on the Web. Data Driven 
Documents D3.js: Web Standards: Foundation of D3 
(HTML, SVG, CSS, JS, DOM), 
• Demos and Examples. Code Walk-through. Other Web 
Tools. Demos and Coding. Walk-throughs. 
38 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Digital Signal Processing – Essentials of Advanced Techniques 
A Practical, In-Depth, Intuitive Approach for Working Engineers Course # E136 
NEW! 
Summary 
The goal of this 3-day course is to expand and build on the 
basic DSP methods with advanced topics and techniques that 
are used in modern DSP applications. For both the basic and 
advanced topics, we build a deep, intuitive, conceptual 
understanding that goes beyond “plugging in” equations and 
is of proven value in designing and using practical DSP 
systems. 
The concepts are first presented using many colorful, clear 
figures along with plain English explanations and real-world 
examples. They are next demonstrated using the free 
MATLAB programs (with graphics) which can be modified or 
adapted later by the student. This way the student sees the 
key equations “in action” which increases intuitive 
understanding and learning speed. 
Each student will receive a copy of the new book “The 
Essential Guide to Digital Signal Processing” (a $40 value) by 
Richard G. Lyons and D. Lee Fugal (your instructor). A 
comprehensive set of lecture notes and a CD containing 
MATLAB m-files, color course slides, and additional PDF files 
will also be provided. 
NOTE: A laptop is convenient to see course materials in 
color but is NOT a requirement for this course. 
January 20-22, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. New insights and applications of traditional 
DSP. How to deal with unexpected results when 
converting analog signals to digital. The power of 
Median Filtering and Matched Filtering. Orthogonality in 
city streets and in signals. Managing Quantization and 
Precision Errors. A clearer understanding of z- 
Transforms. Insights into Discrete/Fast Fourier 
Transforms, and Short-Time Fourier Transforms using 
vibrating piano strings. Intuitive Graphical “Sliding” 
Convolution and Correlation. Time Domain/Frequency 
Domain manipulations. Tradeoffs in windowing data. 
2. Exploiting the capabilities of Complex Signals. 
Mastering this much more complete and usable 
description of signals. An almost magical way to 
precisely shift the frequency of a real signal by using a 
Hilbert Transforms and complex Analytical Signals. How 
to use this method to enable the (safe) use of Brick Wall 
Filtering. 
3. Multirate, Multresolution, Time/Frequency, and 
Wavelets. Advanced interpolation. How to resample 
quickly and easily using Prime Numbers. Integer, 
Rational, and Irrational sampling ratios. Wavelet 
Transforms that tell you the time, the frequency and 
even the shape of pulses, blips, or other “events” in your 
signal. Recovering a signal in 10,000 times noise. 
Compression and De-Noising using Wavelets. 
4. Advanced General Applications of DSP. How to 
extract a signal from heavy noise using Cross Ambiguity 
Functions (CAFs). Precision Interpolation in 
TDOA/FDOA Geolocation. Dithering and Stochastic 
Processing–how to add noise to actually improve the 
result. Harmonics and Intermodulation Distortion–ways 
to deal with strong false signals at frequencies very 
close to your signal of interest. 
5. Advanced Applications of DSP in 
Communications. How to understand and implement 
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 
using surprisingly familiar DSP techniques. DSP usage 
in Communications Multiple Access Schemes. Intuitive 
comparisons of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, and SDMA. 
6. Practical DSP Tips and Tricks. Signal Averaging 
for cleaner results. A sliding DFT that computes selected 
results 1000 times faster than the FFT. Extremely 
efficient minimization using a Downhill Simplex 
“amoeba”. 
7. Specific areas of DSP with substantial market 
growth. Communications, Audio and Video, Space, 
Medical, Commercial Media, Weather Forecasting, 
Military, Oil and Gas Exploration, Simulation and 
Modeling, Financial, Tomography, and many others. 
Instructor 
D. Lee Fugal is President of S&ST Technical Con-sulting– 
providing guidance and solutions 
to high-technology firms since 1991. He 
holds a Masters in Applied Physics 
(DSP) and is Chairman of the San Diego 
IEEE Signal Processing Society. He is 
the author of “Conceptual Wavelets in 
Digital Signal Processing” and the co-au-thor 
with Richard Lyons of “The Essen-tial 
Guide to Digital Signal Processing”. 
Drawing on more than 30 years of industry experience, 
Lee teaches upper-division university courses in DSP 
and short courses for working engineers at various ven-ues 
around the country. An IEEE Senior Member, he is 
a recipient of the IEEE Third Millennium Medal. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to recognize and avoid common DSP pitfalls through 
an increased, intuitive understanding of Sampling, Fourier 
Transforms, Filtering, Convolution, and Correlation. 
• How to confidently (and correctly) use more advanced DSP 
techniques such as Optimal and Matched Filtering, Hilbert 
Transforms, Multirate Systems, Multiresolution, and 
Time/Frequency methods (including Wavelets). 
• How to understand and implement advanced DSP 
applications such as Cross Ambiguity Functions (CAFs), 
Stochastic Resonance, Harmonics/Intermodulation, 
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), and 
Communications Multiple Access Methods. 
• How to utilize selected DSP “Tips and Tricks” for faster and 
more efficient signal processing along with market-specific 
hints. 
This course is different from the typical Applied Mathematics 
DSP courses in that it is an in-depth, comprehensive 
treatment but from a more intuitive, understandable 
perspective. This approach de-mystifies, clarifies, and 
demonstrates the techniques thus allowing the student to 
quickly learn and correctly apply them. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 39
Electromagnetic Compatibility / Signal Integrity Design 
Summary 
Course # E125 NEW! 
Design for EMC/SI (Electromagnetic Compatibility & 
Signal Integrity) addresses the control of EMI 
(Electromagnetic Interference) at the box level through proven 
design techniques. This two-day course provides a 
comprehensive treatment of EMC/SI "inside the box." This 
includes digital and analog circuits, printed circuit board 
design, power electronics, I/O treatments, mechanical 
shielding, and more. Please note - this class does NOT 
address "outside the box" issues such as cable design, power 
wiring, and other systems level concerns. Each student will 
receive a copy of the EDN Magazine Designer's Guide to 
EMC by Daryl Gerke and William Kimmel, along with a 
complete set of lecture notes. 
February Dates: An optional 3rd day with an EMI 
Troubleshooting Workshop can be added for EMI 
Troubleshooting Guidelines. Eight case studies are covered. 
Instructors 
William (Bill) Kimmel., PE, has worked in the 
electronics field for over 45 years. He 
received his BSEE with distinction from 
the University of Minnesota. His 
experience includes design and 
systems engineering with industry 
leaders like Control Data and Sperry 
Defense Systems. Since, 1987, he has 
been involved exclusively with 
EMI/EMC as a founding partner of 
Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. Bill has qualified 
numerous systems to industrial, commercial, military, 
medical, vehicular, and related EMI/EMC 
requirements. 
Daryl Gerke, PE, has worked in the electronics field 
for over 40 years. He received his BSEE 
from the University of Nebraska. His 
experience ranges includes design and 
systems engineering with industry 
leaders like Collins Radio, Sperry 
Defense Systems, Tektronix, and Intel. 
Since 1987, he has been involved 
exclusively with EMI/EMC as a founding 
partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, 
Ltd. Daryl has qualified numerous systems to 
industrial, commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and 
related EMI/EMC requirements. 
Who Should Attend 
This seminar is directed at personnel who are 
wrestling with interference/noise problems in electronic 
systems at the design level. The following could benefit 
from this class: 
• Electronics design engineers and technicians. 
• Printed circuit board designers. 
• EMC test engineers and technicians. 
• NO prior EMC experience is necessary or assumed. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to identify, prevent, and fix over 30 common 
EMI/EMC problems in at the box/design level. 
• Simple models and "rules of thumb" and to help you 
arrive at quick design decisions (NO heavy math). 
• Design impact of various EMC specifications. 
• Practical tools, tips, and techniques. 
• Good EMI/EMC design practices. 
October 6-7, 2014 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 
February 10-11, 2015 
San Diego, California 
Optional Day 3: February 12, 2015 
February 17-18, 2015 
Orlando, Florida 
Optional Day 3: February 19, 2015 
$995 for 2-day • $1395 for 3-day 
(8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. 
• Interference Sources, Paths and Receptors 
• Key EMI Design Threats 
• EMI Regulations and Their Impact on Design 
Physics of EMI 
• Frequency, Time and Dimensions 
• Transmisison Lines and "Hidden" Antennas 
2. EMI in Components. 
• Looking for the "Hidden Schematic" 
• Passive Components and Their Limitations 
• Simple EMI Filters and How to Design them 
• EMI Effects in Analog and Digital Circuits 
3. Printed Circuit Boards. 
• Signal Integrity and EMI 
• Common Mode Emissions Problems 
• Dealing with Clocks and Resets 
• Power Decoupling 
• Isolated and Split Planes 
• I/O Treatments 
4. Power Supplies. 
• Common Noise Sources 
• Parasitic Coupling Mechanisms 
• Filters and Transient Protection 
5. Grounding & Interconnect. 
• Function of a Ground 
• Single Point, Multi-Point and Hybrid Grounds 
• Analog vs Digital Grounds 
• Circuit Board Grounding 
• Internal Cables and Connectors 
• I/O Treatments 
6. Shielding. 
• Picking the Right Materials 
• Enclosure Design Techniques 
• Shielded Connectors and Cables 
• ESD Entry Points 
7. Design Checklists & Resources. 
40 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
EMI / EMC in Military Systems 
Includes Mil Std-461/464 & Troubleshooting Addendums Course # E141 
Nevember 18-20, 2014 
Newport, Rhode Island 
$1840 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. Interference sources, paths, and 
receptors. Identifying key EMI threats - power disturbances, 
radio frequency interference, electrostatic discharge, self-compatibility. 
Key EMI concepts - Frequency and impedance, 
Frequency and time, Frequency and dimensions. 
Unintentional antennas related to dimensions. 
2. Grounding - A Safety Interface. Grounds defined. 
Ground loops and single point grounds. Multipoint grounds 
and hybrid grounds. Ground bond corrosion. Lightning 
induced ground bounce. Ground currents through chassis. 
Unsafe grounding practice. 
3. Power - An Energy Interface. Types of power 
disturbances. Common impedance coupling in shared ground 
and voltage supply. Transient protection. EMI power line 
filters. Isolation transformers. Regulators and UPS. Power 
harmonics and magnetic fields. 
4. Cables and Connectors - A Signal Interface. Cable 
coupling paths. Cable shield grounding and termination. 
Cable shield materials. Cable and connector ferrites. Cable 
crosstalk. Classify cables and connectors. 
5. Shielding - An Electromagnetic Field Interface. 
Shielding principles. Shielding failures. Shielding materials. 
EMI gaskets for seams. Handling large openings. Cable 
terminations and penetrations. 
6. Systems Solutions. Power disturbances. Radio 
frequency interference. Electrostatic discharge. 
Electromagnetic emissions. 
7. MIL-STD-461 & MIL-STD-464 Addendum. 
Background on MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-464. 
Design/proposal impact of individual requirements (emphasis 
on design, NOT testing.) Documentation requirements - 
Control Plans, Test Plans, Test Reports. 
8. EMC Troubleshooting Addemdum. Troubleshooting 
vs Design & Test. Using the "Differential Diagnosis" 
Methodology Diagnostic and Isolation Techniques - RFI, 
power, ESD, emissions. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to identify, prevent, and fix common EMI/EMC 
problems in military systems? 
• Simple models and "rules of thumb" and to help you 
arrive at quick design decisions (NO heavy math). 
• EMI/EMC troubleshooting tips and techniques. 
• Design impact (by requirement) of military EMC 
specifications (MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-464) 
• EMI/EMC documentation requirements (Control 
Plans, Test Plans, and Test Reports). 
Summary 
Systems EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) 
involves the control of EMI (Electromagnetic 
Interference) at the systems, facility, and platform 
levels (e.g. outside the box.) This three-day course 
provides a comprehensive treatment of EMI/EMC 
problems in military systems. These include both the 
box level requirements of MIL-STD-461 and the 
systems level requirements of MIL-STD-464. The 
emphasis is on prevention through good EMI/EMC 
design techniques - grounding, shielding, cable 
management, and power interface design. 
Troubleshooting techniques are also addressed in an 
addendum. Please note - this class does NOT address 
circuit boards issues. Each student will receive a copy 
of the EDN Magazine Designer's Guide to EMC by 
Daryl Gerke and William Kimmel, along with a 
complete set of lecture notes. 
Instructors 
William (Bill) Kimmel, PE, has worked in the 
electronics field for over 45 years. He 
received his BSEE with distinction 
from the University of Minnesota. His 
experience includes design and 
systems engineering with industry 
leaders like Control Data and Sperry 
Defense Systems. Since, 1987, he 
has been involved exclusively with 
EMI/EMC as a founding partner of Kimmel Gerke 
Associates, Ltd. Bill has qualified numerous 
systems to industrial, commercial, military, medical, 
vehicular, and related EMI/EMC requirements. 
Daryl Gerke, PE, has worked in the electronics 
field for over 40 years. He received his 
BSEE from the University of Nebraska. 
His experience ranges includes design 
and systems engineering with industry 
leaders like Collins Radio, Sperry 
Defense Systems, Tektronix, and Intel. 
Since 1987, he has been involved 
exclusively with EMI/EMC as a 
founding partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. 
Daryl has qualified numerous systems to industrial, 
commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and related 
EMI/EMC requirements. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 41
Fundamentals of Statistics with Excel Examples 
January 27-28, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1290 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # E219 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
This two-day course covers the basics of 
probability and statistic analysis. The course is 
self-contained and practical, using Excel to 
perform the fundamental calculations. Students 
are encouraged to bring their laptops to work 
provided Excel example problems. By the end of 
the course you will be comfortable with statistical 
concepts and able to perform and understand 
statistical calculations by hand and using Excel. 
You will understand probabilities, statistical 
distributions, confidence levels and hypothesis 
testing, using tools that are available in Excel. 
Participants will receive a complete set of notes 
and the textbook Statistical Analysis with Excel. 
Instructor 
Dr. Alan D. Stuart, Associate Professor 
Emeritus of Acoustics, Penn State, 
has over forty years in the field of 
sound and vibration where he 
applied statistics to the design of 
experiments and analysis of data. 
He has degrees in mechanical 
engineering, electrical engineering, 
and engineering acoustics and has taught for 
over thirty years on both the graduate and 
undergraduate levels. For the last eight years, he 
has taught Applied Statistics courses at 
government and industrial organizations 
throughout the country. 
What You Will Learn 
• Working knowledge of statistical terms. 
• Use of distribution functions to estimate 
probabilities. 
• How to apply confidence levels to real-world 
problems. 
• Applications of hypothesis testing. 
• Useful ways of summarizing statistical data. 
• How to use Excel to analyze statistical data. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to Statistics. Definition of 
terms and concepts with simple illustrations. 
Measures of central tendency: Mean, mode, 
medium. Measures of dispersion: Variance, 
standard deviation, range. Organizing random 
data. Introduction to Excel statistics tools. 
2. Basic Probability. Probability based on: 
equally likely events, frequency, axioms. 
Permutations and combinations of distinct 
objects. Total, joint, conditional probabilities. 
Examples related to systems engineering. 
3. Discrete Random Variables. Bernoulli trial. 
Binomial distributions. Poisson distribution. 
Discrete probability density functions and 
cumulative distribution functions. Excel 
examples. 
4. Continuous Random Variables. Normal 
distribution. Uniform distribution. Triangular 
distribution. Log-normal distributions. Discrete 
probability density functions and cumulative 
distribution functions. Excel examples. 
5. Sampling Distributions. Sample size 
considerations. Central limit theorem. Student-t 
distribution. 
6. Functions of Random Variables. 
(Propagation of errors) Sums and products of 
random variables. Tolerance of mechanical 
components. Electrical system gains. 
7. System Reliability. Failure and reliability 
statistics. Mean time to failure. Exponential 
distribution. Gamma distribution. Weibull 
distribution. 
8. Confidence Level. Confidence intervals. 
Significance of data. Margin of error. Sample size 
considerations. P-values. 
9. Hypotheses Testing. Error analysis. 
Decision and detection theory. Operating 
characteristic curves. Inferences of two-samples 
testing, e.g. assessment of before and after 
treatments. 
10. Probability Plots and Parameter 
Estimation. Percentiles of data. Box whisker 
plots. Probability plot characteristics. Excel 
examples of Normal, Exponential and Weibull 
plots. 
11. Data Analysis. Introduction to linear 
regression, Error variance, Pearson linear 
correlation coefficients, Residuals pattern, 
Principal component analysis (PCA) of large data 
sets. Excel examples. 
12. Special Topics of Interest to Class. 
42 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) in Wireless Communications 
Summary 
Identification and Resolution Course # E189 
RFI is experienced in all radio communication 
systems, on the ground, in the air and on the sea, and 
in space. This course will address all principal uses of 
radio and wireless and how RFI can be assessed and 
resolved. The approach is based on solid technical 
methodologies that have been applied over the years 
yet considers systems in use today and on the near-term 
horizon. The objective is to allow the widest 
variety of radiocommunication applications to operate 
and co-exist, providing for effective methods of 
identifying and resolving RFI before, during and after it 
appears. 
Instructor 
Bruce R. Elbert, MSc (EE), MBA, Adjunct Professor, 
College of Engineering, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a 
recognized satellite communications 
expert and has been involved in the 
satellite and telecommunications industries 
for over 40 years. He founded ATSI to 
assist major private and public sector 
organizations that develop and operate 
cutting-edge networks using satellite 
technologies and services. During 25 years with Hughes 
Electronics, he directed the design of several major 
satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s original 
satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system (the largest 
and most successful satellite TV system in the world); and 
the development of the first GEO mobile satellite system 
capable of serving handheld user terminals. Mr. Elbert 
was also ground segment manager for the Hughes 
system, which included eight teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. 
He served in the US Army Signal Corps as a radio 
communications officer and instructor. By considering the 
technical, business, and operational aspects of satellite 
systems, Mr. Elbert has contributed to the operational and 
economic success of leading organizations in the field. He 
has written nine books on telecommunications and IT. 
February 17-19, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Key concepts of evaluating radio frequency 
interference. Elements of a wireless or radio 
communication system – land-based point-to-point and 
wireless/cellular, space-based systems. Types of 
electromagnetic interference – natural and man-made 
(unintentional and intentional). Interference sources – 
conducted and radiated, radar signals, RF 
intermodulation (IM). Levels of RFI – permissible, 
accepted, harmful. 
2. Signals, Bandwidth and Threshold Conditions. 
Modulation – analog and digital. Source encoding and 
error correcting codes. Adaptation to link conditions. 
Spread spectrum. Eb/N0, protection ratio (C/I). 
Computing minimum acceptable signal (dBm at receiver 
input). 
3. Spectrum Allocations and Potential for 
Sharing with Acceptable Interference. Current 
frequency allocations for government and non-government 
use (1 MHz through 100 GHz). ITU 
designated bands for sharing as Primary and 
Secondary services. Sharing criteria – as mandated, as 
negotiated. 
4. Link Budget equations. Line-of-sight 
propagation, range equation, power flux density. 
Evaluating antenna properties and coupling factors. 
Calculating C/I from antenna characteristics – 
homogeneous and heterogeneous cases. 
5. RFI on Obstructed Paths. Path profiles and 
obstructions. Diffraction and smooth earth losses. Path 
analysis tools – HD Path. 
6. Atmospheric losses and fading. Constituents of 
the atmosphere. Tropospheric losses. Near-line-of-sight 
paths; Ricean fading model. Obstructed paths (in 
building and concrete canyons); Rayleigh fading. 
7. Interference analysis examples between 
various systems. Service performance in the presence 
of interference, interference control through design and 
coordination. Radars vs. land mobile and LTE systems. 
WiFi and Bluetooth. Satellite communications vs. 
terrestrial microwave systems. 
8. Frequency reuse and signal propagation. 
Cross polarization on the same path. Angle separation 
through antenna beam selection. Cellular pattern layout 
– seven and four color reuse patterns. Non-steady state 
propagation – scatter, rain-induced interference, 
ionospheric conditions. 
9. How to identify, prevent, and fix common RFI 
problems. Identifying interference in the real world – 
detection, location, resolution. Physical separation, 
orbit separation. Site and terrain shielding. Interference 
suppression – filtering, analog and digital processing 
techniques. 
What You Will Learn 
The objective of this three-day course is to increase 
knowledge in the area of RFI and EMI compatibility as well 
as the risk of potential interference among various 
wireless systems. The interference cases would result 
from the operation of one system as against others (e.g., 
radar affecting land mobile radio, and vice versa; satellite 
communications affecting terrestrial microwave, and vice 
versa). It is assumed that all operating equipment has 
been designed and tested to satisfy common technical 
requirements, such as FCC consumer certification and 
MIL STD 461F. As a consequence, RFI is that experienced 
primarily through the antennas used in communications. 
The instruction will be conducted in the classroom by 
Bruce Elbert using PowerPoint slides, Excel 
Spreadsheets, and link calculation tools such as HD Path 
and SatMaster. The overall context is spectrum and 
frequency management to enhance knowledge in 
identifying and mitigating potential interference threats 
among various systems. Attendees are expected to have 
a technical background with prior exposure to wireless 
systems and equipment. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 43
Wavelets: A Conceptual, Practical Approach 
Course # E221 
“This course uses very little math, yet provides an in-depth 
understanding of the concepts and real-world 
applications of these powerful tools.” 
Summary 
Updated! 
Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) are in wide use and work 
very well if your signal stays at a constant frequency 
(“stationary”). But if the signal could vary, have pulses, “blips” 
or any other kind of interesting behavior then you need 
Wavelets. Wavelets are remarkable tools that can stretch and 
move like an amoeba to find the hidden “events” and then 
simultaneously give you their location, frequency, and shape. 
Wavelet Transforms allow this and many other capabilities not 
possible with conventional methods like the FFT. 
This three-day (four-day live instructor lead virtual online) 
course is vastly different from traditional math-oriented 
Wavelet courses or books in that we use examples, figures, 
and computer demonstrations to show how to understand and 
work with Wavelets. This is a comprehensive, in-depth. up-to-date 
treatment of the subject, but from an intuitive, conceptual 
We do look at some key equations but only AFTER the 
concepts are demonstrated and understood so you can see 
the wavelets and equations “in action”. 
Each student will receive extensive course slides, a CD 
with MATLAB demonstrations, and a copy of the instructor’s 
new book, Conceptual Wavelets. 
If convenient we recommend that you bring a laptop to this 
class. A disc with the course materials will be provided and 
the laptop will allow you to utilize the materials in class. Note: 
the laptop is NOT a requirement. 
Instructor 
point of view. 
D. Lee Fugal is the Founder and President of an 
independent consulting firm. He has over 30 
years of industry experience in Digital Signal 
Processing (including Wavelets) and 
Satellite Communications. He has been a 
full-time consultant on numerous 
assignments since 1991. Recent projects 
include Excision of Chirp Jammer Signals 
using Wavelets, design of Space-Based Geolocation Systems 
(GPS & Non-GPS), and Advanced Pulse Detection using 
Wavelet Technology. He has taught upper-division University 
courses in DSP and in Satellites as well as Wavelet short 
courses and seminars for Practicing Engineers and 
Management. He holds a Masters in Applied Physics (DSP) 
from the University of Utah, is a Senior Member of IEEE, and 
a recipient of the IEEE Third Millennium Medal. 
February 10-12, 2015 
San Diego, California 
March 10-13, 2015 
Live Virtual Online • (12:00pm - 4:30pm) 
$1945 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
"Your Wavelets course was very helpful in our Radar studies. 
We often use wavelets now instead of the Fourier Transform 
for precision denoising." 
–Long To, NAWC WD, Point Wugu, CA 
"I was looking forward to this course and it was very reward-ing– 
Your clear explanations starting with the big picture imme-diately 
contextualized the material allowing us to drill a little 
deeper with a fuller understanding" 
–Steve Van Albert, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research 
"Good overview of key wavelet concepts and literature. The 
course provided a good physical understanding of wavelet 
transforms and applications." 
–Stanley Radzevicius, ENSCO, Inc. 
Course Outline 
1. What is a Wavelet? Examples and Uses. “Waves” that 
can start, stop, move and stretch. Real-world applications in 
many fields: Signal and Image Processing, Internet Traffic, 
Airport Security, Medicine, JPEG, Finance, Pulse and Target 
Recognition, Radar, Sonar, etc. 
2. Comparison with traditional methods. The concept 
of the FFT, the STFT, and Wavelets as all being various types 
of comparisons (correlations) with the data. Strengths, 
weaknesses, optimal choices. 
3. The Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT). 
Stretching and shifting the Wavelet for optimal correlation. 
Predefined vs. Constructed Wavelets. 
4. The Discrete Wavelet Transform (DWT). Shrinking 
the signal by factors of 2 through downsampling. 
Understanding the DWT in terms of correlations with the data. 
Relating the DWT to the CWT. Demonstrations and uses. 
5. The Redundant Discrete Wavelet Transform (RDWT). 
Stretching the Wavelet by factors of 2 without downsampling. 
Tradeoffs between the alias-free processing and the extra 
storage and computational burdens. A hybrid process using 
both the DWT and the RDWT. Demonstrations and uses. 
6. “Perfect Reconstruction Filters”. How to cancel the 
effects of aliasing. How to recognize and avoid any traps. A 
breakthrough method to see the filters as basic Wavelets. 
The “magic” of alias cancellation demonstrated in both the 
time and frequency domains. 
7. Highly useful properties of popular Wavelets. How 
to choose the best Wavelet for your application. When to 
create your own and when to stay with proven favorites. 
8. Compression and De-Noising using Wavelets. How 
to remove unwanted or non-critical data without throwing 
away the alias cancellation capability. A new, powerful method 
to extract signals from large amounts of noise. 
Demonstrations. 
9. Additional Methods and Applications. Image 
Processing. Detecting Discontinuities, Self-Similarities and 
Transitory Events. Speech Processing. Human Vision. Audio 
and Video. BPSK/QPSK Signals. Wavelet Packet Analysis. 
Matched Filtering. How to read and use the various Wavelet 
Displays. Demonstrations. 
10. Further Resources. The very best of Wavelet 
references. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to use Wavelets as a “microscope” to analyze 
data that changes over time or has hidden “events” 
that would not show up on an FFT. 
• How to understand and efficiently use the 3 types of 
Wavelet Transforms to better analyze and process 
your data. State-of-the-art methods and 
applications. 
• How to compress and de-noise data using 
advanced Wavelet techniques. How to avoid 
potential pitfalls by understanding the concepts. A 
“safe” method if in doubt. 
• How to increase productivity and reduce cost by 
choosing (or building) a Wavelet that best matches 
your particular application. 
44 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Wireless Communications & Spread Spectrum Design 
Summary 
Course # E222 
This three-day course is designed for wireless 
communication engineers 
involved with spread 
spectrum systems, and 
managers who wish to 
enhance their understanding 
of the wireless techniques 
that are being used in all 
types of communication 
systems and products. It 
provides an overall look at 
many types and advantages 
of spread spectrum systems 
that are designed in wireless systems today. Cognitive 
adaptive systems are discussed. This course covers 
an intuitive approach that provides a real feel for the 
technology, with applications that apply to both the 
government and commercial sectors. Students will 
receive a copy of the instructor's textbook, Transceiver 
and System Design for Digital Communications. 
Instructor 
Scott R. Bullock, P.E., MSEE, specializes in Wireless 
Communications including Spread Spectrum Systems and 
Broadband Communication Systems, Networking, Software 
Defined Radios and Cognitive Radios and Systems for both 
government and commercial uses. He holds 18 patents and 
22 trade secrets in communications and has published 
several articles in various trade magazines. He was active 
in establishing the data link standard for GPS SCAT-I 
landing systems, the first handheld spread spectrum PCS 
cell phone, and developed spread spectrum landing 
systems for the government. He is the author of two books, 
Transceiver and System Design for Digital Communications 
& Broadband Communications and Home Networking, 
Scitech Publishing, www.scitechpub.com. He has taught 
seminars for several years to all the major communication 
companies, an adjunct professor at two colleges, and was a 
guest lecturer for Polytechnic University on "Direct 
Sequence Spread Spectrum and Multiple Access 
Technologies." He has held several high level engineering 
positions including VP, Senior Director, Director of R&D, 
Engineering Fellow, and Consulting Engineer. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to perform link budgets for types of spread 
spectrum communications? 
• How to evaluate different digital modulation/ 
demodulation techniques? 
• What additional techniques are used to enhance 
digital Comm links including; multiple access, 
OFDM, error detection/correction, FEC, Turbo 
codes? 
• What is multipath and how to reduce multipath and 
jammers including adaptive processes? 
• What types of satellite communications and 
satellites are being used and design techniques? 
• What types of networks & Comms are being used 
for commercial/military; ad hoc, mesh, WiFi, 
WiMAX, 3&4G, JTRS, SCA, SDR, Link 16, cognitive 
radios & networks? 
• What is a Global Positioning System? 
• How to solve a 3 dimension Direction Finding? 
From this course you will obtain the knowledge 
and ability to evaluate and develop the system design 
for wireless communication digital transceivers 
including spread spectrum systems. 
November 18-20, 2014 
San Diego, California 
January 19-21, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Transceiver Design. dB power, link budgets, system 
design tradeoffs, S/N, Eb/No, Pe, BER, link margin, tracking 
noise, process gain, effects and advantages of using spread 
spectrum techniques. 
2. Transmitter Design. Spread spectrum transmitters, PSK, 
MSK, QAM, CP-PSK, FH, OFDM, PN-codes, 
TDMA/CDMA/FDMA, antennas, T/R, LOs, upconverters, 
sideband elimination, PAs, VSWR. 
3. Receiver Design. Dynamic range, image rejection, 
limiters, MDS, superheterodyne receivers, importance of LNAs, 
3rd order intercept, intermods, spurious signals, two tone 
dynamic range, TSS, phase noise, mixers, filters, A/D 
converters, aliasing anti-aliasing filters, digital signal processors 
DSPs. 
4. Automatic Gain Control Design & Phase Lock Loop 
Comparison. AGCs, linearizer, detector, loop filter, integrator, 
using control theory and feedback systems to analyze AGCs, 
PLL and AGC comparison. 
5. Demodulation. Demodulation and despreading 
techniques for spread spectrum systems, pulsed matched filters, 
sliding correlators, pulse position modulation, CDMA, coherent 
demod, despreading, carrier recovery, squaring loops, Costas 
and modified Costas loops, symbol synch, eye pattern, inter-symbol 
interference, phase detection, Shannon's limit. 
6. Basic Probability and Pulse Theory. Simple approach to 
probability, gaussian process, quantization error, Pe, BER, 
probability of detection vs probability of false alarm, error 
detection CRC, error correction, FEC, RS & Turbo codes, LDPC, 
Interleaving, Viterbi, multi-h, PPM, m-sequence codes. 
7. Cognitive adaptive systems. Dynamic spectrum access, 
adaptive power gain control using closed loop feedback 
systems, integrated solutions of Navigational data and closed 
loop RSSI measurements, adaptive modulation, digital adaptive 
filters, adaptive cosite filters, use of AESAs for beamsteering, 
nullstearing, beam spoiling, sidelobe detection, communications 
using multipath, MIMO, and a combined cognitive system 
approach. 
8. Improving the System Against Jammers. Burst 
jammers, digital filters, GSOs, adaptive filters, ALEs, quadrature 
method to eliminate unwanted sidebands, orthogonal methods 
to reduce jammers, types of intercept receivers. 
9. Global Navigation Satellite Systems. Basic 
understanding of GPS, spread spectrum BPSK modulated 
signal from space, satellite transmission, signal structure, 
receiver, errors, narrow correlator, selective availability SA, 
carrier smoothed code, Differential DGPS, Relative GPS, 
widelane/narrowlane, carrier phase tracking KCPT, double 
difference. 
10. Satellite Communications. ADPCM, FSS, geosynchronous / 
geostationary orbits, types of antennas, equivalent temperature 
analysis, G/T multiple access, propagation delay, types of satellites. 
11. Broadband Communications and Networking. Home 
distribution methods, Bluetooth, OFDM, WiFi, WiMax, LTE, 
3&4G cellular, QoS, military radios, JTRS, software defined 
radios, SCA, gateways, Link 16, TDMA, adaptive networks, 
mesh, ad hoc, on-the-move, MANETs, D-MANETs, cognitive 
radios and networks. 
12. DF & Interferometer Analysis. Positioning and direction 
finding using interferometers, direction cosines, three 
dimensional approach, antenna position matrix, coordinate 
conversion for moving. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 45
Communications Payload Design and Satellite System Architecture 
March 3-6, 2015 
Germantown, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Course # P125 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/Communications_Payload_Design_etc.html 
Summary 
This four-day course provides communications and 
satellite systems engineers and system architects with a 
comprehensive and accurate approach for the specification 
and detailed design of the communications payload and its 
integration into a satellite system. Both standard bent pipe 
repeaters and digital processors (on board and ground-based) 
are studied in depth, and optimized from the 
standpoint of maximizing throughput and coverage (single 
footprint and multi-beam). Applications in Fixed Satellite 
Service (C, X, Ku and Ka bands) and Mobile Satellite Service 
(L and S bands) are addressed as are the requirements of the 
associated ground segment for satellite control and the 
provision of services to end users. Discussion will address 
inter-satellite links using millimeter wave RF and optical 
technologies. 
Instructor 
Bruce R. Elbert (MSEE, MBA) is president of an 
independent satellite communications 
consulting firm. He is a recognized satellite 
communications expert with 40 years of 
experience in satellite communications 
payload and systems engineering 
beginning at COMSAT Laboratories and 
including 25 years with Hughes Electronics 
(now Boeing Satellite). He has contributed 
to the design and construction of major 
communications satellites, including 
Intelsat V, Inmarsat 4, Galaxy, Thuraya, DIRECTV, 
Morelos (Mexico) and Palapa A (Indonesia). Mr. Elbert led 
R&D in Ka band systems and is a prominent expert in the 
application of millimeter wave technology to commercial 
use. He has written eight books, including: The Satellite 
Communication Applications Handbook – Second Edition 
(Artech House, 2004), The Satellite Communication 
Ground Segment and Earth Station Handbook (Artech 
House, 2004), and Introduction to Satellite 
Communication - Third Edition (Artech House, 2008), is 
included. 
What You Will Learn 
• How to transform system and service requirements into payload 
specifications and design elements. 
• What are the specific characteristics of payload components, 
such as antennas, LNAs, microwave filters, channel and power 
amplifiers, and power combiners. 
• What space and ground architecture to employ when evaluating 
on-board processing and multiple beam antennas, and how 
these may be configured for optimum end-to-end performance. 
• How to understand the overall system architecture and the 
capabilities of ground segment elements - hubs and remote 
terminals - to integrate with the payload, constellation and end-to- 
end system. 
• From this course you will obtain the knowledge, skill and ability 
to configure a communications payload based on its service 
requirements and technical features. You will understand the 
engineering processes and device characteristics that 
determine how the payload is put together and operates in a 
state - of - the - art telecommunications system to meet user 
needs. 
Course Outline 
1. Communications Payloads and Service 
Requirements. Bandwidth, coverage, services and 
applications; RF link characteristics and appropriate use of link 
budgets; bent pipe payloads using passive and active 
components; specific demands for broadband data, IP over 
satellite, mobile communications and service availability; 
principles for using digital processing in system architecture, and 
on-board processor examples at L band (non-GEO and GEO) 
and Ka band. 
2. Systems Engineering to Meet Service Requirements. 
Transmission engineering of the satellite link and payload 
(modulation and FEC, standards such as DVB-S2 and Adaptive 
Coding and Modulation, ATM and IP routing in space); optimizing 
link and payload design through consideration of traffic 
distribution and dynamics, link margin, RF interference and 
frequency coordination requirements. 
3. Bent-pipe Repeater Design. Example of a detailed block 
and level diagram, design for low noise amplification, down-conversion 
design, IMUX and band-pass filtering, group delay 
and gain slope, AGC and linearizaton, power amplification 
(SSPA and TWTA, linearization and parallel combining), OMUX 
and design for high power/multipactor, redundancy switching 
and reliability assessment. 
4. Spacecraft Antenna Design and Performance. Fixed 
reflector systems (offset parabola, Gregorian, Cassegrain) feeds 
and feed systems, movable and reconfigurable antennas; 
shaped reflectors; linear and circular polarization. 
5. Communications Payload Performance Budgeting. 
Gain to Noise Temperature Ratio (G/T), Saturation Flux Density 
(SFD), and Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP); repeater 
gain/loss budgeting; frequency stability and phase noise; third-order 
intercept (3ICP), gain flatness, group delay; non-linear 
phase shift (AM/PM); out of band rejection and amplitude non-linearity 
(C3IM and NPR). 
6. On-board Digital Processor Technology. A/D and D/A 
conversion, digital signal processing for typical channels and 
formats (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA); demodulation and 
remodulation, multiplexing and packet switching; static and 
dynamic beam forming; design requirements and service 
impacts. 
7. Multi-beam Antennas. Fixed multi-beam antennas using 
multiple feeds, feed layout and isloation; phased array 
approaches using reflectors and direct radiating arrays; on-board 
versus ground-based beamforming. 
8. RF Interference and Spectrum Management 
Considerations. Unraveling the FCC and ITU international 
regulatory and coordination process; choosing frequency bands 
that address service needs; development of regulatory and 
frequency coordination strategy based on successful case 
studies. 
9. Ground Segment Selection and Optimization. Overall 
architecture of the ground segment: satellite TT&C and 
communications services; earth station and user terminal 
capabilities and specifications (fixed and mobile); modems and 
baseband systems; selection of appropriate antenna based on 
link requirements and end-user/platform considerations. 
10. Earth station and User Terminal Tradeoffs: RF 
tradeoffs (RF power, EIRP, G/T); network design for provision of 
service (star, mesh and hybrid networks); portability and mobility. 
11. Performance and Capacity Assessment. Determining 
capacity requirements in terms of bandwidth, power and network 
operation; selection of the air interface (multiple access, 
modulation and coding); interfaces with satellite and ground 
segment; relationship to available standards in current use and 
under development . 
12. Advanced Concepts for Inter-satellite Links and 
System Verification. Requirements for inter-satellite links in 
communications and tracking applications. RF technology at Ka 
and Q bands; optical laser innovations that are applied to 
satellite-to-satellite and satellite-to-ground links. Innovations in 
verification of payload and ground segment performance and 
operation; where and how to review sources of available 
technology and software to evaluate subsystem and system 
performance; guidelines for overseeing development and 
evaluating alternate technologies and their sources. 
46 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Earth Station Design 
Implementation, Operation & Maintenance for Satellite Communications Course # P142 
Course Outline 
1. Ground Segment and Earth Station Technical 
Aspects. 
Evolution of satellite communication earth stations— 
teleports and hubs • Earth station design philosophy for 
performance and operational effectiveness • Engineering 
principles • Propagation considerations • The isotropic 
source, line of sight, antenna principles • Atmospheric 
effects: troposphere (clear air and rain) and ionosphere 
(Faraday and scintillation) • Rain effects and rainfall 
regions • Use of the DAH and Crane rain models • 
Modulation systems (QPSK, OQPSK, MSK, GMSK, 
8PSK, 16 QAM, and 32 APSK) • Forward error correction 
techniques (Viterbi, Reed-Solomon, Turbo, and LDPC 
codes) • Transmission equation and its relationship to the 
link budget • Radio frequency clearance and interference 
consideration • RFI prediction techniques • Antenna 
sidelobes (ITU-R Rec 732) • Interference criteria and 
coordination • Site selection • RFI problem identification 
and resolution. 
2. Major Earth Station Engineering. 
RF terminal design and optimization. Antennas for 
major earth stations (fixed and tracking, LP and CP) • 
Upconverter and HPA chain (SSPA, TWTA, and KPA) • 
LNA/LNB and downconverter chain. Optimization of RF 
terminal configuration and performance (redundancy, 
power combining, and safety) • Baseband equipment 
configuration and integration • Designing and verifying the 
terrestrial interface • Station monitor and control • Facility 
design and implementation • Prime power and UPS 
systems. Developing environmental requirements (HVAC) 
• Building design and construction • Grounding and 
lightening control. 
3. Hub Requirements and Supply. 
Earth station uplink and downlink gain budgets • EIRP 
budget • Uplink gain budget and equipment requirements 
• G/T budget • Downlink gain budget • Ground segment 
supply process • Equipment and system specifications • 
Format of a Request for Information • Format of a Request 
for Proposal • Proposal evaluations • Technical 
comparison criteria • Operational requirements • Cost-benefit 
and total cost of ownership. 
4. Link Budget Analysis Related to the Earth 
Station. 
Standard ground rules for satellite link budgets • 
Frequency band selection: L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka • 
Satellite footprints (EIRP, G/T, and SFD) and transponder 
plans • Transponder loading and optimum multi-carrier 
backoff • How to assess transponder capacity • Maximize 
throughput • Minimize receive dish size • Minimize 
transmit power • Examples: DVB-S2 broadcast, digital 
VSAT network with multi-carrier operation. 
5. Earth Terminal Maintenance Requirements and 
Procedures. 
Outdoor systems • Antennas, mounts and waveguide • 
Field of view • Shelter, power and safety • Indoor RF and 
IF systems • Vendor requirements by subsystem • Failure 
modes and routine testing. 
6. VSAT Basseband Hub Maintenance 
Requirements and Procedures. 
IF and modem equipment • Performance evaluation • 
Test procedures • TDMA control equipment and software • 
Hardware and computers • Network management system 
• System software 
7. Hub Procurement and Operation Case Study. 
General requirements and life-cycle • Block diagram • 
Functional division into elements for design and 
procurement • System level specifications • Vendor 
options • Supply specifications and other requirements • 
RFP definition • Proposal evaluation • O&M planning 
October 28-31, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
January 27-30, 2015 
Germantown, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/earth_station_design.htm 
Summary 
This intensive four-day course is intended for satellite 
communications engineers, earth station design 
professionals, and operations and maintenance managers 
and technical staff. The course provides a proven 
approach to the design of modern earth stations, from the 
system level down to the critical elements that determine 
the performance and reliability of the facility. We address 
the essential technical properties in the baseband and RF, 
and delve deeply into the block diagram, budgets and 
specification of earth stations and hubs. Also addressed 
are practical approaches for the procurement and 
implementation of the facility, as well as proper practices 
for O&M and testing throughout the useful life. The overall 
methodology assures that the earth station meets its 
requirements in a cost effective and manageable manner. 
Instructor 
Bruce R. Elbert, (MSEE, MBA) is president of an 
independent satellite communications 
consulting firm. He is a recognized 
satellite communications expert and 
has been involved in the satellite and 
telecommunications industries for over 
40 years. He founded ATSI to assist 
major private and public sector 
organizations that develop and operate digital video 
and broadband networks using satellite technologies 
and services. During 25 years with Hughes 
Electronics, he directed the design of several major 
satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s 
original satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system 
(the largest and most successful satellite TV system in 
the world); and the development of the first GEO 
mobile satellite system capable of serving handheld 
user terminals. Mr. Elbert was also ground segment 
manager for the Hughes system, which included eight 
teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. He served in the US Army 
Signal Corps as a radio communications officer and 
instructor. By considering the technical, business, and 
operational aspects of satellite systems, Mr. Elbert has 
contributed to the operational and economic success 
of leading organizations in the field. He has written 
seven books on telecommunications and IT, including 
Introduction to Satellite Communication, Third Edition 
(Artech House, 2008). The Satellite Communication 
Applications Handbook, Second Edition (Artech 
House, 2004); The Satellite Communication Ground 
Segment and Earth Station Handbook (Artech House, 
2001), the course text. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 47
Ground Systems Design and Operation 
Summary 
Course # P155 
This three-day course provides a practical 
introduction to all aspects of ground system design and 
operation. Starting with basic communications 
principles, an understanding is developed of ground 
system architectures and system design issues. The 
function of major ground system elements is explained, 
leading to a discussion of day-to-day operations. The 
course concludes with a discussion of current trends in 
Ground System design and operations. 
This course is intended for engineers, technical 
managers, and scientists who are interested in 
acquiring a working understanding of ground systems 
as an introduction to the field or to help broaden their 
overall understanding of space mission systems and 
mission operations. It is also ideal for technical 
professionals who need to use, manage, operate, or 
purchase a ground system. 
Instructor 
Steve Gemeny is Director of Engineering for 
Syntonics. Formerly Senior Member of 
the Professional Staff at The Johns 
Hopkins University Applied Physics 
Laboratory where he served as Ground 
Station Lead for the TIMED mission to 
explore Earth’s atmosphere and Lead 
Ground System Engineer on the New 
Horizons mission to explore Pluto by 
2020. Prior to joining the Applied Physics Laboratory, 
Mr. Gemeny held numerous engineering and technical 
sales positions with Orbital Sciences Corporation, 
Mobile TeleSystems Inc. and COMSAT Corporation 
beginning in 1980. Mr. Gemeny is an experienced 
professional in the field of Ground Station and Ground 
System design in both the commercial world and on 
NASA Science missions with a wealth of practical 
knowledge spanning more than three decades. Mr. 
Gemeny delivers his experiences and knowledge to his 
students with an informative and entertaining 
presentation style. 
What You Will Learn 
• The fundamentals of ground system design, 
architecture and technology. 
• Cost and performance tradeoffs in the spacecraft-to-ground 
communications link. 
• Cost and performance tradeoffs in the design and 
implementation of a ground system. 
• The capabilities and limitations of the various 
modulation types (FM, PSK, QPSK). 
• The fundamentals of ranging and orbit determination 
for orbit maintenance. 
• Basic day-to-day operations practices and 
procedures for typical ground systems. 
• Current trends and recent experiences in cost and 
schedule constrained operations. 
November 5-7, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. The Link Budget. An introduction to 
basic communications system principles and 
theory; system losses, propagation effects, 
Ground Station performance, and frequency 
selection. 
2. Ground System Architecture and 
System Design. An overview of ground 
system topology providing an introduction to 
ground system elements and technologies. 
3. Ground System Elements. An element 
by element review of the major ground station 
subsystems, explaining roles, parameters, 
limitations, tradeoffs, and current technology. 
4. Figure of Merit (G/T). An introduction to 
the key parameter used to characterize 
satellite ground station performance, bringing 
all ground station elements together to form a 
complete system. 
5. Modulation Basics. An introduction to 
modulation types, signal sets, analog and 
digital modulation schemes, and modulator - 
demodulator performance characteristics. 
6. Ranging and Tracking. A discussion of 
ranging and tracking for orbit determination. 
7. Ground System Networks and 
Standards. A survey of several ground system 
networks and standards with a discussion of 
applicability, advantages, disadvantages, and 
alternatives. 
8. Ground System Operations. A 
discussion of day-to-day operations in a typical 
ground system including planning and staffing, 
spacecraft commanding, health and status 
monitoring, data recovery, orbit determination, 
and orbit maintenance. 
9. Trends in Ground System Design. A 
discussion of the impact of the current cost and 
schedule constrained approach on Ground 
System design and operation, including COTS 
hardware and software systems, autonomy, 
and unattended “lights out” operations. 
48 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Summary 
This two-day in-person or (three-day Live Virtual) course is 
designed for satellite engineers and managers in military, government 
and industry who need to increase their understanding of how 
Internet Protocols (IP) can be used to efficiently transmit mission-critical 
converged traffic over satellites. IP has become the worldwide 
standard for converged data, video, voice communications in military 
and commercial applications. Satellites extend the reach of the 
Internet and mission-critical Intranets. Satellites deliver multicast 
content anywhere in the world. New generation, high throughput 
satellites provide efficient transport for IP. With these benefits come 
challenges. Satellite delay and bit errors can impact performance. 
Satellite links must be integrated with terrestrial networks. IP 
protocols create overheads. Encryption creates overheads. Space 
segment is expensive. There are routing and security issues. This 
course explains techniques that can mitigate these challenges, 
including traffic engineering, quality of service, WAN optimization 
devices, voice multiplexers, data compression, TDMA DAMA to 
capture statistical multiplexing gains, improved satellite modulation 
and coding. Quantitative techniques for understanding throughput 
and response time are presented. System diagrams describe the 
satellite/terrestrial interface. Detailed case histories illustrate methods 
for optimizing the design of converged real-world networks to produce 
responsive networks while minimizing the use and cost of satellite 
resources. The course notes provide an up-to-date reference. An 
extensive bibliography is supplied. 
Course Outline 
1. Overview of Data Networking and Internet Protocols. 
Packet switching vs. circuit switching. Seven Layer Model (ISO). The 
Internet Protocol (IP). Addressing, Routing, Multicasting. Impact of bit 
errors and propagation delay on TCP-based applications. User 
Datagram Protocol (UDP). Introduction to higher level services. NAT 
and tunneling. Use of encryptors such as HAIPE and IPSec. Impact 
of IP Version 6. Impact of IP overheads. 
2. Quality of Service Issues in the Internet. QoS factors for 
streams and files. Performance of voice over IP (VOIP). Video issues. 
Response time for web object retrievals using HTTP. Methods for 
improving QoS: ATM, MPLS, DiffServ, RSVP. Priority processing and 
packet discard in routers. Caching and performance enhancement. 
Use of WAN optimizers, header compression, caching to reduce 
impact of data redundancies, and IP overheads. Performance 
enhancing proxies reduce impact of satellite delay. Network 
Management and Security issues including impact of encryption in IP 
networks. 
3. Satellite Data Networking Architectures. Geosynchronous 
satellites. The link budget, modulation and coding techniques. 
Methods for improving satellite link efficiency (bits per second/Hz)– 
including adaptive coding and modulation (ACM) and overlapped 
carriers. Ground station architectures for data networking: Point to 
Point, Point to Multipoint using satellite hubs. Shared outbound 
carriers incorporating DVB. Return channels for shared outbound 
systems: TDMA, CDMA, Aloha, DVB/RCS. Suppliers of DAMA 
systems. Full mesh networks. Military, commercial standards for 
DAMA systems. The JIPM IP modem and other advanced modems. 
4. System Design Issues. Mission critical Intranet issues 
including asymmetric routing, reliable multicast, impact of user 
mobility: small antennas and pointing errors, low efficiency and data 
rates, traffic handoff, hub-assist mitigations. Comm. on the move vs. 
comm. on the halt. Military and commercial content delivery case 
histories. 
5. Predicting Performance in Mission Critical Networks. 
Queuing models to help predict response time based on workload, 
performance requirements and channel rates. Single server, priority 
queues and multiple server queues. 
6. Design Case Histories. Integrating voice and data 
requirements in mission-critical networks using TDMA/DAMA. Start 
with offered-demand and determine how to wring out data 
redundancies. Create statistical multiplexing gains by use of TDMA 
DAMA. Optimize space segment requirements using link budget 
tradeoffs. Determine savings that can accrue from ACM. Investigate 
hub assist in mobile networks with small antennas. 
7. A View of the Future. Impact of Ka-band and spot beam 
satellites. Benefits and issues associated with Onboard Processing. 
LEO, MEO, GEOs. Descriptions of current and proposed commercial 
and military satellite systems including MUOS, GBS and the new 
generation of commercial high throughput satellites (e.g. ViaSat 1, 
Jupiter). Low-cost ground station technology. 
IP Networking Over Satellite 
Performance and Efficiency Course # P162 
January 27-28, 2015 
Germantown, Maryland 
$1200 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Instructor 
Burt H. Liebowitz is Principal Network Engineer at the 
MITRE Corporation, McLean, Virginia, 
specializing in the analysis of wireless 
services. He has more than 30 years 
experience in computer networking, the last 
ten of which have focused on Internet-over-satellite 
services in demanding military and 
commercial applications. He was President 
of NetSat Express Inc., a leading provider of 
such services. Before that he was Chief 
Technical Officer for Loral Orion, responsible for Internet-over- 
satellite access products. Mr. Liebowitz has authored 
two books on distributed processing and numerous articles 
on computing and communications systems. He has lectured 
extensively on computer networking. He holds three patents 
for a satellite-based data networking system. Mr. Liebowitz 
has B.E.E. and M.S. in Mathematics degrees from 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, and an M.S.E.E. from 
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 
What You Will Learn 
• IP protocols at the network, transport and application layers. Voice 
over IP (VOIP). 
• The impact of IP overheads and the off the shelf devices available to 
reduce this impact: WAN optimizers, header compression, voice 
and video compression, performance enhancement proxies, voice 
multiplexers, caching, satellite-based IP multicasting. 
• How to deploy Quality of Service (QoS) mechanisms and use traffic 
engineering to ensure maximum performance (fast response time, 
low packet loss, low packet delay and jitter) over communication 
links. 
• How to use satellites as essential elements in mission critical data 
networks. 
• How to understand and overcome the impact of propagation delay 
and bit errors on throughput and response time in satellite-based IP 
networks. 
• Impact of new coding and modulation techniques on bandwidth 
efficiency – more bits per second per hertz. 
• How adaptive coding and modulation (ACM) can improve bandwidth 
efficiency. 
• How to link satellite and terrestrial circuits to create hybrid IP 
networks. 
• How to use statistical multiplexing to reduce the cost and amount of 
satellite resources that support converged voice, video, data 
networks with strict performance requirements. 
• Link budget tradeoffs in the design of TDM/TDMA DAMA networks. 
• Standards for IP Modems: DVB in the commercial world, JIPM in 
the military world. 
• How to select the appropriate system architectures for Internet 
access, enterprise and content delivery networks. 
• The impact on cost and performance of new technology, such as 
LEOs, Ka band, on-board processing, inter-satellite links, traffic 
optimization devices, high through put satellites such as Jupiter, 
Viasat-1. 
After taking this course you will understand how to implement highly 
efficient satellite-based networks that provide Internet access, 
multicast content delivery services, and mission-critical Intranet 
services to users around the world. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 49
Optical Sensors - Introduction 
Summary 
Course # P161 
This three-day short course reviews the underlying 
technology areas used to construct and operate 
space-based optical sensors, laser and radar systems. 
The course presents background information to allow 
an appreciation for designing and evaluating space-based 
sensing systems. The course provides a broad 
introduction to a wide range of optical sensing systems 
with specific examples. Fundamental descriptions are 
given for various optical sensing systems, and, details 
associated with space applications are presented. 
System requirements are developed and methodology 
of system component selection is given. Design 
considerations for space-based optical sensors are 
discussed and case studies describing previous and 
current space instrumentation are presented. Example 
systems will be discussed, along with applications and 
future directions. 
Instructor 
Prof. Scott Madry has worked in the fields of 
satellite remote sensing and 
applications for the past thirty years. He 
is on the faculty of the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill and also 
the International Space University in 
Strasbourg, France. His research 
focuses on the regional applications of 
integrated space remote sensing, GNSS, and 
Geographic Information Systems data for 
environmental and cultural resource management and 
disaster planning and response. He has given over 
150 short courses and workshops in over 30 countries 
around the world on these topics and he has done field 
work in North America, Asia, Africa and Europe. He 
has published widely on these subjects, and is co-editor 
of the recently published 1,228 page Handbook 
of Satellite Applications by Springer Press. He is an 
engaging and entertaining lecturer with a broad grasp 
of the interconnections between disciplines and 
applications. 
What You Will Learn 
• What are the fundamentals of optical remote 
sensing. 
• Sensors and detectors for optical remote sensing. 
• Active and passive microwave systems. 
• LiDAR systems, data and data processing. 
• End to end data acquisition and processing. 
• Optical data, data handling and data formats. 
• Calibration and pre-processing of optical data. 
• Integration of optical remote sensing data with 
ancillary data in a Geomatics and Geographic 
Information System. 
• Future directions and advances. 
• Where the most promising international research 
is being performed. 
February 24-26, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each 
Off The Course Tuition. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. The fundamentals of remote sensing, remote 
sensing sensors, detectors, the electromagnetic spectrum, 
characteristics of space remote sensing systems. 
2. The History and Origins of Space Remote Sensing. 
The origins of space remote sensing, the origins, history and current 
state of the Canadian remote sensing community, dual use issues, ISS 
systems, the remote sensing process, remote sensing sensor design 
and development, visible and IR sensing, passive electro-optical 
systems, multispectral and hyperspectral sensing, international 
organizations and structures, remote sensing satellite orbits, etc. 
3. Optical Remote Sensing Sensors. Sensors and 
detectors, electromagnetic spectrum, Wien’s displacement law, 
Planck’s general equation, quantum photons, types of sensors, radiant 
energy, flux and intensity and radiance, scanner designs, single 
detectors, pushbroom and two dimensional arrays, framing and 
scanning systems, cross track and along track sensors, instantaneous 
field of view, optical vs. microwave, passive vs active sensors, 
radiometers, spectrometers, and imaging sensors, spatial, radiometric, 
temporal and spectral resolution, the electromagnetic energy budget, 
ultra-high resolution systems, etc. 
4. LiDAR Systems. The fundamentals of LiDAR, laser 
remote sensing, pulsed and continuous wave systems, history and 
development, UV, visible and Near IR systems, airborne and space 
systems, LiDAR applications, data processing and unique data 
analysis and processing issues, creating Digital Elevation Models 
(DEMs) with LiDAR systems, space systems and applications, CMOS 
and hybrid CMOS/CCD systems, atmospheric and meteorology, 
Doppler LiDAR and Rayleigh Doppler LiDAR systems, scanning 
LiDAR systems. 
5. Microwave Systems-Passive and Active. The 
fundamentals of microwave remote sensing, passive vs active 
microwave sensing, microwave sensing design and considerations, 
SLAR image geometry, incidence angle, scattering mechanisms and 
specular reflectance, scene illumination, radar bands, layover and 
foreshortening, dielectric constant, polarization, interferometry, 
differences between active and passive data, data analysis and data 
processing, case studies of Canadian RADARSAT, RADARSAT 
Constellation, and TerraSAR-X, future systems. 
6. Calibration. Noise, Pre-processing and Processing of 
Optical Remote Sensing Data The end-to-end data processing chain, 
sensor signal processing, FFT, digital numbers (DNs), data 
transmission, data calibration, atmospheric scattering and absorption, 
image restoration, remote sensing data structure and data formats, 
metadata, data pre-processing, data calibration, atmospheric 
calibration, geometric registration, coordinate transformations, data 
processing, modular transfer functions, spatial filters, temporal 
analysis and time series modeling, thematic classifications, supervised 
and unsupervised classifications, spectral signatures, accuracy 
assessment, data fusion, references. 
7. Applications. Space and airborne remote sensing 
applications, local, regional and global applications, land, water and 
atmospheric applications. 
8. Integration of Data within the Geomatics and GIS 
Context. Integration of data within the GIS context, data fusion, 
geomatics, fundamentals of GIS, integration with vector and GNSS 
point data, the multi-concept, GIS data modeling, final data analysis 
and data presentation, data archiving and metadata. 
9. Current Status and Future Directions. IFuture 
directions for optical remote sensing systems, sensors, data and data 
processing. 
50 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Orbital & Launch Mechanics-Fundamentals 
Summary 
Ideas and Insights Course # P180 
Award-winning rocket scientist, Thomas S. Logsdon 
really enjoys teaching this short course because 
everything about orbital mechanics is counterintuitive. 
Fly your spacecraft into a 100-mile circular orbit. Put on 
the brakes and your spacecraft speeds up! Mash down 
the accelerator and it slows down! Throw a banana 
peel out the window and 45 minutes later it will come 
back and slap you in the face! 
In this comprehensive 4-day short course, Mr. 
Logsdon uses 400 clever color graphics to clarify these 
and a dozen other puzzling mysteries associated with 
orbital mechanics. He also provides you with a few 
simple one-page derivations using real-world inputs to 
illustrate all the key concepts being explored 
Instructor 
For more than 30 years, Thomas S. Logsdon, has 
conducted broadranging studies on 
orbital mechanics at McDonnell 
Douglas, Boeing Aerospace, and 
Rockwell International His key research 
projects have included Project Apollo, 
the Skylab capsule, the nuclear flight 
stage and the GPS radionavigation 
system. 
Mr. Logsdon has taught 300 short course and 
lectured in 31 different countries on six continents. He 
has written 40 technical papers and journal articles and 
29 technical books including Striking It Rich in Space, 
Orbital Mechanics: Theory and Applications, 
Understanding the Navstar, and Mobile 
Communication Satellites. 
What You Will Learn 
• How do we launch a satellite into orbit and maneuver it into 
a new location? 
• How do today’s designers fashion performance-optimal 
constellations of satellites swarming the sky? 
• How do planetary swingby maneuvers provide such 
amazing gains in performance? 
• How can we design the best multi-stage rocket for a 
particular mission? 
• What are libration point orbits? Were they really discovered 
in 1772? How do we place satellites into halo orbits circling 
around these empty points in space? 
• What are JPL’s superhighways in space? How were they 
discovered? How are they revolutionizing the exploration of 
space? 
November 17-20, 2014 
Scottsdale, Arizona 
December 8-11, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/fundamentals_orbital_launch_mechanics.htm 
Course Outline 
1. The Essence of Astrodynamics. Kepler’s 
amazing laws. Newton’s clever generalizations. 
Launch azimuths and ground-trace geometry. Orbital 
perturbations. 
2. Satellite Orbits. Isaac Newton’s vis viva 
equation. Orbital energy and angular momentum. 
Gravity wells. The six classical Keplerian orbital 
elements. 
3. Rocket Propulsion Fundamentals. The rocket 
equation. Building efficient liquid and solid rockets. 
Performance calculations. Multi-stage rocket design. 
4. Modern Booster Rockets. Russian boosters on 
parade. The Soyuz rocket and its economies of scale. 
Russian and American design philosophies. America’s 
powerful new Falcon 9. Sleek rockets and highly 
reliable cars. 
5. Powered Flight Maneuvers. The Hohmann 
transfer maneuver. Multi-impulse and low-thrust 
maneuvers. Plane-change maneuvers. The bi-elliptic 
transfer. Relative motion plots. Deorbiting spent 
stages. Planetary swingby maneuvers. 
6. Optimal Orbit Selection. Polar and sun 
synchronous orbits. Geostationary satellites and their 
on-orbit perturbations. ACE-orbit constellations. 
Libration point orbits. Halo orbits. Interplanetary 
spacecraft trajectories. Mars-mission opportunities. 
Deep-space mission. 
7. Constellation Selection Trades. Civilian and 
military constellations. John Walker’s rosette 
configurations. John Draim’s constellations. Repeating 
ground-trace orbits. Earth coverage simulations. 
8. Cruising Along JPL’s Superhighways in 
Space. Equipotential surfaces and 3-dimensional 
manifolds. Perfecting and executing the Genesis 
mission. Capturing ancient stardust in space. 
Simulating thick bundles of chaotic trajectories. 
Driving along tomorrow’s unpaved freeways in the sky. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 109 – 51 Vol. 119 – 51
Satellite Communications Design & Engineering 
A comprehensive, quantitative tutorial designed for satellite professionals Course # P214 
Course Outline 
1. Mission Analysis. Kepler’s laws. Circular and 
elliptical satellite orbits. Altitude regimes. Period of 
revolution. Geostationary Orbit. Orbital elements. Ground 
trace. 
2. Earth-Satellite Geometry. Azimuth and elevation. 
Slant range. Coverage area. 
3. Signals and Spectra. Properties of a sinusoidal 
wave. Synthesis and analysis of an arbitrary waveform. 
Fourier Principle. Harmonics. Fourier series and Fourier 
transform. Frequency spectrum. 
4. Methods of Modulation. Overview of modulation. 
Carrier. Sidebands. Analog and digital modulation. Need for 
RF frequencies. 
5. Analog Modulation. Amplitude Modulation (AM). 
Frequency Modulation (FM). 
6. Digital Modulation. Analog to digital conversion. 
BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK FSK, QAM. Coherent detection and 
carrier recovery. NRZ and RZ pulse shapes. Power spectral 
density. ISI. Nyquist pulse shaping. Raised cosine filtering. 
7. Bit Error Rate. Performance objectives. Eb/No. 
Relationship between BER and Eb/No. Constellation 
diagrams. Why do BPSK and QPSK require the same 
power? 
8. Coding. Shannon’s theorem. Code rate. Coding gain. 
Methods of FEC coding. Hamming, BCH, and Reed- 
Solomon block codes. Convolutional codes. Viterbi and 
sequential decoding. Hard and soft decisions. 
Concatenated coding. Turbo coding. Trellis coding. 
9. Bandwidth. Equivalent (noise) bandwidth. Occupied 
bandwidth. Allocated bandwidth. Relationship between 
bandwidth and data rate. Dependence of bandwidth on 
methods of modulation and coding. Tradeoff between 
bandwidth and power. Emerging trends for bandwidth 
efficient modulation. 
10. The Electromagnetic Spectrum. Frequency bands 
used for satellite communication. ITU regulations. Fixed 
Satellite Service. Direct Broadcast Service. Digital Audio 
Radio Service. Mobile Satellite Service. 
11. Earth Stations. Facility layout. RF components. 
Network Operations Center. Data displays. 
12. Antennas. Antenna patterns. Gain. Half power 
beamwidth. Efficiency. Sidelobes. 
13. System Temperature. Antenna temperature. LNA. 
Noise figure. Total system noise temperature. 
14. Satellite Transponders. Satellite communications 
payload architecture. Frequency plan. Transponder gain. 
TWTA and SSPA. Amplifier characteristics. Nonlinearity. 
Intermodulation products. SFD. Backoff. 
15. Multiple Access Techniques. Frequency division 
multiple access (FDMA). Time division multiple access 
(TDMA). Code division multiple access (CDMA) or spread 
spectrum. Capacity estimates. 
16. Polarization. Linear and circular polarization. 
Misalignment angle. 
17. Rain Loss. Rain attenuation. Crane rain model. 
Effect on G/T. 
18. The RF Link. Decibel (dB) notation. Equivalent 
isotropic radiated power (EIRP). Figure of Merit (G/T). Free 
space loss. Power flux density. Carrier to noise ratio. The 
RF link equation. 
19. Link Budgets. Communications link calculations. 
Uplink, downlink, and composite performance. Link 
budgets for single carrier and multiple carrier operation. 
Detailed worked examples. 
20. Performance Measurements. Satellite modem. 
Use of a spectrum analyzer to measure bandwidth, C/N, 
and Eb/No. Comparison of actual measurements with 
theory using a mobile antenna and a geostationary satellite. 
Newly 
Updated! 
December 9-11, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
March 3-5, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/satellite_communications_systems.htm 
Summary 
This three-day (or four-day virtual) course is 
designed for satellite communications engineers, 
spacecraft engineers, and managers who want to 
obtain an understanding of the "big picture" of satellite 
communications. Each topic is illustrated by detailed 
worked numerical examples, using published data for 
actual satellite communications systems. The course is 
technically oriented and includes mathematical 
derivations of the fundamental equations. It will enable 
the participants to perform their own satellite link 
budget calculations. The course will especially appeal 
to those whose objective is to develop quantitative 
computational skills in addition to obtaining a 
qualitative familiarity with the basic concepts. 
Instructor 
Chris DeBoy- leads the RF Engineering Group in the 
Space Department at the Johns 
Hopkins University Applied Physics 
Laboratory, and is a member of APL’s 
Principal Professional Staff. He has 
over 20 years of experience in satellite 
communications, from systems 
engineering (he is the lead RF 
communications engineer for the New Horizons 
Mission to Pluto) to flight hardware design for both low- 
Earth orbit and deep-space missions. He holds a 
BSEE from Virginia Tech, a Master’s degree in 
Electrical Engineering from Johns Hopkins, and 
teaches the satellite communications course for the 
Johns Hopkins University 
What You Will Learn 
• A comprehensive understanding of satellite 
communication. 
• An understanding of basic vocabulary. 
• A quantitative knowledge of basic relationships. 
• Ability to perform and verify link budget calculations. 
• Ability to interact meaningfully with colleagues and 
independently evaluate system designs. 
• A background to read the literature. 
52 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Satellite Communications 
Summary 
An Essential Introduction Course # P212 
This three-day (or four-day virtual ) course has been taught 
to thousands of industry professionals for almost thirty years, in 
public sessions and on-site to almost every major satellite 
manufacturer and operator, to rave reviews. The course is 
intended primarily for non-technical people who must 
understand the entire field of commercial satellite 
communications (including their increasing use by government 
agencies), and by those who must understand and 
communicate with engineers and other technical personnel. The 
secondary audience is technical personnel moving into the 
industry who need a quick and thorough overview of what is 
going on in the industry, and who need an example of how to 
communicate with less technical individuals. The course is a 
primer to the concepts, jargon, buzzwords, and acronyms of the 
industry, plus an overview of commercial satellite 
communications hardware, operations, business and regulatory 
environment. Concepts are explained at a basic level, 
minimizing the use of math, and providing real-world examples. 
Several calculations of important concepts such as link budgets 
are presented for illustrative purposes, but the details need not 
be understood in depth to gain an understanding of the 
concepts illustrated. The first section provides non-technical 
people with an overview of the business issues, including major 
operators, regulation and legal issues, security issues and 
issues and trends affecting the industry. The second section 
provides the technical background in a way understandable to 
non-technical audiences. The third and fourth sections cover 
the space and terrestrial parts of the industry. The last section 
deals with the space-to-Earth link, culminating with the 
importance of the link budget and multiple-access techniques. 
Attendees use a workbook of all the illustrations used in the 
course, as well as a copy of the instructor's textbook, Satellite 
Communications for the Non-Specialist. Plenty of time is 
allotted for questions 
Instructor 
Dr. Mark R. Chartrand is a consultant and lecturer in satellite 
telecommunications and the space sciences. 
Since 1984 he has presented professional 
seminars on satellite technology and space 
sciences to individuals and businesses in the 
United States, Canada, Latin America, 
Europe, and Asia. Among the many 
companies and organizations to which he has 
presented this course are Intelsat, Inmarsat, 
Asiasat, Boeing, Lockheed Martin, 
PanAmSat, ViaSat, SES, Andrew Corporation, Alcatel Espace, 
the EU telecommunications directorate, the Canadian Space 
Agency, ING Bank, NSA, FBI, and DISA. Dr. Chartrand has 
served as a technical and/or business consultant to NASA, 
Arianespace, GTE Spacenet, Intelsat, Antares Satellite Corp., 
Moffett-Larson-Johnson, Arianespace, Delmarva Power, 
Hewlett-Packard, and the International Communications 
Satellite Society of Japan, among others. He has appeared as 
an invited expert witness before Congressional subcommittees 
and was an invited witness before the National Commission On 
Space. He was the founding editor and the Editor-in-Chief of the 
annual The World Satellite Systems Guide, and later the 
publication Strategic Directions in Satellite Communication. He 
is author of seven books, including an introductory textbook on 
satellite communications, and of hundreds of articles in the 
space sciences. He has been chairman of several international 
satellite conferences, and a speaker at many others. 
What You Will Learn 
• How do commercial satellites fit into the telecommunications 
industry? 
• How are satellites planned, built, launched, and operated? 
• How do earth stations function? 
• What is a link budget and why is it important? 
• What is radio frequency interference (RFI) and how does it affect 
links? 
• What legal and regulatory restrictions affect the industry? 
• What are the issues and trends driving the industry? 
December 2-4, 2014 
Columbia, Maryland 
February 2-5, 2015 
LIVE Instructor-led Virtual (Noon - 4:30pm) 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Video! 
www.aticourses.com/communications_via_satellite.htm 
Course Outline 
1. Satellite Services, Markets, and Regulation. 
Introduction and historical background. The place of satellites 
in the global telecommunications market. Major competitors 
and satellites strengths and weaknesses. Satellite services 
and markets. Satellite system operators. Satellite economics. 
Satellite regulatory issues: role of the ITU, FCC, etc. 
Spectrum issues. Licensing issues and process. Satellite 
system design overview. Satellite service definitions: BSS, 
FSS, MSS, RDSS, RNSS. The issue of government use of 
commercial satellites. Satellite real-world issues: security, 
accidental and intentional interference, regulations. State of 
the industry and recent develpments. Useful sources of 
information on satellite technology and the satellite industry. 
2. Communications Fundamentals. Basic definitions 
and measurements: channels, circuits, half-circuits, decibels. 
The spectrum and its uses: properties of waves, frequency 
bands, space loss, polarization, bandwidth. Analog and digital 
signals. Carrying information on waves: coding, modulation, 
multiplexing, networks and protocols. Satellite frequency 
bands. Signal quality, quantity, and noise: measures of signal 
quality; noise and interference; limits to capacity; advantages 
of digital versus analog. The interplay of modulation, 
bandwidth, datarate, and error correction. 
3. The Space Segment. Basic functions of a satellite. The 
space environment: gravity, radiation, meteoroids and space 
debris. Orbits: types of orbits; geostationary orbits; non-geostationary 
orbits. Orbital slots, frequencies, footprints, and 
coverage: slots; satellite spacing; eclipses; sun interference, 
adjacent satellite interference. Launch vehicles; the launch 
campaign; launch bases. Satellite systems and construction: 
structure and busses; antennas; power; thermal control; 
stationkeeping and orientation; telemetry and command. 
What transponders are and what they do. Advantages and 
disadvantages of hosted payloads. Satellite operations: 
housekeeping and communications. High-throughput and 
processing satellites. Satellite security issues. 
4. The Ground Segment. Earth stations: types, hardware, 
mountings, and pointing. Antenna properties: gain; 
directionality; sidelobes and legal limits on sidelobe gain. 
Space loss, electronics, EIRP, and G/T: LNA-B-C’s; signal 
flow through an earth station. The growing problem of 
accidental and intentional interference. 
5. The Satellite Earth Link. Atmospheric effects on 
signals: rain effects and rain climate models; rain fade 
margins. The most important calculation: link budgets, C/N 
and Eb/No. Link budget examples. Improving link budgets. 
Sharing satellites: multiple access techniques: SDMA, FDMA, 
TDMA, PCMA, CDMA; demand assignment; on-board 
multiplexing. Signal security issues. Conclusion: industry 
issues, trends, and the future. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 53
Satellite Communications – State of the Art 
March 10-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Course # P216 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
Modern satellite communications networks and systems 
rely on innovations in both the radio frequency (RF) and 
baseband domains. Introduction and application of these 
cutting-edge technologies and processes are addressed by 
this in-depth three day course. Established during the last 
decade, technologies that make a difference include high 
throughput satellites, high power solid state amplifiers (up to 
one kW), array antennas for mobile platforms, channel 
linearization, turbo codes, DVB-S2 extensions and adaptive 
coding and modulation (ACM). The path forward involves the 
right choices in terms of which technologies and their 
introduction – and the use of integrating tools such as system 
simulation and optimization. Investments in new satellites, 
earth stations and network management systems need the 
right system-level view, and at the same time, demand a 
thorough understanding of the underlying details within the 
RF aspects (propagation, link availability and throughput) as 
well as the ability of baseband systems to provide throughput 
under expected conditions and to end users. The course 
examines real options and makes use of quantitative analysis 
methods and systems analysis to evaluate the technology 
horizon. 
Instructor 
Bruce R. Elbert, MSEE, MBA, Adjunct Professor (ret), 
College of Engineering, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a 
recognized satellite communications expert 
and has been involved in the satellite and 
telecommunications industries for over 40 
years. He founded ATS to assist major private 
and public sector organizations that develop 
and operate cutting-edge networks using 
satellite technologies and services. During 25 
years with Hughes Electronics (now Boeing Satellite Systems, 
Intelsat and DIRECTV), he directed the design of several 
major satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s 
original satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system; and the 
development of the first GEO mobile satellite system capable 
of serving handheld user terminals. Mr. Elbert directed 
engineering of several Hughes GEO communications 
satellites, including Morelos (SATMEX), Palapa B, Galaxy 4 
and 5, and Sky (News Corp). He was also ground segment 
manager for the Hughes system, which included eight 
teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. He served in the US Army Signal 
Corps as a radio communications officer and instructor. 
By considering the technical, business, and operational 
aspects of satellite systems, Mr. Elbert has contributed to the 
operational and economic success of leading organizations in 
the field. He has written nine books on telecommunications 
and IT, including Introduction to Satellite Communication, 
Third Edition (Artech House, 2008).The Satellite 
Communication Applications Handbook, Second Edition 
(Artech House, 2004); The Satellite Communication Ground 
Segment and Earth Station Handbook, Second Edition 
(Artech House, 2014), the course text. 
Course Outline 
The current state-of-the-art in satellite communications 
systems. 
• Orbit and spectrum resources available in North 
• Satellite operators and their orbital resources 
• The ground segment – operators and capabilities 
• Satellite footprint coverage and antenna structures 
• Low noise front ends 
• Switching and processing 
• High power amplification and linearization 
• Spacecraft support – power, thermal and structural 
• Large versus small satellites – trades on cost and risk 
Earth station design innovation 
• Antenna systems 
• Monitor and control 
• Review of DVB-S2 and turbo codes 
• Extensions to DVB-S2 (DVB-Sx) 
• The next wave of ACM – enhanced VSAT networks (two 
way services), 2D 16 State TCM 
• Integration with IP and the terrestrial network 
• Characterization of the bent pipe transponde 
• Traffic bearing capability of multi-beam systems 
• Classification of interference – harmful, unacceptable, 
acceptable 
• RFI location using interferometry 
• Carrier ID – on the carrier, under the carrier 
• RFI investigation process 
• Role of good operating practices 
• Update on propagation – Ka band impacts from rain and 
clouds 
• Transponder characterization 
• Operating modes 
• Test and simulation tools 
• The business of the satellite operator – how to make better 
deals 
• Trends in COTM as related to aeronautical and maritime 
• Technology development and introduction – on the ground 
and in space 
• How to anticipate changes in requirements and technology 
• Planning for the future – discussion 
What You Will Learn 
• Current and projected satellite designs, payloads and 
capabilities. 
• Structure of ground segments, earth stations and user 
terminals looking forward. 
• Terminals and networks for high speed communications on 
the move (COTM). 
• Innovative systems engineering concepts and solutions – 
simulation using STK and other tools. 
• Evolving standards used in the baseband and network – 
DVB-Sx (extensions), ACM in its next generation, Internet 
Protocol acceleration. 
• The future built around solid state amplifiers – GaN 
technology, linearization, single and multi carrier 
operations under highly dynamic conditions. 
• Innovations in multiple access systems – MF-TDMA, 
CDMA, carrier cancellation, 2D-16 State Trellis Coded 
Modulation (TCM). 
• Control of radio frequency interference (RFI) – overcoming 
challenges in mobile and broadband applications. 
• Planning steps for upgrading or replacing current with 
state-of-the-art technology. 
• How technology will evolve in coming years, reflecting 
changes in technology and user requirements. 
54 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Satellite Communications Systems-Advanced 
Survey of Current and Emerging Digital Systems Course # P110 
January 20-22, 2015 
Cocoa Beach, Florida 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
This three-day course covers all the technology 
of advanced satellite communications as well as the 
principles behind current state-of-the-art satellite 
communications equipment. New and promising 
technologies will be covered to develop an 
understanding of the major approaches. Network 
topologies, VSAT, and IP networking over satellite. 
Material will be complemented with a continuously 
evolving example of the application of systems 
engineering practice to a specific satellite 
communications system. The example will address 
issues from the highest system architecture down to 
component details, budgets, writing specifications, 
etc. 
Instructor 
Dr. John Roach is a leading authority in satellite 
communications with 35+ years in the SATCOM 
industry. He has worked on many development 
projects both as employee and consultant / 
contractor. His experience has focused on the 
systems engineering of state-of-the-art system 
developments, military and commercial, from the 
worldwide architectural level to detailed terminal 
tradeoffs and designs. He has been an adjunct 
faculty member at Florida Institute of Technology 
where he taught a range of graduate comm-unications 
courses. He has also taught SATCOM 
short courses all over the US and in London and 
Toronto, both publicly and in-house for both 
government and commercial organizations. In 
addition, he has been an expert witness in patent, 
trade secret, and government contracting cases. Dr. 
Roach has a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from 
Georgia Tech. Advanced Satellite Communications 
Systems: Survey of Current and Emerging Digital 
Systems. 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to SATCOM. History and overview. 
Examples of current military and commercial systems. 
2. Satellite orbits and transponder characteristics. 
3. Traffic Connectivities: Mesh, Hub-Spoke, 
Point-to-Point, Broadcast. 
4. Multiple Access Techniques: FDMA, TDMA, 
CDMA, Random Access. DAMA and Bandwidth-on- 
Demand. 
5. Communications Link Calculations. Definition 
of EIRP, G/T, Eb/No. Noise Temperature and Figure. 
Transponder gain and SFD. Link Budget Calculations. 
6. Digital Modulation Techniques. BPSK, QPSK. 
Standard pulse formats and bandwidth. Nyquist signal 
shaping. Ideal BER performance. 
7. PSK Receiver Design Techniques. Carrier 
recovery, phase slips, ambiguity resolution, differential 
coding. Optimum data detection, clock recovery, bit 
count integrity. 
8. Overview of Error Correction Coding, 
Encryption, and Frame Synchronization. Standard 
FEC types. Coding Gain. 
9. RF Components. HPA, SSPA, LNA, Up/down 
converters. Intermodulation, band limiting, oscillator 
phase noise. Examples of BER Degradation. 
10. TDMA Networks. Time Slots. Preambles. 
Suitability for DAMA and BoD. 
11. Characteristics of IP and TCP/UDP over 
satellite. Unicast and Multicast. Need for Performance 
Enhancing Proxy (PEP) techniques. 
12. VSAT Networks and their system 
characteristics; DVB standards and MF-TDMA. 
13. Earth Station Antenna types. Pointing / 
Tracking. Small antennas at Ku band. FCC - Intelsat - 
ITU antenna requirements and EIRP density 
limitations. 
14. Spread Spectrum Techniques. Military use 
and commercial PSD spreading with DS PN systems. 
Acquisition and tracking. Frequency Hop systems. 
15. Overview of Bandwidth Efficient Modulation 
(BEM) Techniques. M-ary PSK, Trellis Coded 8PSK, 
QAM. 
16. Convolutional coding and Viterbi decoding. 
Concatenated coding. Turbo & LDPC coding. 
17. Emerging Technology Developments and 
Future Trends. 
What You Will Learn 
• Major Characteristics of satellites. 
• Characteristics of satellite networks. 
• The tradeoffs between major alternatives in 
SATCOM system design. 
• SATCOM system tradeoffs and link budget 
analysis. 
• DAMA/BoD for FDMA, TDMA, and CDMA 
systems. 
• Critical RF parameters in terminal equipment and 
their effects on performance. 
• Technical details of digital receivers. 
• Tradeoffs among different FEC coding choices. 
• Use of spread spectrum for Comm-on-the-Move. 
• Characteristics of IP traffic over satellite. 
• Overview of bandwidth efficient modulation types. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 55
Satellite Laser Communications 
February 24-26, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # P221 
NEW! 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. Brief historical background, 
RF/Optical comparison; basic Block diagrams; and 
applications overview. 
2. Link Analysis. Parameters influencing the link; 
frequency dependence of noise; link performance 
comparison to RF; and beam profiles. 
3. Laser Transmitter. Laser sources; semiconductor 
lasers; fiber amplifiers; amplitude modulation; phase 
modulation; noise figure; nonlinear effects; and coherent 
transmitters. 
4. Modulation & Error Correction Encoding. PPM; 
OOK and binary codes; and forward error correction. 
5. Acquisition, Tracking and Pointing. 
Requirements; acquisition scenarios; acquisition; point-ahead 
angles, pointing error budget; host platform vibration 
environment; inertial stabilization: trackers; passive/active 
isolation; gimbaled transceiver; and fast steering mirrors. 
6. Opto-Mechanical Assembly. Transmit telescope; 
receive telescope; shared transmit/receive telescope; 
thermo-Optical-Mechanical stability. 
7. Atmospheric Effects. Attenuation, beam wander; 
turbulence/scintillation; signal fades; beam spread; turbid; 
and mitigation techniques. 
8. Detectors and Detections. Discussion of available 
photo-detectors noise figure; amplification; background 
radiation/ filtering; and mitigation techniques. Poisson 
photon counting; channel capacity; modulation schemes; 
detection statistics; and SNR / Bit error probability. 
Advantages / complexities of coherent detection; optical 
mixing; SNR, heterodyne and homodyne; laser linewidth. 
9. Crosslinks and Networking. LEO-GEO & GEO-GEO; 
orbital clusters; and future/advanced. 
10. Flight Qualification. Radiation environment; 
environmental testing; and test procedure. 
11. Eye Safety. Regulations; classifications; wavelength 
dependence, and CDRH notices. 
12. Cost Estimation. Methodology, models; and 
examples. 
13. Terrestrial Optical Comm. Communications 
systems developed for terrestrial links. 
Summary 
This three-day course will provideThis course will provide 
an introduction and overview of laser communication 
principles and technologies for unguided, free-space beam 
propagation. Special emphasis is placed on highlighting the 
differences, as well as similarities to RF communications and 
other laser systems, and design issues and options relevant 
to future laser communication terminals. 
Who should attend 
Engineers, scientists, managers, or professionals who 
desire greater technical depth, or RF communication 
engineers who need to assess this competing technology. 
Instructor 
Hamid Hemmati, Ph.D. , has joined Facebook Inc. as Director of 
Engineering for Telecom Infrastructure. Until May 
2014 he was with the Jet Propulsion Laboratory 
(JPL), California Institute of Technology where as 
Principal member of staff and the Supervisor of the 
Optical Communications Group. Prior to joining 
JPL in 1986, he was a researcher at NASA's 
Goddard Space Flight Center and at NIST 
(Boulder, CO). Dr. Hemmati has published over 
200 journal and conference papers, nine patents granted and two 
pending. He is the editor and author of two books: "Deep Space 
Optical Communications" and "Near-Earth Laser Communications" 
and author of five other book chapters. In 2011 he received NASA's 
Exceptional Service Medal. He has also received 3 NASA Space Act 
Board Awards, and 36 NASA certificates of appreciation. He is a 
Fellow member of OSA (Optical Society of America) and the SPIE 
(Society of Optical Engineers). Dr. Hemmati's current research 
interests are in developing laser communications technologies and 
low complexity, compact flight electro-optical systems for both inter-planetary 
and satellite communications and science. Research 
activities include: managing the development of a flight lasercom 
terminal for planetary applications, called DOT (Deep-space Optical 
Terminals), electro-optical systems engineering, solid-state lasers 
(particularly pulsed fiber lasers), flight qualification of optical and 
electro-optical systems and components; low-cost multi-meter 
diameter optical ground receiver telescopes; active and adaptive 
optics; and laser beam acquisition, tracking and pointing. 
What You Will Learn 
• This course will provide you the knowledge and ability 
to perform basic satellite laser communication analysis, 
identify tradeoffs, interact meaningfully with colleagues, 
evaluate systems, and understand the literature. 
• How is a laser-communication system superior to 
conventional technology? 
• How link performance is analyzed. 
• What are the options for acquisition, tracking and beam 
pointing? 
• What are the options for laser transmitters, receivers 
and optical systems. 
• What are the atmospheric effects on the beam and how 
to counter them. 
• What are the typical characteristics of laser-communication 
system hardware? 
• How to calculate mass, power and cost of flight 
systems. 
56 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Satellite Link Budget Training Using SatMaster Software 
February 3-5, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) 
Course # P222 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Summary 
Link budgets are the standard tool for designing and 
assessing satellite communications transmissions, 
considering radio-wave propagation, satellite 
performance, terminal equipment, radio frequency 
interference (RFI), and other physical layer aspects of 
fixed and mobile satellite systems. The format and 
content of the link budget must be understood by many 
engineers and managers with design and operation 
responsibilities. SatMaster is a highly-recognized yet 
low-cost PC-based software tool offered through the 
web by Arrowe Technical Services of the UK. This 
three-day course reviews the principles and use of the 
link budget along with hands-on training in SatMaster 
9, the latest version, for one- and two-way transmission 
of digital television; two-way interactive services using 
very small aperture terminals (VSATs); point-to-point 
transmission at a wide range of data rates; and 
interactive communications with mobile terminals. 
Services at UHF, L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka bands to fixed 
and mobile terminals are considered. The course 
includes several computer workshop examples to 
enhance participants' confidence in using SatMaster 
and to improve their understanding of the link 
budgeting process. Participants should gain 
confidence in their ability to prepare link budgets and 
their facility with SatMaster. Examples from the class 
are employed as time allows. The course notes are 
provided. 
Bring a Windows OS laptop to class with SatMaster 
software. It can be purchased directly from 
www.satmaster.com (a discount is available to 
registered attendees). 
Instructor 
Bruce R. Elbert, MSEE, MBA, adjunct professor (retired), 
College of Engineering, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a 
recognized satellite communications expert 
and has been involved in the satellite and 
telecommunications industries for over 40 
years. He founded Application Technology 
Strategy, L.L.C., to assist major private and 
public sector organizations that develop and operate cutting-edge 
networks using satellite and other wireless technologies 
and services. During 25 years with Hughes Space and 
Communications (now Boeing Satellite Systems), he directed 
communications engineering of several major satellite 
projects. Mr. Elbert has written seven books on satellite 
communications, including The Satellite Communication 
Applications Handbook, Second Edition (Artech House, 
2004); The Satellite Communication Ground Segment and 
Earth Station Handbook (Artech House, 2001); and 
Introduction to Satellite Communication, Third Edition (Artech 
House, 2008). 
Course Outline 
Day 1 
(Principles of Satellite Links and Applicability of 
SatMaster) 
• Standard ground rules for satellite link budgets. 
• Frequency band selection: UHF, L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka. 
• Satellite footprints (EIRP, G/T, and SFD) and transponder 
plans; application of on-board processors. 
• Propagation considerations: the isotropic source, line of 
sight, antenna principles. 
• Atmospheric effects: troposphere (clear air and rain) and 
ionosphere (Faraday and scintillation). 
• Rain effects and rainfall regions; use of the built-in DAH 
and Crane rain models. 
• Modulation systems (QPSK, OQPSK, MSK, GMSK, 
8PSK, 16 QAM, and 32 APSK). 
• Forward error correction techniques (Viterbi, Reed- 
Solomon, BCH, Turbo, and LDPC codes). 
• Transmission equation and its relationship to the link 
budget. 
• Introduction to the user interface of SatMaster. 
• Differences between SatMaster 9, the current version, 
and previous versions. 
• File formats: antenna pointing, database, digital link 
budget, and digital processing/regenerative repeater link 
budget. 
• Built-in reference data and calculators . 
• Example of a digital one-way link budget (DVB-S2) using 
equations and SatMaster. 
Day 2 
(Detailed Link Design in Practice: Computer Workshop) 
• Earth station block diagram and characteristics. 
• Antenna characteristics (main beam, sidelobe, X-pol 
considerations, mobile antennas). 
• HPA characteristics, intermodulation and sizing , uplink 
power control. 
• Link budget workshop example using SatMaster: Single 
Channel Per Carrier (SCPC). 
• Transponder loading and optimum multi-carrier backoff; 
power equivalent bandwidth. 
• Review of link budget optimization techniques using the 
program's built-in features. 
• Transponder loading and optimization for minimum cost 
and resources, maximum throughput and availability. 
• Computing the minimum transmit power; uplink power 
control (UPC). 
• Interference sources (X-pol, adjacent satellite 
interference, adjacent channel interference). 
• Earth station power flux density limits and the use of 
spread spectrum for disadvantaged antennas. 
Day 3 
(Consideration of Interference and Workshop in Digital 
Link Budgets) 
• C/I estimation and trade studies. 
• Performance estimation for carrier-in-carrier (Paired 
Carrier Multiple Access) transmission. 
• Discussion of VSAT parameters and technology options 
as they relate to the link budget. 
• Example: digital VSAT, multi-carrier operation. 
• Use of batch location files to prepare link budgets for a 
large table of locations. 
• Case study from the class using the above elements and 
SatMaster. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 57
Space Environment – Implications for Spacecraft Design 
February 3-5, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$1295 (8:30am - 4:00pm) 
Course # P233 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction. Spacecraft Subsystem Design, 
Orbital Mechanics, The Solar-Planetary Relationship, 
Space Weather. 
2. The Vacuum Environment. Basic Description – 
Pressure vs. Altitude, Solar UV Radiation. 
3. Vacuum Environment Effects. Pressure 
Differentials, Solar UV Degradation, Molecular 
Contamination, Particulate Contamination. 
4. The Neutral Environment. Basic Atmospheric 
Physics, Elementary Kinetic Theory, Hydrostatic 
Equilibrium, Neutral Atmospheric Models. 
5. Neutral Environment Effects. Aerodynamic Drag, 
Sputtering, Atomic Oxygen Attack, Spacecraft Glow. 
6. The Plasma Environment. Basic Plasma Physics - 
Single Particle Motion, Debye Shielding, Plasma 
Oscillations. 
7. Plasma Environment Effects. Spacecraft 
Charging, Arc Discharging, Effects on Instrumentation. 
8. The Radiation Environment. Basic Radiation 
Physics, Stopping Charged Particles, Stopping Energetic 
Photons, Stopping Neutrons. 
9. Radiation in Space. Trapped Radiation Belts, Solar 
Proton Events, Galactic Cosmic Rays, Hostile 
Environments. 
10. Radiation Environment Effects. Total Dose 
Effects - Solar Cell Degradation, Electronics Degradation; 
Single Event Effects - Upset, Latchup, Burnout; Dose Rate 
Effects. 
11. The Micrometeoroid and Orbital Debris 
Environment. Hypervelocity Impact Physics, 
Micrometeoroids, Orbital Debris. 
12. Additional Topics. Effects on Humans; Models 
and Tools; Available Internet Resources. 
Summary 
Adverse interactions between the space environment 
and an orbiting spacecraft may lead to a degradation of 
spacecraft subsystem performance and possibly even 
loss of the spacecraft itself. This two-day course presents 
an introduction to the space environment and its effect on 
spacecraft. Emphasis is placed on problem solving 
techniques and design guidelines that will provide the 
student with an understanding of how space environment 
effects may be minimized through proactive spacecraft 
design. 
Each student will receive a copy of the course text, a 
complete set of course notes, including copies of all 
viewgraphs used in the presentation, and a 
comprehensive bibliography. 
“I got exactly what I wanted from this 
course – an overview of the spacecraft en-vironment. 
The charts outlining the inter-actions 
and synergism were excellent. The 
list of references is extensive and will be 
consulted often.” 
“Broad experience over many design 
teams allowed for excellent examples of 
applications of this information.” 
Instructor 
Dr. Alan C. Tribble has provided space environments effects 
analysis to more than one dozen NASA, DoD, 
and commercial programs, including the 
International Space Station, the Global 
Positioning System (GPS) satellites, and 
several surveillance spacecraft. He holds a 
Ph.D. in Physics from the University of Iowa 
and has been twice a Principal Investigator 
for the NASA Space Environments and 
Effects Program. He is the author of four books, including the 
course text: The Space Environment - Implications for Space 
Design, and over 20 additional technical publications. He is an 
Associate Fellow of the AIAA, a Senior Member of the IEEE, 
and was previously an Associate Editor of the Journal of 
Spacecraft and Rockets. Dr. Tribble recently won the 2008 
AIAA James A. Van Allen Space Environments Award. He has 
taught a variety of classes at the University of Southern 
California, California State University Long Beach, the 
University of Iowa, and has been teaching courses on space 
environments and effects since 1992. 
Review of the Course Text: 
“There is, to my knowledge, no other book that provides its 
intended readership with an comprehensive and authoritative, 
yet compact and accessible, coverage of the subject of 
spacecraft environmental engineering.” – James A. Van Allen, 
Regent Distinguished Professor, University of Iowa. 
Who Should Attend: 
Engineers who need to know how to design systems with 
adequate performance margins, program managers who 
oversee spacecraft survivability tasks, and scientists who 
need to understand how environmental interactions can affect 
instrument performance. 
58 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Space Mission Structures: From Concept to Launch 
Testimonial 
Course # P241 
"Excellent presentation—a reminder of 
how much fun engineering can be." 
Summary 
This four-day short course presents a systems 
perspective of structural engineering in the space industry. 
If you are an engineer involved in any aspect of 
spacecraft or launch–vehicle structures, regardless of 
your level of experience, you will benefit from this course. 
Subjects include functions, requirements development, 
environments, structural mechanics, loads analysis, 
stress analysis, fracture mechanics, finite–element 
modeling, configuration, producibility, verification 
planning, quality assurance, testing, and risk assessment. 
The objectives are to give the big picture of space-mission 
structures and improve your understanding of 
• Structural functions, requirements, and environments 
• How structures behave and how they fail 
• How to develop structures that are cost–effective and 
dependable for space missions 
Despite its breadth, the course goes into great depth in 
key areas, with emphasis on the things that are commonly 
misunderstood and the types of things that go wrong in the 
development of flight hardware. The instructor shares 
numerous case histories and experiences to drive the 
main points home. Calculators are required to work class 
problems. 
Each participant will receive a copy of the instructors’ 
850-page reference book, Spacecraft Structures and 
Mechanisms: From Concept to Launch. 
Instructors 
Tom Sarafin has worked full time in the space industry 
since 1979, at Martin Marietta and Instar 
Engineering. Since founding Instar 
Engineering in 1993, he has consulted for 
DigitalGlobe, AeroAstro, AFRL, and 
Design_Net Engineering. He has helped 
the U. S. Air Force Academy design, 
develop, and test a series of small 
satellites and has been an advisor to DARPA. He is the 
editor and principal author of Spacecraft Structures and 
Mechanisms: From Concept to Launch and is a 
contributing author to all three editions of Space Mission 
Analysis and Design. Since 1995, he has taught over 200 
short courses to more than 4000 engineers and managers 
in the space industry. 
Poti Doukas worked at Lockheed Martin Space 
Systems Company (formerly Martin 
Marietta) from 1978 to 2006. He served as 
Engineering Manager for the Phoenix Mars 
Lander program, Mechanical Engineering 
Lead for the Genesis mission, Structures 
and Mechanisms Subsystem Lead for the 
Stardust program, and Structural Analysis 
Lead for the Mars Global Surveyor. He’s a contributing 
author to Space Mission Analysis and Design (1st and 2nd 
editions) and to Spacecraft Structures and Mechanisms: 
From Concept to Launch. 
November 11-14, 2014 
Littleton, Colorado 
$2050 (8:30am - 5:00pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Introduction to Space-Mission Structures. 
Structural functions and requirements, effects of the 
space environment, categories of structures, how 
launch affects things structurally, understanding 
verification, distinguishing between requirements and 
verification. 
2. Review of Statics and Dynamics. Static 
equilibrium, the equation of motion, modes of vibration. 
3. Launch Environments and How Structures 
Respond. Quasi-static loads, transient loads, coupled 
loads analysis, sinusoidal vibration, random vibration, 
acoustics, pyrotechnic shock. 
4. Mechanics of Materials. Stress and strain, 
understanding material variation, interaction of 
stresses and failure theories, bending and torsion, 
thermoelastic effects, mechanics of composite 
materials, recognizing and avoiding weak spots in 
structures. 
5. Strength Analysis: The margin of safety, 
verifying structural integrity is never based on analysis 
alone, an effective process for strength analysis, 
common pitfalls, recognizing potential failure modes, 
bolted joints, buckling. 
6. Structural Life Analysis. Fatigue, fracture 
mechanics, fracture control. 
7. Overview of Finite Element Analysis. 
Idealizing structures, introduction to FEA, limitations, 
strategies, quality assurance. 
8. Preliminary Design. A process for preliminary 
design, example of configuring a spacecraft, types of 
structures, materials, methods of attachment, 
preliminary sizing, using analysis to design efficient 
structures. 
9. Designing for Producibility. Guidelines for 
producibility, minimizing parts, designing an adaptable 
structure, designing to simplify fabrication, 
dimensioning and tolerancing, designing for assembly 
and vehicle integration. 
10. Verification and Quality Assurance. The 
building-blocks approach to verification, verification 
methods and logic, approaches to product inspection, 
protoflight vs. qualification testing, types of structural 
tests and when they apply, designing an effective test. 
11. A Case Study: Structural design, analysis, 
and test of The FalconSAT-2 Small Satellite. 
12 Final Verification and Risk Assessment. 
Overview of final verification, addressing late 
problems, using estimated reliability to assess risks 
(example: negative margin of safety), making the 
launch decision. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 59
Space Systems Fundamentals 
Summary 
Course # P245 
This four-day course provides an overview of the 
fundamentals of concepts and technologies of modern 
spacecraft systems design. Satellite system and 
mission design is an essentially interdisciplinary sport 
that combines engineering, science, and external 
phenomena. We will concentrate on scientific and 
engineering foundations of spacecraft systems and 
interactions among various subsystems. Examples 
show how to quantitatively estimate various mission 
elements (such as velocity increments) and conditions 
(equilibrium temperature) and how to size major 
spacecraft subsystems (propellant, antennas, 
transmitters, solar arrays, batteries). Real examples 
are used to permit an understanding of the systems 
selection and trade-off issues in the design process. 
The fundamentals of subsystem technologies provide 
an indispensable basis for system engineering. The 
basic nomenclature, vocabulary, and concepts will 
make it possible to converse with understanding with 
subsystem specialists. 
The course is designed for engineers and managers 
who are involved in planning, designing, building, 
launching, and operating space systems and 
spacecraft subsystems and components. The 
extensive set of course notes provide a concise 
reference for understanding, designing, and operating 
modern spacecraft. The course will appeal to 
engineers and managers of diverse background and 
varying levels of experience. 
Instructor 
Dr. Mike Gruntman is Professor of Astronautics at 
the University of Southern California. 
He is a specialist in astronautics, space 
technology, sensors, and space 
physics. Gruntman participates in 
several theoretical and experimental 
programs in space science and space 
technology, including space missions. 
He authored and co-authored more 200 publications in 
various areas of astronautics, space physics, and 
instrumentation. 
What You Will Learn 
• Common space mission and spacecraft bus 
configurations, requirements, and constraints. 
• Common orbits. 
• Fundamentals of spacecraft subsystems and their 
interactions. 
• How to calculate velocity increments for typical 
orbital maneuvers. 
• How to calculate required amount of propellant. 
• How to design communications link. 
• How to size solar arrays and batteries. 
• How to determine spacecraft temperature. 
January 19-22, 2015 
Albuquerque, New Mexico 
$1990 (9:00am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Space Missions And Applications. Science, 
exploration, commercial, national security. Customers. 
2. Space Environment And Spacecraft 
Interaction. Universe, galaxy, solar system. 
Coordinate systems. Time. Solar cycle. Plasma. 
Geomagnetic field. Atmosphere, ionosphere, 
magnetosphere. Atmospheric drag. Atomic oxygen. 
Radiation belts and shielding. 
3. Orbital Mechanics And Mission Design. 
Motion in gravitational field. Elliptic orbit. Classical orbit 
elements. Two-line element format. Hohmann transfer. 
Delta-V requirements. Launch sites. Launch to 
geostationary orbit. Orbit perturbations. Key orbits: 
geostationary, sun-synchronous, Molniya. 
4. Space Mission Geometry. Satellite horizon, 
ground track, swath. Repeating orbits. 
5. Spacecraft And Mission Design Overview. 
Mission design basics. Life cycle of the mission. 
Reviews. Requirements. Technology readiness levels. 
Systems engineering. 
6. Mission Support. Ground stations. Deep 
Space Network (DSN). STDN. SGLS. Space Laser 
Ranging (SLR). TDRSS. 
7. Attitude Determination And Control. 
Spacecraft attitude. Angular momentum. 
Environmental disturbance torques. Attitude sensors. 
Attitude control techniques (configurations). Spin axis 
precession. Reaction wheel analysis. 
8. Spacecraft Propulsion. Propulsion 
requirements. Fundamentals of propulsion: thrust, 
specific impulse, total impulse. Rocket dynamics: 
rocket equation. Staging. Nozzles. Liquid propulsion 
systems. Solid propulsion systems. Thrust vector 
control. Electric propulsion. 
9. Launch Systems. Launch issues. Atlas and 
Delta launch families. Acoustic environment. Launch 
system example: Delta II. 
10. Space Communications. Communications 
basics. Electromagnetic waves. Decibel language. 
Antennas. Antenna gain. TWTA and SSA. Noise. Bit 
rate. Communication link design. Modulation 
techniques. Bit error rate. 
11. Spacecraft Power Systems. Spacecraft power 
system elements. Orbital effects. Photovoltaic systems 
(solar cells and arrays). Radioisotope thermal 
generators (RTG). Batteries. Sizing power systems. 
12. Thermal Control. Environmental loads. 
Blackbody concept. Planck and Stefan-Boltzmann 
laws. Passive thermal control. Coatings. Active thermal 
control. Heat pipes. 
60 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
Space Systems & Space Subsystems 
Summary 
Course # P152 
This 4-day course in space systems and space 
subsystems engineering is for technical and 
management personnel who wish to gain an 
understanding of the important technical concepts in 
the development of space instrumentation, 
subsystems, and systems. The goal is to assist 
students to achieve their professional potential by 
endowing them with an understanding of the basics of 
subsystems and the supporting disciplines important to 
developing space instrumentation, space subsystems, 
and space systems. It designed for participants who 
expect to plan, design, build, integrate, test, launch, 
operate or manage subsystems, space systems, 
launch vehicles, spacecraft, payloads, or ground 
systems. The objective is to expose each participant to 
the fundamentals of each subsystem and their inter-relations, 
to not necessarily make each student a 
systems engineer, but to give aerospace engineers 
and managers a technically based space systems 
perspective. The fundamental concepts are introduced 
and illustrated by state-of-the-art examples. This 
course differs from the typical space systems course in 
that the technical aspects of each important subsystem 
are addressed. The textbook “Fundamentals of Space 
Systems” published by Oxford University Press will be 
provided to all attendees. 
Instructor 
Dr. Vincent L. Pisacane is a Fellow of the AIAA, has been 
an Assistant Director for Research and 
Exploratory Development and Head of the 
Space Department at the Johns Hopkins 
University Applied Physics Laboratory 
(JHU/APL), the inaugural Robert A. Heinlein 
Professor of Aerospace Engineering at the 
United States Navy Academy, and a lecturer in 
the graduate engineering program at Johns 
Hopkins University. He has taught 
undergraduate and graduate classes in attitude determination 
and control, classical mechanics, guidance and control, 
launch systems, space communications, space environment, 
space physiology, space power systems, space propulsion, 
and space systems engineering. Dr Pisacane is the editor and 
contributing author of the textbook Fundamentals of Space 
Systems published by Oxford Press (2005), author of the 
textbook The Space Environment and Its Effects on Space 
Systems published by the AIAA (2008), and contributing 
author to The International Space Handbook, in publication. 
He has been the principal investigator on NASA research 
grants, has served on national and international panels and 
committees, has over 100 publications, and has over 40 years 
experience in space research and the development of 
spacecraft instrumentation, subsystems, and systems. Dr 
Pisacane received his PhD in applied mechanics and physics 
and a master’s degree in applied mechanics and mathematics 
from Michigan State, received a bachelor degree in 
mechanical engineering from Drexel University, and has 
undertaken graduate studies in aerospace engineering, as 
part of his PhD program at Princeton and had post-doctoral 
appointment in electrical engineering at Johns Hopkins. 
Who Should Attend 
Scientists, engineers, and managers involved in the 
management, planning, design, fabrication, integration, test, 
or operation of space instruments, space subsystems, and 
spacecraft. The course will provide an understanding of the 
space subsystems and disciplines necessary to develop a 
space instrument and spacecraft and the systems 
engineering approach to integrate these into a successful 
mission. 
February 9-12, 2015 
Columbia, Maryland 
$2045 (9:00am - 4:30pm) 
"Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each 
Off The Course Tuition." 
Course Outline 
1. Systems Overview. Recent spacecraft missions are 
discussed to provide an overall perspective of some 
challenging missions. Cassini-Huygens. Near Earth Asteroid 
Rendezvous. Space Navigation Systems. 
2. Space Systems Engineering. Introductory Concepts. 
Systems Engineering. System Development. Engineering 
Reviews. System testing. Management of Space Systems 
(Schedule, Budgeting, Earned Value, Cost Estimating, Cost 
readiness Levels.) 
3. Astrodynamics. Two-Body Central Force Motion. 
Reference Systems. Classical Orbital Elements. Gravitational 
Potential. Tides. Gravity Gradient. Trajectory Perturbations. 
Orbit Determination. Satellite Coverage. Lagrange Libration 
Points. Gravitational Assist. Synodic Periods. Patched 
Conics. 
4. Spacecraft Propulsion, Flight Mechanics, and 
Launch Systems. Rocket Propulsion. Force-Free Rocket 
Motion. Launch Flight Mechanics. Propulsion System 
Introduction. Cold Gas Systems. Solid Propulsion Systems. 
Liquid Propulsion Systems. Hybrid Propulsion Systems. 
Nuclear Thermal Propulsion Systems. Electrical Propulsion 
Systems. Solar Sailing. Launch Vehicles. Transfer 
Trajectories. 
5. Spacecraft Attitude Determination. Attitude 
Kinematics. (Euler Angles, Quaternions, Gimbal Lock, Attitude 
Determination). Attitude Sensors (Sun Sensors, 
Magnetometers, Horizon Sensors, Star Sensors GPS 
Attitude, Typical Configurations). Rate Sensors (Mechanical 
Gyroscopes, Optical Gyroscopes, Resonator Gyroscopes, 
MEMS Gyroscopes). Inertial Measurement Units. 
6. Spacecraft Attitude Control. Equations of Motion. 
Environmental Torques. Feedback Control. Control Example. 
Actuators. Libration and Nutation Dampers. Attitude Control 
Systems. 
7. Space Power Systems. Nuclear Reactors. 
Radioisotope Generators. Fuel Cells. Solar Thermal Dynamic. 
Auxiliary Power Units. Battery Principles. Primary Batteries. 
Secondary Batteries. Solar-Orbital Geometry. Solar Cell 
Basics. Solar Arrays. Power System Control. Design 
Principles. Sample Power System Configurations. 
8. Space Communications. Radio Spectrum. Antennas. 
Signal to Noise Ratio. Link Analysis. Pulse Code Modulation. 
Digital Communications. Multiple Access. Coding. 
9. Space Thermal Control. Design Process. Thermal 
Environment. Heat Transfer Basics. Thermal Analysis. 
Thermal Control Components (Thermal Control Coatings, 
Second Surface Mirrors, Multilayer Insulation, Heaters, 
Radiators, Louvers, Heat Pipes, Phase Change Materials and 
Heat Sinks, Heat Sinks, Doublers and Thermal Straps, 
Thermal Isolators, and Radioisotope Heater Units). Thermal 
Tests. Sample Thermal Control Systems. 
10. Space Structures. Design Process, Mass Estimates. 
Structural Configurations. Launch Vehicle Environments. 
Materials. Finite Element Analysis. Test Verification. 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 61
TOPICS for ON-SITE courses 
ATI offers these courses at Your Location...customized for you! 
Acoustic, Underwater Sound & Sonar 
1. Acoustics Fundamentals, Measurements, and Applications 
2. Applied Physical Oceanography Modeling and Acoustics 
3. Design, Operation and Analysis of Side Scan Sonar 
4. Fundamentals of Passive and Active Sonar 
5. Fundamentals of Sonar Transducer Design 
6. Physical & Coastal Oceanography Overview 
7. Practical Sonar Systems 
8. Sonar 101 
9. Sonar Principles & ASW Analysis 
10. Sonar Signal Processing 
11. Submarines & Submariners- An 
Introduction 
12. Undersea Warfare- Advanced 
13. Underwater Acoustics For 
Biologists and Conservation 
Managers 
14. Underwater Acoustic Modeling 
& Simulation 
15. Vibration and Shock 
Measurement & Testing 
Systems Engineering & Project 
Management 
1. Applied Systems Engineering 
2. Architecting with DODAF 
3. Building High Value Relationships 
4. Certified Systems Professional - CSEP 
Preparation 
5. COTS-Based Systems - Fundamentals 
6. Fundamentals of Systems Engineering 
7. Model-Based Systems with OMG SysML 
8. Modeling and Simulation of Systems of Systems 
9. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design UML 
10. Systems Engineering - The People Dimension 
11. Systems Engineering - Requirements 
12. Systems Engineering - Management 
13. Systems Engineering - Synthesis 
14. Systems Verification- Fundamentals 
15. Systems Of Systems 
16. Systems Engineering Best Practices and 
CONOPS 
17. Test Design & Analysis 
18. Test & Evaluation Principles 
19. Total Systems Engineering Development & Management 
Agile & Scrum 
1. Agile Boot Camp: An Immersive Introduction 
2. Agile in Government Environment 
3. Agile- Introduction To Lean Six Sigma 
4. Agile- An Introduction 
5. Agile - Collaborating and Communicating Agile Requirements 
6. Agile Testing 
7. Agile Testing 
8. Agile Project Management Certification Workshop (PMI-ACP) 
9. Certified Scrum Master Workshop 
SharePoint 
1. SharePoint 2013 Boot Camp 
2. SharePoint 2013 for Project Management 
Other Topics 
Call us to discuss your requirements and ob-jectives. 
Our experts can tailor leading-edge 
cost-effective courses to your specifications. 
OUTLINES & INSTRUCTOR BIOS 
at www.ATIcourses.com 
Sign Up 
to Access 
Course 
Samplers 
Satellites & Space-Related 
1. Attitude Determination & Control 
2. Climate Change Science and Monitoring from Space 
3. Design & Analysis of Bolted Joints 
4. Ground System Design & Operation 
5. Hyperspectral & Mulitspectral Imaging 
6. Introduction To Human Spaceflight 
7. Launch Vehicle Design & Selection 
8. Launch Vehicle Systems - Reusable 
9. Liquid Rocket Engines for Spacecraft 
10. Orbital & Launch Mechanics 
11. Planetary Science for Aerospace 
12. Rocket Propulsion 101 
13. Rockets & Missiles - Fundamentals 
14. Satellite Design & Technology 
15. Satellite Liquid Propulsion Systems 
16. Six Degrees Of Freedom Modeling and Simulation 
17. Solid Rocket Motor Design & Applications 
18. Space-Based Laser Systems 
19. Space Environment - for Spacecraft Design 
20. Space Environment & It’s Effects On Space Systems 
21. Space Mission Analysis and Design 
22. Space Systems & Space Subsystems Fundamentals 
23. Space Radiation Effects On Space Systems & Astronauts 
24. Space System Development & Verification 
25. Space System Fundamentals 
26. Space Systems - Subsystems Designs 
27. Spacecraft Reliability, Quality Assurance & Testing 
28. Spacecraft Power Systems 
29. Spacecraft Solar Arrays 
30. Spacecraft Systems Design 
31. Spacecraft Systems Integration & Test 
32. Spacecraft Thermal Control 
33. State-of-the Art Satellite Communications 
34. Structural Test Design and Interpretation 
Satellite Communications & Telecommunications 
1. Antenna & Array Fundamentals 
2. Communications Payload Design & System Architecture 
3. Digital Video Systems, Broadcast & Operations 
4. Earth Station Design, Implementation & Operation 
5. Fiber Optic Communication Systems 
6. Fiber Optics Technology & Applications 
7. Fundamentals of Telecommunications 
8. IP Networking Over Satellite (3 day) 
9. Optical Communications Systems 
10. Quality Of Service In IP-Based Mission Critical Networks 
11. SATCOM Technology and Networks 
12. Satellite Communications Systems - Advanced 
13. Satellite Communications - An Essential Introduction 
14. Satellite Communications Design and Engineering 
15. Satellite Link Budget Training Using SatMaster Software 
16. Satellite Laser Communications 
17. Software Defined Radio 
Defense - Radar, Missiles and EW 
1. Aegis Combat System Engineering 
2. Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense 
3. AESA Airborne Radar Theory and Operations 
4. Cyber Warfare - Global Trends 
5. Electronic Warfare- Introduction 101 
6. Electronic Warfare - Advanced 
7. ELINT Interception & Analysis 
8. Examining Network Centric Warfare (NCW) 
9. Explosives Technology & Modeling 
10. Fundamentals of Rockets & Missiles 
11. GPS & Other Radionavigation Satellites 
12. Isolating COTS Equipment aboard Military Vehicles 
13. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS - Fundamentals 
14. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS - Advanced 
15. Missile System Design 
16. Modern Missile Guidance 
17. Modern Missile Analysis 
18. Multi-Target Tracking & Multi-Sensor Data Fusion 
19. Network Centric Warfare - An Introduction 
20. Principles of Naval Weapons 
21. Propagation Effects for Radar & Communication 
22. Radar 101 Radar 201 
23. Radar Signal Analysis & Processing with MATLAB 
24. Radar Systems Analysis & Design Using MATLAB 
25. Radar Systems Design 
26. Rocket Propulsion 101 
27. Synthetic Aperture Radar - Fundamentals 
28. Synthetic Aperture Radar - Advanced 
29. Tactical Battlefield Communications Electronic Warfare 
30. Tactical & Strategic Missile Guidance 
31. Tactical Missile Propulsion 
32. Unmanned Air Vehicle Design 
33. Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Guidance & Control 
34. Unmanned Aircraft System Fundamentals 
35. Unmanned Aircraft Systems - Sensing, Payloads & Products 
62 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
introducing and launching 
Applied Technology Institute International 
BRINgINg ATI TRAININg TO yOUR fACILITy 
ATI courses is proud to announce the launch of our new 
international division aimed at delivering on-site courses for 
technical and training professionals throughout Europe and 
Asia. The United Nations, the European Space Research and 
Technology Centre, and Korea’s Space Solutions are 
amongst the customers that have already experienced our 
courses at their facilities, led by our qualified team of 
instructors. Within the next few months, we will begin to offer 
open-enrollment public courses in locations throughout 
Europe and Asia. For more information or to obtain a quote for 
an on-site course, visit our site at www.aticourses.com or 
contact us at info@aticourses.com. You may also call any 
one of our training specialists at +1 888 501 2100 (United 
States and Canada) or +39 345 156 0916 (Europe). 
MEET OUR ExECUTIvE TEAM: 
Edmund J. McCarthy began his career at ATI as a 
consultant to structure and position the 
company with the objective of strengthening 
its growth in the domestic market and to 
expand into the international market. 
Edmund has over 40 years experience in 
business development, marketing, and 
sales. He has multiple business degrees 
from Johns Hopkins and an Executive 
Masters degree in Business from Loyola University. 
E-mail: edmundm@aticourses.com 
Francesco P. Zamboni comes to ATI International with 
more than 20 years of experience in IT and 
management training within foreign 
markets, most of which was gained at 
Learning Tree International where he led 
worldwide operations and marketing. He 
consistently worked on a global level to 
provide training solutions for Cisco, Fortify 
Software and other multinational 
organizations. 
E-mail: francescoz@aticourses.com 
TAkINg OUR ExTENSIvE ExPERIENCE WORLdWIdE: 
We are determined to bring our extensive expertise in 
training scientists, engineers and project managers to 
customers worldwide. For on-site courses, we can tailor the 
course and combine course topics to meet your specific 
needs and requirements. Call, e-mail, or visit our web site to 
request a free proposal and quote from one of our worldwide 
training specialists. 
ATI TRAININg SPECIALIzES IN: 
• Satellites & Space-Related Systems 
• Satellite Communications & 
Telecommunications 
• Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic 
Warfare 
• Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar 
• Systems Engineering & Project Management 
• Agile & Scrum 
• SharePoint 
OUR NEW EUROPEAN OffICE 
ANd TRAININg fACILITy: 
Our new European office in Italy is 
conveniently situated near Venice and includes 
a state-of-the-art training facility. 
Via delle Macchine, 2 
31075 Marghera (VE), Italy 
Telephone: ........................+39 345 156 0916 
E-mail:....................... info@aticourses.com 
CONTACT US TO RECEIvE A 
qUOTE fOR AN ON-SITE 
COURSE IN yOUR fACILITy 
USA 
349 Berkshire Drive 
Riva, Maryland 21140 
Toll-free phone: ...................+1 888 501 2100 
Mobile phone:......................+1 718 578 2098 
FAX: .....................................+1 410 956 5785 
E-mail: .........................info@aticourses.com 
EUROPE 
Via delle Macchine, 2 
31075 Marghera (VE), Italy 
Telephone: .........................+39 345 156 0916 
E-mail: .........................info@aticourses.com 
Applied Technology institute International 
Space and Satellite Systems Design • Satellite Communications Design 
Defense including Radar, Electronic Warfare and Missiles • Acoustics, Underwater Sound and Sonar 
Systems Engineering and Program Management • Agile and Scrum • SharePoint 
www.ATicourses.com Enhance your Skills and Knowledge with ATi Training! 
Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 63
Boost Your Skills 
with ATI On-site Training 
Any Course Can Be Taught Economically For 8 or More 
All ATI courses can easily be tailored to your specific applications and technologies. “On-site” training 
represents a cost-effective, timely and flexible training solution with leading experts at your facility. Save 
an average of 40% with an onsite (based on the cost of a public course). 
Onsite Training Benefits 
How It Works 
• Customized to your facility’s specific 
• Call or e-mail us with your course interest(s). 
• Discuss your training objectives and audience. 
• Identify which courses will meet your goals. 
• ATI will prepare and send you a quote to review 
with sample course material to present to your 
supervisor. 
• Schedule the presentation at your convenience. 
• Conference with the instructor prior to the event. 
• ATI prepares and presents all materials and de-livers 
measurable results. 
Call and we will explain in detail what we can do for you, what it will cost, and 
what you can expect in results and future capabilities. 888.501.2100 
PRESORTED 
STANDARD 
U.S. POSTAgE 
Paid 
BLOOMSBURg, PA 
PERMIT NO. 6 
applications 
• 40 to 60 % discounts per/person 
• Tailored course manuals for each stu-dent 
• Industry expert instructors 
• Confidential environment 
• No obligation or risk until two weeks 
before the event 
• Multi-course program discounts 
• New courses can be developed to 
meet your specific requirements 
5 EASY WAYS TO REGISTER OR 
CORRECT YOUR MAILING INFORMATION 
Technical Training since 1984 
Onsite Training always an option. 
www.ATIcourses.com 
FAX paperwork to 
410-956-5785 
Phone 
1-888-501-2100 or 
410-956-8805 USA or 
+39 345 156 0916 Europe 
Via the Internet 
Register on-line at 
www.ATIcourses.com 
Email ATI@ATIcourses.com 
Mail paperwork to 
ATI Courses, LLC 
349 Berkshire Drive 
Riva, MD 21140-1433 
Send Me Future Information: 
o Remove. This person is no longer at this address. 
o I prefer to be mailed a paper copy of the brochure. 
o I prefer to receive both paper and email copies of 
the brochure. 
o Please correct my mailing address as noted. 
o Email for electronic copies. 
We require your email address for future correspondence. 
Emai          l 
Fax or Email address updates and your mail code. 
Fax to 410-956-5785 or email ati@aticourses.com 
Please provide your Name & Priority Code (above 
your name & address) from the brochure with any 
c h a n g e s i n i n f o r m a t i o n . 
ATI COURSES, LLC 
349 Berkshire Drive 
Riva, Maryland 21140-1433 
64 – Vol. 98 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805

NEW ATICourses space, satellite,aerospace, engineering, technical training courses catalog

  • 1.
    APPliED TEChnology inSTiTUTE,llC Training Rocket Scientists Since 1984 Volume 119 Valid through April 2015 Celebrating 30Years ATI is proud to announce the launch of our NEW! ATI INTERNATIONAL DIVISION delivering on-site courses throughout Europe and Asia. See pages 2 and 63 for more details. Satellites & Space-Related Systems Satellite Communications & Telecommunications Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic Warfare Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar Systems Engineering & Project Management NEW! - Agile & Scrum NEW! - SharePoint
  • 2.
    We are pleasedto announce the launch of Applied Technology Institute International. Contact one of our international training specialists at info@aticourses.com to arrange for an on-site course at your facility in your country. See page 63 for more details. Technical and Training Professionals: For 30 years, the Applied Technology Institute (ATI) earned the trust of technical professionals and training departments nation-wide. We successfully delievered on-site training at all major DoD facilities and NASA centers, and for a large number of their contrac-tors. In addition, many international organizations have benefited from our training solutions, including the United Nations (UN). To better serve and support our international customers, we are launching our new division, ATI International. This division allows our overseas customers to save on travel expenses and permits us to consistently bring the ATI experience to facilities in Europe. Now all our customers, including those in the U.S. and Canada can save over 50% compared to a public course if 15 or more students attend an on-site course event. Our team of training specialists are available to assist you with addressing you training needs and requirements and are ready to send you a quote for an on-site course or enroll you in a public event. Our courses and instructors are specialized in the following subject matters: • Satellites & Space-Related Systems • Satellite Communications & Telecommunications • Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic Warfare • Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar • Systems Engineering & Project Management • Engineering and Signal Processing • Agile & Scrum • SharePoint This catalog includes upcoming open enrollment dates for many of our courses. Our website, www.ATIcourses.com, lists over 50 additional courses that we offer. Contact us for a fast and free quote. Our training specialsists are ready to help. Regards, 2 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 3.
    Table of Contents Agile, Scrum & SharePoint Agile Boot Camp Oct 8-10, 2014 • Washington, DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Nov 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Agile Testing For Dates See Page 5 & Online • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Agile Project Management For Dates See Page 5 & Online • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . 5 Agile in the Government Environment Nov 20-21, 2014 • Washington, DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Agile Collaborating & Communicating Agile Requirements Nov 24-25, 2014 • Herndon, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Certified Scrum Master Workshop Nov 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 SharePoint 2013 Boot Camp Nov 10-13, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SharePoint 2013 For Project Management Dec 15-17, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Acoustics & Sonar Engineering Acoustic Fundamentals, Measurements & Applications Nov 18-20, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Feb 24-26, 2015 • Keyport, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Mar 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Military Standard 810G Testing Nov 4-6, 2014 • Detroit, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Nov 10-13, 2014 • Plano, Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Random Vibration & Shock Testing - Fundamentals Nov 4-6, 2014 • Huntsville, Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Feb 18-20, 2015 • Santa Barbara, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Sonar Principles & ASW Analysis Feb 24-26, 2015 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Mar 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Submarines & Submariners – An Introduction Nov 17-19, 2014 • Laurel, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Thermal & Vibration Reliability for Advanced Rugged Electronics NEW! Oct 7-9, 2014 • Santa Clarita, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Nov 4-6, 2014 • Detroit, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Feb 10-12, 2015 • Cape Canaveral, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Defense, Cyber, Missiles & Radar AEGIS Ballistic Missile Defense Feb 24-27, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Cyber Warfare - Global Trends Feb 10-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Examing Network Centric Warfare Jan 21-22, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 GPS Technology Nov 10-13, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Jan 12-15, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Link 16 / JTIDS / JREAP-Advanced Feb 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Missile System Design Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Modern Missile Analysis Jan 19-22, 2015 • Huntsville, Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Feb 17-20, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Multi-Target Tracking & Multi-Sensor Data Fusion Nov 18-20, 2014 • Dayton, Ohio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Jan 27-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Naval Weapons Principles Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Radar Systems Design & Engineering Feb 23-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Software Defined Radio Engineering Jan 26-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Synthetic Aperture Radar - Fundamentals Feb 9-10, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Synthetic Aperture Radar - Advanced Feb 11-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Unmanned Air Vehicle Design Nov 11-13, 2014 • Dayton, Ohio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Feb 17-19, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Unmanned Aircraft System Fundamentals Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Unmanned Aircraft Systems - Sensing, Payloads & Products NEW! Nov 3-6, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Jan 26-29, 2015 • Boston, Massachusetts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Systems Engineering & Project Management Architecting with DODAF Oct 30-31, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Nov 6-7, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Jan 15-16, 2015 • Dayton, Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Building High Value Relationships NEW! Nov 18, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cost Estimating Feb 24-25, 2015 • Albuquerque, New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 CSEP Preparation Oct 17-18, 2014 • Chantilly, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Jan 12-13, 2015 • Dayton, Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Model Based Systems Engineering with OMG SysML NEW! Nov 18-20, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Systems Engineering - Requirements Jan 27-29, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Feb 23-26, 2015 • Live Virtual Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Systems Engineering (SE) Best Practices & Technical CONOPS Oct 21-23, 2014 • Virginia Beach, Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Oct 28-30, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Nov 4-6, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Feb 10-12, 2015 • Virginia Beach, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Engineering & Communications Antenna and Array Fundamentals Dec 10-11, 2014 San Antonio, Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Jan 21-22, 2015 Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Data Visualization Dec 2-4, 2014 Laurel, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Digital Signal Processing – Essentials of Advanced Techniques NEW! Jan 20-22, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Electomagentic Compatibility & Signal Integrity Design NEW! Oct 6-7, 2014 • Minneapolis, Minnesota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Feb 10-11, 2015 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Feb 17-18, 2015 • Orlando, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 EMI / EMC in Military Systems Nov 18-20, 2014 • Newport, Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fundamentals of Statistics with Excel Examples Jan 27-28, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) Feb 17-19, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Wavelets: A Conceptual, Practical Approach Feb 10-12, 2015 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Wireless & Spread Spectrum Design Nov 18-20, 2014 • San Diego, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Jan 19-21, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Space & Satellite Systems Communications Payload Design & Satellite System Architecture Mar 3-6, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Earth Station Design Oct 28-31, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Jan 27-30, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Ground Systems Design & Operations Nov 5-7, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 IP Networking over Satellite Jan 27-28, 2015 • Germantown, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Optical Sensors - Introduction Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Orbital & Launch Mechanics - Fundamentals Nov 17-20, 2014 • Scottsdale, Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Dec 8-11, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Satellite Communication Design & Engineering Dec 9-11, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Mar 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Satellite Communications - An Essential Introduction Dec 2-4, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Feb 2-5, 2015 • Virtual Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Satellite Communications - State of Art Mar 10-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Satellite Communications Systems - Advanced Jan 20-22, 2015 • Cocoa Beach, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Satellite Laser Communications NEW! Feb 24-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Satellite Link Budget Training Using SatMaster Software Feb 3-5, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Space Environment Jan 26-27, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Space Mission Structures Nov 11-14, 2014 • Littleton, Colorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Space Systems Fundamentals Jan 19-22, 2015 • Albuquerque, New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Space Systems & Space Subsystems Feb 9-12, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Topics for On-site Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Applied Technology Institute International . . . . 63 Popular “On-site” Topics & Ways to Register . . . . . 64 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 3
  • 4.
    Agile Boot Camp: An Immersive Introduction Course # A111 There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html October 8-10, 2014 • Washington, DC November 3-5, 2014 • Linthicum Heights, Maryland Nov 12-14, 2014 • Live Virtual Online December 10-12, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland $1795 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary While not a silver bullet, Agile Methodologies are quickly becoming the most practical way to create outstanding software. Scrum, Extreme Programming, Lean, Dynamic Systems Development Method, Feature Driven Development and other methods each have their strengths. While there are significant similarities that have brought them together under the Agile umbrella, each method brings unique strengths that can be utilized for your team success. This 3-day classroom is set up in pods/teams. Each team looks like a real-world development unit in Agile with Project Manager/Scrum Master, Business Analyst, Tester and Development. The teams will work through the Agile process including Iteration planning, Product road mapping and backlogging, estimating, user story development iteration execution, and retrospectives by working off of real work scenarios. Specifically, you will: • Practice how to be and develop a self-organized team. • Create and communicate a Product Vision. • Understand your customer and develop customer roles and personas. • Initiate the requirements process by developing user stories and your product backlog. • Put together product themes from your user stories and establish a desired product roadmap. • Conduct story poin t estimating to determine effort needed for user stories to ultimately determine iteration(s) length. • Take into consideration assumed team velocity with story point estimates and user story priorities to come up with you release plan. • Engage the planning and execution of your iteration(s). • Conduct retrospectives after each iteration. • Run a course retrospective to enable an individual plan of execution on how to conduct Agile in your environment. Who Should Attend Because this is an immersion course and the intent is to engage in the practices every Agile team will employ, this course is recommended for all team members responsible for delivering outstanding software. That includes, but is not limited to, the following roles: • Business Analyst • Analyst • Project Manager • Software Engineer/Programmer • Development Manager • Product Manager • Product Analyst • Tester • QA Engineer • Documentation Specialist The Agile Boot Camp is a perfect place for cross functional "teams" to become familiar with Agile methods and learn the basics together. It's also a wonderful springboard for team building & learning. Bring your project detail to work on in class. Course Outline 1. Agile Introduction and Overview. • Why Agile • Agile Methods • Agile Benefits • Agile Basics - understanding the lingo 2. Forming the Agile Team. • Team Roles • Process Expectations • Self organizing teams - where flexibility exists • Communication - inside and out 3. Product Vision. • Five Levels of Planning in Agile – Vision – Roadmap – Release – Iteration – Daily • Importance of Product Vision • Creating and communicating vision 4. Focus on the Customer. User Roles • Customer Personas • Customer Participation 5. Creating a Product Backlog. • User Stories • Acceptance Tests • What makes a good story (sizing and substance) • Story Writing Workshop 6. Product Roadmap. • Product Themes • Importance of Focus • Creating the Roadmap • Communication • Maintaining the Roadmap 7. Prioritizing the Product Backlog. • Methods for prioritizing • Building Trust • Expectations for prioritizing stories 8. Estimating. • Actual vs Relative estimating • Story Points • Planning Poker • Estimating Team velocity 9. Release Planning. • Utilizing velocity • Continuous Integration • Regular cadence 10. Story Review. • Getting to the details • Methods • Keeping cadence 11. Iteration Planning. • Task breakdown • Time estimates • Definition of "done" • Active participation 12. Iteration Execution. • Collaboration - value individuals and interactions – Communication – Daily Standup (Scrum) – Taskboards • Cadence 13. Measuring and Communicating Progress. • Actual effort and remaining effort • Burndown charts • Tools and Reporting • Your company specific measures 14. Iteration Review and Demo. • Iteration Review • Demos - a change from the past 15. Retrospectives. • What we did well • What did not go so well • What will we improve. 16. Bringing it All Together. • Process Overview • Transparency • Cadence • Team Roadmap. Course discussion: Instructor will lead a discussion on the effectiveness of the measurements appropriate for Your company. We need to have further discussion regarding what measurement and communication tools are needed/expected at your company. Each section is followed by a Team Exercise. 4 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 5.
    Agile Testing #A115 Agile Project Management Certification Workshop (PMI-ACP) # A111 There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html October 15 – 17, 2014 November 10-12, 2014 Live Virtual Online $1395 (12:00pm - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary By using a step-by-step approach this 2-day program will introduce you to high speed methods and technologies that can be relied upon to deliver speed and optimum flexibility. Learning the goals of Agile will help you transition, implement and monitor testing in the High Speed Agile Testing environment so that you can immediately step from the classroom into the office with new found confidence. What You Will Learn • Understand the key differences between traditional and Agile testing practices. • Learn about the different quadrants of Agile testing and how they are used to support the team and critique the product. • Get exposed to the different levels of test automation and understand what the right mix is to accelerate testing. • Operate in a time constrained development cycle without losing testable value. • Capitalize on test development through use & reuse management. Course Outline 1. Agile Testing. We will discuss the testing and it's role in software quality. 2. Testing Practices. The benefits that various types of testing provide to the team will be reviewed. Additional discussion will focus on the how and what to automate to shorten feedback cycles. 3. Quality Practices. Understanding that getting feedback is as important as testing. We will discuss techniques that provide feedback on the quality of software and the effectiveness of the process. 4. Unit Testing & Test Driven Development (TDD). We will introduce Unit Testing and Test Driven Development. The benefits and process of TDD and how it can lead to better overall design and simplicity and engage the Developer in the test processing will be discussed. 5. Continuous Integration. The concept of Continuous Integration and the CI Attitude will be discussed. Continuous Integration provides an essential role in maintaining a continuous process for providing feedback to the team. 6. Acceptance Testing. The discipline of Acceptance Testing can lead to better collaboration with both the customer and the team. Automating Acceptance Tests can provide an invaluable tool to support the creation higher quality software and continue to support the team from story to story and sprint to sprint. 7. Functional Testing Web Applications & Web Services. As we develop a functioning application we can perform higher-level and coarser grained functional tests. Functional testing software, web applications and web services will be explored. 8. Hands-on Critiquing the Product. Everything can't be automated, nor should it. We will discuss manual technique that will help us critique the product and provide valuable feedback. We will discuss when and how these testing techniques should be used effectively. 9. Using Tools to Test. Complexity and Critique the Product Tools can be used to testing complex, critical attributes of the software. We will discuss when and tools should be used to test the complex, critical qualities of software. 10. High-Speed Testing Techniques. We'll introduce some techniques that can speed the testing process and provide faster feedback to the team and customer. 11. Iterating to Testing Agility. How do we ever get there? We will discuss pragmatic techniques to iterate your team and organization to Testing Agility. We will discuss and craft a roadmap for your team and organization based off the practices and techniques discussed. October 15-17, 2014 • Linthicum , Maryland November 5-7, 2014 • Columbia, Maryland December 3-5, 2014 • Herndon, Virginia $1595 (12:00pm - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary Prepare for your Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) certification while learning to lead Agile software projects that adapt to change, drive innovation and deliver on-time business value in this 3-day live or 4-day VirtualAgile PM training course Agile has made its way into the mainstream — it's no longer a grassroots movement to change software development. Today, more organizations and companies are adopting this approach over a more traditional waterfall methodology, and more are working every day to make the transition. To stay relevant in the competitive, changing world of project management, it's increasingly important that project management professionals can demonstrate true leadership ability on today's software projects. The Project Management Institute's Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) certification clearly illustrates to colleagues, organizations or even potential employers that you're ready and able to lead in this new age of product development, management and delivery. This class not only prepares you to lead your next Agile project effort, but ensures that you're prepared to pass the PMI-ACP certification exam. Acquiring this certification now will make you one of the first software professionals to achieve this valuable industry designation from PMI. Course Outline 1. Understanding Agile Project Management. Agile Project Management methods focus on the customer, embraces the ever changing nature of business environments and encourages human interaction in delivering outstanding software. 2. The Project Schedule. Agile project managers must be able to continually manage an ever changing scope against a well defined project timeline. 3. The Project Scope. Utilizing an Agile Project Management approach means a new technique for managing a dynamic scope with the intended outcome being the best-delivered product possible. 4. The Project Budget. Our financial management obligations must be expanded to also consider the ultimate return on investment (ROI) our software will generate. 5. The Product Quality. Agile project teams recognize that quality is not a universal, objective measure, but a subjective definition provided by the customer and continually re-evaluated through the course of the project. 6. The Project Team. Today's project managers must do more than simply manage a project's details, they must coach the individuals on their team. Studies have proven that when a team is happy, they produce better products more efficiently. 7. Project Metrics. Agile project managers utilize metrics to assist the team to improve their performance by providing a reflection of results against the team's action. 8. Continuous Improvement. Agile's non-prescriptive approach requires regular examination to ensure that every opportunity to improve efficiency in its execution is recognized and implemented. Without clear plans for continuous improvement, most Agile teams will not make the transition to this approach a lasting one. 9. Project Leadership. The project manager's ability to effectively lead their team is based on several sound principles that provide the support that the team needs while also encouraging the team to grow more self-sufficient in their improvement efforts over time. 10. Successfully Transitioning to Agile Project Management. How the course participants can successfully transition from their current approach to an Agile approach with ease. 11. A Full Day of Preparation for the Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP) Certification Exam. The final day of the class will specifically address what each of the participants will need to do and need to know in order to pass their exam and receive their PMI-ACP certification. You will spend a full day in class dedicated to application tips, tricks and test preparation. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 5
  • 6.
    Agile In TheGovernment Environment # A112 Agile Collaborating & Communicating Agile Requirements # A124 There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html November 12-14, 2014 Live Virtual November 20-21, 2014 Washington, DC $1395 (Live 8:00am - 6:00pm) (Virtual, noon – 6:00 pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each Off The Course Tuition." December 8-10, 2014 (Live virtual, noon – 5:30 pm) November 24-25, 2014 Herndon, Virginia $1395 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary Software procurement and development efforts are now required by the Federal Government to increase their efficiency and effectiveness. For that reason many government agencies and their contractors are moving toward the Agile approach in the development and delivery of their software and other services. In order to transition to Agile methods within the government’s already in place procedures you need to know how to convert your procedures. This 2-day (3-day virtual) class delivers the bridge between what Agile is and how to effectively use it in the government environment. This course begins to map the changes in your existing processes to Agile. Summary Project failures are often due to poor requirements gathering, analysis and planning. Traditional requirements documents may not contain complete and accurate requirements due to rapidly changing business environments. Agile requirements gathering, by moving detailed requirements closer to implementation, allows for rapid response to change. "Collaborating and Communicating Agile Requirements" will show you how to gather and manage these requirements. This two-day course will give you hands-on experience with techniques for gathering Agile requirements. Explanatory lectures with demonstrations, combined with practice exercises will provide you with the experience needed to create requirements that meet business needs. Course Outline 1. Self-organized teams, even in a highly matrixed agency or organization. 2. Simulate a project introduction, create a vision and set of light requirements. 3. How to plan your product’s release within the mandated 6 month timeframe. 4. How to communicate project status utilizing both Agile and EVM indicators for progress. 5. How to satisfy the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) requirements (Circular A-11) while applying an Agile execution approach. 6. Understanding customers and how to collaborate with them to create User Stories. 7. Relative estimating – focus on becoming more accurate rather than precise. 8. Defining the distinction between capabilities and requirements and when to document each. 9. Identify Agile best practices as they relate to challenges within the federal environment. Course Outline 1. Agile Overview. More than simply a methodology or approach to software development, Agile embraces a set of principles that drive more effective software development. Agile focuses on the customer, embraces the ever changing nature of business environments and encourages human interaction in delivering outstanding software. 2. Project Initiation. Among the key contributing factors leading to project failure is poor communication between the customer and developer groups. It is critical, therefore, that each successful project start out right. 3. Focus on the Customer. It is critical that the customer be the focus of a product throughout the development lifecycle. Every requirement should bring some value to the customer. Therefore, prior to defining requirements, it is important to define the customer. 4. User Stories. User stories are a way to capture requirements from a customer point of view. Stories do not capture all of the detailed requirements, but require enough information to estimate and plan. 5. Product Backlog. The Product Backlog is the complete list of desired elements, or requirements, for the product. It is NOT a Requirements Specification, but a high level identification of what the software may satisfy. In this section we will discuss effective means of creating, prioritizing and maintaining the Product Backlog. 6. Estimating and Planning. Among the greatest challenges in developing software and delivering against stakeholder expectations is estimating accurately and subsequently planning how those expectations can be met. Agile cannot make that challenge disappear, but offers some very helpful tools that enable teams to set and meet the appropriate expectations. 7. Release Plan. The release plan identifies a goal for the stories that will be included for a release of the software. Through the prior processes, the team will have prioritized the stories and estimated the team velocity. These key elements will come together to give the team a level of confidence that they can deliver the necessary requirements for a product release in what is normally a fixed timeframe. 8. Use Cases. At the appropriate time, prior to entering into the development of a story, requirements will need to be discussed in more detail. A proven method for documenting the appropriate detail from a user interaction point of view. 9. Iteration Plan and Execution. An iteration is a fixed amount of time in which stories/requirements will be developed, tested and ready for release. Because the requirements communication process takes you into each iteration throughout the product release, we'll explore the iteration planning and execution process. 10. Retrospective on Communicating Requirements. Using Agile Methods – Retrospectives are a key practice in Agile. We will take an opportunity to review our learning collectively and how we can improve. Each participant will identify one or two things that they will adapt in their working environment based on their learning. The instructor will also identify any elements of the course that should be adapted for a better learning experience, thus benefiting future course participants. 6 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 7.
    Certified ScrumMaster Workshop The Three Overarching Principles Behind Scrum Course # A132 There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html October 6-7, 2014 Columbia, Maryland November 17-18, 2014 Boston, Massachusetts $1495 (8:30am - 5:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $20000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary The Scrum Alliance is a nonprofit organization committed to delivering articles, resources, courses, and events that will help Scrum users be successful. The Scrum Alliance (sm)’s mission is to promote increased awareness and understanding of Scrum, provide resources to individuals and organizations using Scrum, and support the iterative improvement of the software development profession. This 2-day course is backed by our Exam Pass Guarantee. Upon completion of our Scrum Master Certification Course, if after two attempts within the 60- day evaluation period you have not passed the exam and obtained certification, ASPE will allow you to attend another session of our Scrum Master Certification Course free of charge and pay for you to retake your certification exam. Specifically, you will: • The "Art of the Possible": learn how small change can have a large impact on productivity. • Product integrity: review various options employees use when faced with difficulty, learn the importance of delivering high quality products in Scrum • Customer Expectations: Using a changing schedule and agile estimating and planning, assess the work to properly set customer expectations and manage customer satisfaction • Running the Scrum Project: Run a full Scrum project that lasts 59 minutes. You will walk through all steps under the Scrum Framework • Agile Estimating and Planning: Break into teams, and through decomposition and estimating plan out a project through delivery • Team Dynamics: Since Scrum deals with change, conflict will happen. Learn methods to resolve problems in a self-managed environment Course Outline 1. Agile Thinking. In order for us to understand the benefits of Scrum and the nuances behind its framework, we begin with the history of agile methods and how relatively new thoughts in software development have brought us to Scrum. How manufacturing has influenced software development. The origins of agile thinking. The Agile Manifesto. The complexity of projects. Theoretical Vs. Empirical processes overview. The "Iron Triangle" of Project Management. 2. The Scrum Framework. The different Scrum roles. Chickens and Pigs. Iterative Development vs. Waterfall. Self Management concepts. Full disclosure and visibility. The Scrum Framework Overview. 3. Implementation Considerations. Traditional vs. Agile methods overview. Scrum: The Silver Bullet. The Agile Skeleton. A Scrum launch checklist. 4. Scrum Roles. We'll review checklists of role expectations in preparation for further detail later in our session. The Team Member. The Product Owner. The Scrum Master. 5. The Scrum Team Explored The Agile Heart. Bruce Tuckman's team life cycle. Patrick Lencioni's Five Dysfunctions of a Team. Team ground rules. Getting Human Resources involved. The impact of project switching. The MetaScrum. The Scrum of Scrums. The importance of knowing when software is "done". Internal Outsourcing. 6. Agile Estimating and Planning. Although agile estimating and planning is an art unto itself, the concepts behind this method fit very well with the Scrum methodology. Product Backlog Features. Relative Weighted Prioritization. Prioritizing Our Time. User Stories. Relative Effort. Velocity. Planning Poker and Story Points. Ideal Team Days. Team Capacity. Projecting a Schedule. Why Plan in an Agile Environment? 7. The Product Owner: Extracting Value. The driving force behind implementing Scrum is to obtain results. How can we help ensure that we allow for project work to provide the best value for our customers and our organization? The Priority Guide. Product Backlog Refactoring. Productivity Drag Factors. Fixed Price/Date Contracts. Release Management. Earned Value Management. 8. The ScrumMaster Explored. The difficulty comes in the actual implementation. Being a ScrumMaster is a hard job, and we'll talk about the characteristics of a good ScrumMaster. The ScrumMaster Aura. Characteristics of a ScrumMaster Candidate. The Difficulties of Being a ScrumMaster. A Day in the Life of a ScrumMaster. The Importance of Listening. Common Sense. 9. Meetings and Artifacts Reference Material. A Chart of Scrum Meetings. The Product Backlog. Sprint Planning. The Sprint Backlog. The Sprint. The Daily Scrum. The Sprint Demo/Review. Why Plan? The Ideal Team Day. Scrum Tools. 10. Advanced Considerations and Reference Material. Particular interests from the class may warrant discussion during our class time together. Conflict Management. Different Types of Sprints. The ScrumMaster of the Scrum-of-Scrums. Metrics. Dispersed Teams. Scaling. Developing Architecture. Stage Gate/Milestone Driven Development. Inter- and Intra- Project Dependencies. Task Boards, Project Boards. Scrum and CMM, "Traditional" XP. Each section is followed by a Team Exercise. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 7
  • 8.
    SharePoint Boot Camp # A133 SharePoint 2013 for Project Management) # A134 There are many dates and locations as these are popular courses: See all at: www.aticourses.com/Agile_Courses_Schedule.html October 20-23, 2014 (Live virtual, 10:30am – 5:30 pm) November 10-13, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $2495 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary In this four-day, hands-on Boot Camp you will learn the “big picture” of the all new SharePoint 2013. Our comprehensive approach provides you with all of the key learning objectives you need to plan, customize, and manage your SharePoint 2013. Users that have basic knowledge of navigating a SharePoint site will find this class the perfect class for learning and building on advanced SharePoint topics required by teams that want to get the full benefit of the powerful tools available in SharePoint 2013. Students also leave class as a certified SharePoint User. No comprehensive SharePoint class would be complete without a deep discussion about Planning, Governance, and Adoption. An introduction into the ever-elusive Governance model will be covered as the class delves into how to organize the Governance team by pulling together key players from within the organization. This section includes building the Governance checklist, asking the right questions to guarantee a successful SharePoint deployment and discussing Adoption best practices. October 27-29, 2014 (Live virtual, 10:30am – 5:30 pm) December 15-17, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary This intense 3-day instructor led course will teach how to use SharePoint 2013 as project management information system. You'll learn everything from task management using the new task features and integration with Microsoft Project, to coordinating resources, communicating project updates to stakeholders, and the most efficient ways to organize your sites. No previous SharePoint expertise needed! This class teaches project managers how to implement Agile and SCRUM projects in SharePoint, as well as traditional waterfall and highly structured project management methodologies. In addition, students will learn about all new features such as Site Mailboxes and project reporting features. You will learn how to automate many project functions using SharePoint workflows. Course Outline 1. Introduction to SharePoint 2013. The Five Pillars of SharePoint:.What SharePoint can do for you. 2. SharePoint Governance. Considerations for building the Governance model. What needs to be on the Checklist. Assembling the Governance Team. Principles and Policies to be addressed. Maintaining and supporting your SharePoint Governance . 3. Deployment and Adoption. SharePoint Roles. Helping teams realize the value of SharePoint. Starting Small and Growing. Best practices to drive User Adoption. Tools to help you 4. What’s New in SharePoint 2013 to drive Team Collaboration and facilitate information management. User Interface (UI). Social Features. Communities. Sharing info and offline availability. Interacting with Lists and Libraries. 5. Versions and Hosting Options. Foundation, Standard and Enterprise. On Premises vs Cloud. Offered Feature Comparison Chart. 6. SharePoint Architecture for Users. Web Application. Site Collection and Site Components. 7. Navigating SharePoint Sites. Tour of a Project Site. Site Components. 8. Working with Sites Why do we create new Sites? Site Components revisited. Site Templates explained. Site Settings and Features. Creating Sites. 9. SharePoint Lists. Manage business processes with lists. Creating Apps using List templates. Exploring the List toolbars. Reporting functions: sort and filter. Working with the Tasks List App. Working with Views. Architecting a “Class Roster”. 10. SharePoint Libraries. Manage document information lifecycle. Creating apps using library templates. Exploring the Library toolbars. Using Check In/Check Out. Basic functions: sort and filter. Using Version Control. Access Control: 11. Permissions Management. Permission Levels. Roles-based Management. Where Permissions are set. Using “Sharing” to share information. Access Requests. 12. Enterprise Content Management. Importance of ECM. Content Types. Managed Metadata. Document Sets. 13. Office Integration with SharePoint. Connecting and Syncing Lists and Libraries to Outlook. Project Pro Integration. Exporting data to Excel. Site Mailboxes. 14. Business Process Automation using Workflow. OOTB Workflow. Workflow Settings. Workflow administration. Custom using SharePoint Designer. 15. Tools to drive engagement. Surveys. Wiki. Blog. Newsfeed. About Me. Communities. 16. Site to drive collaboration. Pages. Web parts. Page Design. Course Outline 1. Introduction to SharePoint. What's New in SharePoint 2013.Hardware Requirements. Software Requirements. Licensing Options. Hosting Options – On-Premise versus Office 365. What is a Project Management Information System? 2. Organizing your Project Sites. Understanding the SharePoint Hierarchy. Creating Site Collections, Sites, and Sub- Sites. Managing Security in SharePoint. Customizing Permissions. Information Architecture in SharePoint. 3. Managing Project Data with SharePoint Lists. Out-of-Box List Templates. Tasks Lists & Timelines. Project Calendars. Links & Promoted Links. Project Announcements. Discussion Boards. Issue Tracking. Surveys. List Options – Versioning, Content Approval, Ratings. Creating Views. Importing Data. Tracking Project Milestones, Deliverables, and Risks with Custom Lists. 4. Managing Documents with SharePoint Libraries. Out-of- Box Libraries. Organizing Project Documents with Metadata. Using Document Sets. Collaborating on Project Documents. 5. SharePoint Communities and Social Features. My Sites and SharePoint Profiles. Newsfeeds. Following People, Documents, and Projects. Community Sites. Reputations, Badges, and Social Features. 6. SharePoint 2013 and Microsoft Office Integration. Integrating with Microsoft Project. Publishing Project Plans to SharePoint. Integrating Project Calendars with Outlook. Integrating Contact Lists with Outlook. Using Site Mailboxes. 7. Designing a Project Site. Working with Pages. Working with Web Parts. Reusable Project Templates with Site Templates. 8. Project Dashboards and Reports with Excel & Visio Services. Excel Services. Visio Services. 9. Automating Approval and Other Processes with Workflows. Configuring Out of Box Workflows. 10. Agile / SCRUM Projects in SharePoint. Agile / SCRUM Concepts. Product Backlogs. Task Boards. Daily Stand-up Meetings. Burn charts and Reports. 8 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 9.
    Acoustic Fundamentals, Measurements,and Applications November 18-20, 2014 Newport, Rhode Island February 24-26, 2015 Keyport, Washington March 24-26, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This three-day course is intended for engineers and other technical personnel and managers who have a work-related need to understand basic acoustics concepts and how to measure and analyze sound. This is an introductory course and participants need not have any prior knowledge of sound or vibration. Each topic is illustrated by appropriate applications, in-class demonstrations, and worked-out numerical examples. Since the practical uses of acoustics principles are vast and diverse, participants are encouraged to confer with the instructor (before, during, and after the course) regarding any work-related concerns. Three customized versions of this course are available that emphasize respectively (1. Underwater Acoustics, 2. In-Air Acoustics 3. A broad mix of all acoustic applications tailored to the customer’s need or the majority of class attendees’ interests). Onsite courses are fully customized to the customer’s applications. Instructor Course # S110 Dr. Alan D. Stuart, Associate Professor Emeritus of Acoustics, Penn State, has over forty years experience in the field of sound and vibration. He has degrees in mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, and engineering acoustics. For over thirty years he has taught courses on the Fundamentals of Acoustics, Structural Acoustics, Applied Acoustics, Noise Control Engineering, and Sonar Engineering on both the graduate and undergraduate levels as well as at government and industrial organizations throughout the country. Recent attendee comments ... “Great instructor made the course in-teresting and informative. Helped clear-up many misconceptions I had about sound and its measurement.” “Enjoyed the in-class demonstrations; they help explain the concepts. In-structor helped me with a problem I was having at work, worth the price of the course!” Course Outline 1. Introductory Concepts. Sound in fluids and solids. Sound as particle vibrations. Waveforms and frequency. Sound energy and power consideration. 2. Acoustic Waves in Air and Water. Air-borne sound. Plane and spherical acoustic waves. Sound pressure, intensity, and power. Decibel (dB) log power scale. Sound reflection and transmission at surfaces. Sound absorption. 3. Acoustic and Vibration Sensors. Human ear characteristics. Capacitor and piezoelectric microphone and hydrophone designs and response characteristics. Intensity probe design and operational limitations. Accelerometers design and frequency response. 4. Sound Measurements. Sound level meters. Time weighting (fast, slow, linear). Decibel scales (Linear and A-and C-weightings). Octave band analyzers. Narrow band spectrum analyzers. Critical bands of human hearing. Detecting tones in noise. Microphone calibration techniques. 5. Sound Radiation. Human speech mechanism. Loudspeaker design and response characteristics. Directivity patterns of simple and multi-pole sources: monopole, dipole and quadri-pole sources. Acoustic arrays and beamforming. Sound radiation from vibrating machines and structures. Radiation efficiency. 6. Low Frequency Components and Systems. Helmholtz resonator. Sound waves in ducts. Mufflers and their design. Horns and loudspeaker enclosures. 7. Applications. Representative topics include: Outdoor and underwater sound propagation (e.g. refraction due to temperature and other effects). Environmental acoustics (e.g. community noise response and criteria). Auditorium and room acoustics (e.g. reverberation criteria and sound absorption). Structural acoustics (e.g. sound transmission loss through panels). Noise andvibration control (e.g.source-path-receiver model). Topics of interest to the course participants. What You Will Learn • How to make proper sound level measurements. • How to analyze and report acoustic data. • The basis of decibels (dB) and the A-weighting scale. • How intensity probes work and allow near-field sound measurements. • How to measure radiated sound power and sound transmission loss. • How to use third-octave bands and narrow-band spectrum analyzers. • How the source-path-receiver approach is used in noise control engineering. • How sound builds up in enclosures like vehicle interiors and rooms. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 9
  • 10.
    Military Standard 810GTesting Understanding, Planning and Performing Climatic and Dynamic Tests Course # S130 Off The Course Tuition. Summary This four-day class provides understanding of the purpose of each test, the equipment required to perform each test, and the methodology to correctly apply the specified test environments. Vibration and Shock methods will be covered together with instrumentation, equipment, control systems and fixture design. Climatic tests will be discussed individually: requirements, origination, equipment required, test methodology, understanding of results. The course emphasizes topics you will use immediately. Suppliers to the military services protectively install commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) equipment in our flight and land vehicles and in shipboard locations where vibration and shock can be severe. We laboratory test the protected equipment (1) to assure twenty years equipment survival and possible combat, also (2) to meet commercial test standards, IEC documents, military standards such as STANAG or MIL-STD-810G, etc. Few, if any, engineering schools cover the essentials about such protection or such testing. Instructor Steve Brenner has worked in environmental simulation and reliability testing for over 30 years, always involved with the latest techniques for verifying equipment integrity through testing. He has independently consulted in reliability testing since 1996. His client base includes American and European companies with mechanical and electronic products in almost every industry. Steve's experience includes the entire range of climatic and dynamic testing, including ESS, HALT, HASS and long term reliability testing. November 4-6, 2014 Detroit, Michigan November 10-13, 2014 Plano, Texas $4110 (8:00am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each What You Will Learn When you visit an environmental test laboratory, perhaps to witness a test, or plan or review a test program, you will have a good understanding of the requirements and execution of the 810G dynamics and climatics tests. You will be able to ask meaningful questions and understand the responses of test laboratory personnel. Course Outline 1. Introduction to Military Standard testing - Dynamics. • Introduction to classical sinusoidal vibration. • Resonance effects • Acceleration and force measurement • Electrohydraulic shaker systems • Electrodynamic shaker systems • Sine vibration testing • Random vibration testing • Attaching test articles to shakers (fixture design, fabrication and usage) • Shock testing 2. Climatics. • Temperature testing • Temperature shock • Humidity • Altitude • Rapid decompression/explosives • Combined environments • Solar radiation • Salt fog • Sand & Dust • Rain • Immersion • Explosive atmosphere • Icing • Fungus • Acceleration • Freeze/thaw (new in 810G) 3. Climatics and Dynamics Labs demonstrations. 4. Reporting On And Certifying Test Results. 10 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 11.
    Random Vibration &Shock Testing - Fundamentals for Land, Sea, Air, Space Vehicles & Electronics Manufacture Course # S141 November 4-6, 2014 Huntsville, Alabama February 18-20, 2015 Santa Barbara, California $3595 (8:00am - 4:00pm) “Also Available As A Distance Learning Course” (Call for Info) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This three-day course is primarily designed for test personnel who conduct, supervise or "contract out" vibration and shock tests. It also benefits design, quality and reliability specialists who interface with vibration and shock test activities. Each student receives the instructor's, minimal-mathematics, minimal-theory hardbound text Random Vibration & Shock Testing, Measurement, Analysis & Calibration. This 444 page, 4-color book also includes a CD-ROM with video clips and animations. Course Outline 1. Minimal math review of basics of vibration, commencing with uniaxial and torsional SDoF systems. Resonance. Vibration control. 2. Instrumentation. How to select and correctly use displacement, velocity and especially acceleration and force sensors and microphones. Minimizing mechanical and electrical errors. Sensor and system dynamic calibration. 3. Extension of SDoF. to understand multi-resonant continuous systems encountered in land, sea, air and space vehicle structures and cargo, as well as in electronic products. 4. Types of shakers. Tradeoffs between mechanical, electrohydraulic (servohydraulic), electrodynamic (electromagnetic) and piezoelectric shakers and systems. Limitations. Diagnostics. 5. Sinusoidal one-frequency-at-a-time vibration testing. Interpreting sine test standards. Conducting tests. 6. Random Vibration Testing. Broad-spectrum all-frequencies- at-once vibration testing. Interpreting random vibration test standards. 7. Simultaneous multi-axis testing. Gradually replacing practice of reorienting device under test (DUT) on single-axis shakers. 8. Environmental stress screening. (ESS) of electronics production. Extensions to highly accelerated stress screening (HASS) and to highly accelerated life testing (HALT). 9. Assisting designers. To improve their designs by (a) substituting materials of greater damping or (b) adding damping or (c) avoiding "stacking" of resonances. 10. Understanding automotive. Buzz, squeak and rattle (BSR). Assisting designers to solve BSR problems. Conducting BSR tests. 11. Intense noise. (acoustic) testing of launch vehicles and spacecraft. 12. Shock testing. Transportation testing. Pyroshock testing. Misuse of classical shock pulses on shock test machines and on shakers. More realistic oscillatory shock testing on shakers. 13. Shock response spectrum. (SRS) for understanding effects of shock on hardware. Use of SRS in evaluating shock test methods, in specifying and in conducting shock tests. 14. Attaching DUT via vibration and shock test fixtures. Large DUTs may require head expanders and/or slip plates. 15. Modal testing. Assisting designers. Instructor Wayne Tustin is the President of an engineering school and consultancy. His BSEE degree is from the University of Washington, Seattle. He is a licensed Professional Engineer - Quality in the State of California. Wayne's first encounter with vibration was at Boeing/Seattle, performing what later came to be called modal tests, on the XB-52 prototype of that highly reliable platform. Subsequently he headed field service and technical training for a manufacturer of electrodynamic shakers, before establishing another specialized school on which he left his name. Wayne has written several books and hundreds of articles dealing with practical aspects of vibration and shock measurement and testing. What You Will Learn • How to plan, conduct and evaluate vibration and shock tests and screens. • How to attack vibration and noise problems. • How to make vibration isolation, damping and absorbers work for vibration and noise control. • How noise is generated and radiated, and how it can be reduced. From this course you will gain the ability to understand and communicate meaningfully with test personnel, perform basic engineering calculations, and evaluate tradeoffs between test equipment and procedures. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 11
  • 12.
    Sonar Principles &ASW Analysis February 24-26, 2015 Newport, Rhode Island March 24-26, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Course # S151 Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This 3-day course provides an excellent introduction to underwater sound and highlights how sonar principles are employed in ASW analyses. The course provides a solid understanding of the sonar equation and discusses in-depth propagation loss, target strength, reverberation, arrays, array gain, and detection of signals. Physical insight and typical results are provided to help understand each term of the sonar equation. The instructors then show how the sonar equation can be used to perform ASW analysis and predict the performance of passive and active sonar systems. The course also reviews the rationale behind current weapons and sensor systems and discusses directions for research in response to the quieting of submarine signatures. The course is valuable to engineers and scientists who are entering the field or as a review for employees who want a system level overview. The lectures provide the knowledge and perspective needed to understand recent developments in underwater acoustics and in ASW. A comprehensive set of notes and the textbook Principles of Underwater Sound will be provided to all attendees. Course Outline 1. Sonar Equation & Signal Detection. Sonar concepts and units. The sonar equation. Typical active and passive sonar parameters. Signal detection, probability of detection/false alarm. ROC curves and detection threshold. 2. Propagation of Sound in the Sea. Oceanographic basis of propagation, convergence zones, surface ducts, sound channels, surface and bottom losses. 3. Target Strength and Reverberation. Scattering phenomena and submarine strength. Bottom, surface, and volume reverberation mechanisms. Methods for modeling reverberations. 4. Arrays and Beamforming. Directivity and array gain; sidelobe control, array patterns and beamforming for passive bottom, hull mounted, and sonobuoy sensors; calculation of array gain in directional noise. 5. Elements of ASW Analysis. Utility and objectives of ASW analysis, basic formulation of passive and active sonar performance predictions, sonar platforms, limitations imposed by signal fluctuations. 6. Modeling and Problem Solving. Criteria for the evaluation of sonar models, a basic sonobuoy model, in-class solution of a series o Instructor sonar problems. Dr. Nicholas C. Nicholas received a B. S. degree from Carnegie-Mellon University, an M. S. degree from Drexel University, and a PhD degree in physics from the Catholic University of America. His dissertation was on the propagation of sound in the deep ocean. He has been teaching underwater acoustics courses since 1977 and has been visiting lecturer at the U.S. Naval War College and several universities. Dr. Nicholas has more than 35 years experience in underwater acoustics and submarine related work. Dr. Nicholas is currently consulting for several firms. What You Will Learn • Sonar parameters and their utility in ASW Analysis. • Sonar equation as it applies to active and passive systems. • Fundamentals of array configurations, beamforming, and signal detectability. • Rationale behind the design of passive and active sonar systems. • Theory and applications of current weapons and sensors, plus future directions. • The implications and counters to the quieting of the target’s signature. 12 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 13.
    Submarines & Submariners– An Introduction The Enemy Below – Submarines Sink Ships! Course # S154 November 17-19, 2014 Laurel, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Instructor Captain Raymond Wellborn, USN (retired) served over 13 years of his 30-year Navy career in submarines. He has a BSEE degree from the US Naval Academy and a MSEE degree from the Naval Postgraduate School. He also has an MA from the Naval War College. He had two major commands at sea and one ashore: USS MOUNT BAKER (AE 34), USS DETROIT (AOE 4), and the Naval Electronics Systems Engineering Center, Charleston. He was Program Manager for Tactical Towed Array Sonar Systems and Program Director for Surface Ship and Helicopter ASW Systems for the Naval Sea Systems Command in Washington, DC. After retirement in 1989, he was the Director of Programs for ARGOTEC, overseeing the manufacture of advanced R&D models for large subsonic acoustic projectors. From 1992 to 1996, he was a Senior Lecturer in the Marine Engineering Department of Texas A&M, Galveston. Since 1996, he has been an independent consultant for International Maritime Affairs. He has been teaching this course since 1991, and has many testimonials from attendees sponsored by DOD, NUWC, and other agencies that all attest to the merit of his presentation. He also is the author of several technical articles on submarines including two published in SEA TECH magazine: “The Efficacy of Submarine Warfare,” and “USS VIRGINIA (SSN 774)?A New Steel-Shark at Sea.” Course Outline 1. Warfare from Beneath the Sea. From a glass-barrel in circa 300 BC, to SSN 774 in 2004. 2. Efficacy of Submarine Warfare--Submarines Sink Ship. Benefits-to-Cost Analyses for WWI and WWII. 3. Submarine Tasking. What US nuclear-powered submarines are tasked to do. 4. Submarine Organization - and, Submariners. What is the psyche and disposition of those Qualified in Submarines, as so aptly distinguished by a pair of Dolphins? And, how modern submariners measure up to the legend of Steel Boats and Iron Men. 5. Fundamentals of Submarine Design & Construction. Classroom demo of Form, Fit, & Function. 6. The Essence of Warfare at Sea. “…to go in harm’s way.” 7. The Theory of Sound in the Sea and, Its Practice. A rudimentary primer for the "Calculus of Acoustics.". 8. Combat System Suite - Components & Nomenclature. In OHIO, LOS ANGELES, SEAWOLF, and VIRGINIA. 9. Order of Battle for Submarines of the World. To do what, to whom? where, and when? [Among 50 navies in the world there are 630 submarines. Details of the top eight are delineated -- US, Russia, and China top the list.]. 10. Today’s U.S. Submarine Force. The role of submarines in the anti access/ area denial scenarios in future naval operations. Semper Procinctum. Summary This three-day course is designed for engineers entering the field of submarine R&D, and/or Operational Test and Evaluation, or as a review for employees who want a system level overview. It is an introductory course presenting the fundamental philosophy of submarine design, submerged operation and combat system employment as they are managed by a battle-tested submarine organization that all-in-all make a US submarine a very cost-effective warship at sea and under it. Today's US submarine tasking is discussed in consonance with the strategy and policy of the US, and the goals, objectives, mission, functions, tasks, responsibilities, and roles of the US Navy as they are so funded. Submarine warfare is analyzed referencing some calculations for a Benefits-to-Cost analysis, in that, Submarines Sink Ships! Also, the principles of the Calculus of Acoustics will be presented as a primer along with a description of the acoustic devices that sense, and input, Sound in the Sea for signal processing by this Hole in the Ocean. What You Will Learn • Submarine organization and operations. • Fundamentals of submarine systems and sensors. • Differences of submarine types (SSN/SSBN/ SSGN). • Future operations with SEALSSum. • Nuclear-powered submarines versus diesel submarines. • Submarine operations in shallow water • Required improvements to maintain tactical control. • http://www.aticourses.com/sub_virginia.htm. From this course you will gain a better understanding of submarine warships being stealth-oriented, cost-effective combat systems at sea. Those who have worked with specific submarine sub-systems will find that this course will clarify the rationale and essence of their interface with one another. Further, because of its introductory nature, this course will be enlightening to those just entering the field. Attendees will receive copies of the presentation along with some relevant white papers. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 13
  • 14.
    Thermal & VibrationReliability for Advanced Rugged Electronics For aerospace, automotive, military, naval, medical & other Critical Applications Course # S156 NEW! October 7-9, 2014 Santa Clarita, California November 4-6, 2014 Detroit, Michigan February 10-12, 2015 Cape Canaveral, Florida $3595 (8:00am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Instructor Tina Barcley has worked in Electronic Packaging, Testing, and Analysis for Aerospace companies (ITT, TRW, Perkin Elmer, Goodrich and Aerojet), NASA (Marshall Space Flight Center), Automotive (both Ford and Chrysler), Military Black Boxes (Singer Librascope, Army, Navy and Air Force modules) as well as high end commercial and testing components (Spectracom, MKS, Kodak, etc.). She has run and created testing labs, procedures, designs, fixes for designs - developing 21 US Patents ? all in Electronics Packaging, Materials, and Thermal. She is a frequent speaker at industry-specific conferences like IMAPS (International Microelectronics and Packaging Society) and ASE (Automotive Society of Engineers) and is on the IPC (IPC - Association Connecting Electronics Industries) Specification Review Panel. She has extensive experience with Military and Aerospace Electronics and Optical Systems as well as satellites from smaller communication units to large optical benches. Additionally, she has R&D through production experience with automotive under-hood Engine and Transmission controllers. Her experience has included all levels of parts reliability for systems ranging from 6-month to 10-year reliabilities. Course Outline 1. Overview for management and participants. Quick evaluation of attendee prior knowledge. Circuit board layout for maximizing thermal paths and removing excess heat. Air cooling vs conduction cooling of electronics. How variations and combinations (including liquid cooling) help. Final system design, heat sinking and heat management. Processor, connector and mounting concerns. 2. Typical analyses needed for high reliability electronics. TVibration, thermal, shock, fatigue; interrelations. Test interactions and known issues; why perform analyses. 3. Testing needed to validate the vibration, thermal, shock, fatigue analyses. Why we must validate; how often? Best practices and problem areas; why validate? Six sigma, DOE, Pareto charts relative to data interpretation. 4. Lab visit - thermal chambers / thermal shock / vibration. Evaluate chambers; some make testing extremely difficult. Test set-up, good mounting for circuit boards. Use of daisy chains and dog-bone pads for test boards. Extra personnel vs. extra equipment. Record what during tests? Calibration and certifications. 5. Solders. Tin/lead solders, all tin solders, the best joint/spacing for components. What are tin whiskers? Effect on reliability. Relief. Avoidance. Alternatives: silver solders, etc. Advantages and disadvantages. 6. Electronics Packaging. Vibration resonance of card structures. Thermal heatsinking of modules and heat sink designs. Grounding of electronics modules; how to RF block your module. 7. Solder Fatigue. What SMT packages hare fewer problems? Life predictions: circuit boards, component materials, etc. International Trade and Arms Regulation (ITAR). Definition, understanding; enforcement. Effect on communications. Government contracting can make Parts, Materials & Processes a nightmare. "Scope creep" and how it affects testing. Inspection won't find all the problems – what testing is really needed. 14 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 15.
    AEGIS Ballistic MissileDefense Summary Course # D118 The Aegis Weapon System (AWS) is a multifunction radar and fire control system designed for the Navy’s anti-air warfare (AAW) mission of fleet defense. The system conducts AAW engagements, starting with surveillance and tracking by the AN/SPY-1 radar; application of engagement doctrine by the Command and Control system; intercept calculation, weapon selection, launch, and guidance of the Standard Missile by the Weapon Control System, and terminal homing by the Fire Control System. The Aegis system has successfully demonstrated a ballistic missile defense (BMD) capability. For this mission, the engagement sequence has been modified to include new functions such as; characterization and discrimination of tactical ballistic missile complexes in the upper atmosphere, guidance of an advanced standard missile (SM-3), and designation of an RV to the SM-3. The attendees will study the AWS weapon system definition and design approach, including the weapon system functional architecture, the element designs, and performance drivers. Focus will be on engineering of the Weapon System including SM-3 and Aegis Combat System integration. Program and Project Managers, Contract Administrators, Quality Managers, and Engineers (all disciplines) can accelerate their ability to understand AWS design competences. Attendance limited to US citizens and NATO government employees. This four-day course is designed for engineers entering the field or as a review for employees who want a system level overview. It is introductory class and is not designed AEGIS experts. Attendance limited to US citizens and NATO government employees. Instructor John W. Parnell served as Chief Architect for Aegis Missile Defense, Naval Air Defense, and Intelligence & Instrumentation Radar System Synthesis and Analysis for Lockheed Martin at their Moorestown, NJ facility. He gained expertise in Aegis BMD Weapon System Engineering as Technical Lead on both the Navy Area Wide and the Aegis LEAP Intercept (ALI) Programs. His 35+ years- experience with Lockheed Martin includes: technical direction, system definition and design of multi-platform, multi-function weapon systems; system development of radar, missile fire control, BMC3, ECCM, & CEC. Mr. Parnell served on the MDA National Team from 2002-2007. February 24-27, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1940 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline Provides an engineering overview of Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense (ABMD) design competencies: • Understanding the ACS Mission • Aegis Weapon System (AWS) design attributes for BMD mission Emphasis is made on the Aegis Weapon System architectural design to support simultaneous regional missile defense and strategic missile defense capabilities. In addition, focus will be made on the AWS design competencies, to include: 1. ABMD System Functional Architecture: Including challenges for AWS elements such as; Radar, Standard Missile, Vertical Launch System, Command & Control, Weapon Control, etc.; exploited weapon system characteristics to support a Plan, Detect, Control and Engage engagement sequence approach; ABMD engagement modes: Organic exo-atmospheric & endo – atmospheric engagements, Cued, Launch – on – Remote (LOR), Engage – On Remote (EOR) engagements. 2. Unique ABMD Design Attributes: Surveillance, tracking, Identification, Characterization, Discrimination, Standard Missile (SM-3) Integration, Pre- & Post Launch Fire Control, SM-3 Guidance, Engagement Coordination, In-Flight Alignment. 3. System Performance Measures: Performance drivers, Target modeling, Engagement Timeline, resource utilization, engagement windows, Engineering budgets, probability of engagement success. 4. Multi – Ship Coordination: Including coordination strategies to achieve total missile defense, unique requirements for multi-Platform fire control interoperability and coordination, Single ship versus integrated multi – ship engagements, multi – platform performance criteria. What You Will Learn The main focus will be on engineering of the Weapon System, including Standard Missile and Aegis Combat System integration. Attendees will develop an understanding of the Aegis BMD mission, as well as the system concept definition, design, and implementation based on a mature AWS development philosophy. Attendees will develop an understanding of how Aegis Combat System was upgraded to include the additional BMD mission while maintaining all existing Aegis operational warfare capabilities. Students will examine how the System Engineering process ensures that systems are developed to meet mission performance objectives which are affordable, operationally effective, and timely. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 15
  • 16.
    Cyber Warfare –Global Trends February 10-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland (8:30am - 4:00pm) $1840 Course # D131 Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This three-day (four-day virtual) course is intended for operational leaders and programmatic staff involved in the planning, analysis, or testing of Cyber Warfare and Network-Centric systems. The course will provide perspective on emerging policy, doctrine, strategy, and operational constraints affecting the development of cyber warfare systems. This knowledge will greatly enhance participants' ability to develop operational systems and concepts that will produce integrated, controlled, and effective cyber effects at each warfare level. This course is appropriate for both new and experience people working in cyber security. The value of this course is to help engineers & scientists understand how their senior customers view cyber security & enable them to speak broadly on the topic with those customers and to understand different conops. The course is not detailed in programming techniques and tools. Those wanting that material should take one of the Certified Ethical Hacker classes. U.S. citizenship required for students registered in this course. Instructor Albert Kinney is a retired Naval Officer and holds a Masters Degree in electrical engineering. His professional experience includes more than 20 years of experience in research and operational cyberspace mission areas including the initial development and first operational employment of the Naval Cyber Attack Team. Course Outline 1. Global Internet Governance. 2. A Cyber Power Framework. 3. Global Supply Chain & Outsourcing Issues. 4. Critical Infrastructure Issues. 5. U.S. Cyberspace Doctrine and Strategy. 6. Cyberspace as a Warfare Domain. 7. Netcentricity. 8. U.S. Organizational Constructs in Cyber 9. Legal Considerations for Cyber Warfare. 10. Operational Theory of Cyber Warfare. 11. Operational and Tactical Maneuver in Cyberspace - Stack Positioning. 12. Capability Development & Weaponization. 13. Cyber Warfare Training and Exercise Requirements. 14. Command & Control for Cyber Warfare. 15. Cyber War Case Study . 16. Human Capital in Cybersecurity. 17. Survey of International Cyber Warfare Doctrine & Capabilities. 18. Large-Scale Cybersecurity Mechanisms. 19. Social Considerations in Cybersecurity – Culture & the Human Interface. 20. Cybersecurity, Civil Liberties, & Freedom Around the World . 21. Non-State Actor Trends - Cyber Crime, Cyber Terrorism, Hactivism. 22. Homeland Security Case Study / Industrial Espionage Case Study. What You Will Learn Warfare. • What are the relationships between cyber warfare, information assurance, information operations, and network-centric warfare? • How can a cyber warfare capability enable freedom of action in cyberspace? • What are legal constraints on cyber warfare? • How can cyber capabilities meet standards for weaponization? • How should cyber capabilities be integrated with military exercises? • How can military and civilian cyberspace organizations prepare and maintain their workforce to play effective roles in cyberspace? • What is the Comprehensive National Cybersecurity Initiative (CNCI)? From this course you will obtain in-depth knowledge and awareness of the cyberspace domain, its functional characteristics, and its organizational inter-relationships enabling your organization to make meaningful contributions in the domain of cyber warfare through technical consultation, systems development, and operational test & evaluation. 16 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 17.
    Examining Network CentricWarfare (NCW) January 21-22, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1200 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # D145 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary This two-day course offers an initial exposure to network centricity in US military service systems and programs from the warfighting edge vice enterprise. Information is power. In the past 30 years, the most significant renaissance in the art of war has transpired in the implementation of collaborative networks for and between military platforms and entities. In many cases NCW replaces mass with understanding. This course is a mark in time, and seeks to provide the student with some level of currency and sensitivity to service programs and also a candid perspective from industry. It also suggests where and what future vulnerabilities and opportunities exist within the scope of network centricity. This course is restricted to US citizens only. Instructor Frank R. Prautzsch has worked in the field of network centric systems and satellite communications for 35 years supporting the US Army, Industry and the Nation. He received a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the United States Military at West Point and an MS in Systems Technology (C3I and Space) from Naval Postgraduate School. He has numerous awards, accolades, professional papers and patent work. His expertise in communications, wireless networks, cyber, satcom, navigation and renewable energy remains nationally recognized. What You Will Learn • What are the foundations of network-centricity in doctrine and practice across the Services. • What are the Joint and Service interpretations of NCW? What is the Joint Information Enterprise (JIE)? the Joint Operational Access Concept (JOAC). • Examine Army LandWarNet/Land ISR net and its components. • Examine Navy NGEN and CANES Programs and its components. • Examine Air Force Aerial Layer Network (ALN). • Examine -Some perspectives on NCW for SOF, First Responder and Industry at large. • Understanding the impact of Space and Cyberspace on NCW. • The impact of unmanned systems and intelligent wireless at the network edge. • The Future. What are the next network transformational Legos® . Course Outline 1. Introduction. The Nature and Doctrine that support NCW. Why? More importantly why should we care. 2. Current Governance. National, DoD, Joint and Service Doctrine that shape NCW thinking and investments. 3. Examining the JIE and JOAC. A motivation for change by necessity, attitude and budgets. Adaptive, Globally Networked Joint Operations. 4. The Army. Spelling out the basics of LandWarNet and its parts to include WIN-T and JTRS. Spelling out the basics of LandISRnet and its parts to include Cloud, RITE, and ISCA. 5. The Navy. Understanding lessons from ForceNet and NMCI and how NGEN and CANES will shape the Navy and Marine Corps NCW future. 6. The Air Force. The basics of the Aerial Layer Network (ALN), the Future Airborne Capability Environment (FACE) Architecture, Universal Networking Interface (UNI) / Airborne Networking GIG Interface (ANGI) Joint Tactical Radio System (JTRS), Multi-Functional Advanced Data Link (MADL) / Link-16 / Tactical Targeting Network Technology (TTNT). 7. SOF. The use of NCW for special communications, remote sensing, TTL and integrated support operations. 8. Industry and First Responders. The need for standards. The evolution of AN/P-25. Novel concepts in cloud applications and wireless virtual hypervisors. (a surprise case study). 9. Space and Cyber-Space. The criticality of MILSATCOM and C4ISR to future operations. Command and Control on the Move. Machine-to-machine (M2M) space concepts. Cyber in NCW.worries beyond the virus. The integration of space and cyberspace. 10. Unmanned Systems. NCW and C4ISR enablers and liabilities. Successes and warnings. 11. The Future. Changes in the C4ISR Construct. Emerging technologies to embrace. The need for velocity. Joint Operational Access Concept (JOAC) describes how future joint forces will achieve operational access in the face of such strategies. Its central thesis is Cross-Domain Synergy-the complementary vice merely additive employment of capabilities in different domains such that each enhances the effectiveness and compensates for the vulnerabilities of the others-to establish superiority in some combination of domains that will provide the freedom of action required by the mission. The JOAC envisions a greater degree of integration across domains and at lower echelons than ever before. Reference document http://www.defense.gov/pubs/pdfs/JOAC_Jan%202012_Signed.pdf Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 17
  • 18.
    GPS Technology InternationalNavigation Solutions for Military, Civilian, and Aerospace Applications Course # D162 Summary If present plans materialize, 128 radionavigation satellites will soon be installed along the space frontier. They will be owned and operated by six different countries hoping to capitalize on the financial success of the GPS constellation. In this popular four-day short course Tom Logsdon describes in detail how these various radionavigation systems work and reviews the many practical benefits they are slated to provide to military and civilian users around the globe. Logsdon will explain how each radionavigation system works and how to use it in various practical situations. Instructor Tom Logsdon has worked on the GPS radionavigation satellites and their constellation for more than 20 years. He helped design the Transit Navigation System and the GPS and he acted as a consultant to the European Galileo Spaceborne Navigation System. His key assignment have included constellation selection trades, military and civilian applications, force multiplier effects, survivability enhancements and spacecraft autonomy studies. Over the past 30 years Logsdon has taught more than 300 short courses. He has also made two dozen television appearances, helped design an exhibit for the Smithsonian Institution, and written and published 1.7 million words, including 29 non fiction books. These include Understanding the Navstar, Orbital Mechanics, and The Navstar Global Positioning System. "The presenter was very energetic and truly passionate about the material" " Tom Logsdon is the best teacher I have ever had. His knowledge is excellent. He is a 10!" "Mr. Logsdon did a bang-up job explaining and deriving the theories of special/general relativity–and how they are associated with the GPS navigation solutions." "I loved his one-page mathematical deriva-tions and the important points they illus-trate." November 10-13, 2014 Columbia, Maryland January 12-15, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Video! www.aticourses.com/gps_technology.htm Course Outline 1. Radionavigation Concepts. Active and passive radionavigation systems. Position and velocity solutions. Nanosecond timing accuracies. Today’s spaceborne atomic clocks. Websites and other sources of information. Building a flourishing $200 billion radionavigation empire in space. 2. The Three Major Segments of the GPS. Signal structure and pseudorandom codes. Modulation techniques. Practical performance-enhancements. Relativistic time dilations. Inverted navigation solutions. 3. Navigation Solutions and Kalman Filtering Techniques. Taylor series expansions. Numerical iteration. Doppler shift solutions. Kalman filtering algorithms. 4. Designing Effective GPS Receivers. The functions of a modern receiver. Antenna design techniques. Code tracking and carrier tracking loops. Commercial chipsets. Military receivers. Navigation solutions for orbiting satellites. 5. Military Applications. Military test ranges. Tactical and strategic applications. Autonomy and survivability enhancements. Smart bombs and artillery projectiles. 6. Integrated Navigation Systems. Mechanical and strapdown implementations. Ring lasers and fiber-optic gyros. Integrated navigation systems. Military applications. 7. Differential Navigation and Pseudosatellites. Special committee 104’s data exchange protocols. Global data distribution. Wide-area differential navigation. Pseudosatellites. International geosynchronous overlay satellites. The American WAAS, the European EGNOS, and the Japanese QZSS.. 8. Carrier-Aided Solution Techniques. Attitude-determination receivers. Spaceborne navigation for NASA’s Twin Grace satellites. Dynamic and kinematic orbit determination. Motorola’s spaceborne monarch receiver. Relativistic time-dilation derivations. Relativistic effects due to orbital eccentricity. 9. The Navstar Satellites. Subsystem descriptions. On-orbit test results. Orbital perturbations and computer modeling techniques. Station-keeping maneuvers. Earth-shadowing characteristics. The European Galileo, the Chinese Biedou/Compass, the Indian IRNSS, and the Japanese QZSS. 10. Russia’s Glonass Constellation. Performance comparisons. Orbital mechanics considerations. The Glonass subsystems. Russia’s SL-12 Proton booster. Building dual-capability GPS/Glonass receivers. Glonass in the evening news. 18 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 19.
    Link 16 /JTIDS / JREAP February 3-5, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1845 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # D153 Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary The 3-day Link 16 / JTIDS / JREAP course teaches 31 instructional modules covering the most important topics necessary to develop a thorough understanding of Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS. The Advanced course provides greater detail for many of the topics that are covered in our Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS Course, as well as offering nine advanced training modules. This course is instructional in nature and does not involve hands-on training. Instructor Patrick Pierson has more than 23 years of operational experience, and is internationally recognized as a Tactical Data Link subject matter expert. Patrick has designed more than 30 Tactical Data Link training courses and personally trains hundreds of students around the globe every year. Applicability This course is suitable for personnel with little or no experience and is designed to take the student to a very high level of comprehension in a short period of time: • Testing Required: No. • Hands On Training: No. • Prerequisites: None. Course Outline 1. Introduction to Link 16 2. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS Documentation 3. Link 16 Enhancements 4. System Characteristics 5. Time Division Multiple Access 6. Network Participation Groups 7. J-Series Messages 8. Message Standard Interpretation 9. Transmit and Receive Rules / Message Prioritization 10. Message Implementation 11. JTIDS / MIDS Pulse Development 12. JTIDS / MIDS Time Slot Components 13. JTIDS / MIDS Message Packing and Pulses 14. JTIDS / MIDS Networks / Nets 15. Access Modes 16. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Synchronization 17. JTIDS / MIDS Network Time 18. Precise Participant Location and Identification 19. JTIDS / MIDS Voice 20. Link 16 Air Control 21. NonC2 Air-to-NonC2 Air 22. JTIDS / MIDS Network Roles 23. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Navigation 24. JTIDS / MIDS Relays 25. Communications Security 26. JTIDS / MIDS Pulse Deconfliction 27. JTIDS / MIDS Terminal Restrictions 28. Time Slot Duty Factor 29. JTIDS / MIDS Terminals 30. MIDS Terminal Configurations / Maintenance 31. Link 16 Platforms Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 19
  • 20.
    Missile System Design February 9-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $2095 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Course # D190 Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This four-day short course covers the fundamentals of missile design, development, and system engineering. Missiles provide the essential accuracy and standoff range capabilities that are of paramount importance in modern warfare. Technologies for missiles are rapidly emerging, resulting in the frequent introduction of new missile systems. The capability to meet the essential requirements for the performance, cost, and risk of missile systems is driven by missile design and system engineering. The course provides a system-level, integrated method for missile aerodynamic configuration/propulsion design and analysis. It addresses the broad range of alternatives in meeting cost, performance, and risk requirements. The methods presented are generally simple closed-form analytical expressions that are physics-based, to provide insight into the primary driving parameters. Typical values of missile parameters and the characteristics of current operational missiles are discussed as well as the enabling subsystems and technologies for missiles and the current/projected state-of-the-art. Daily roundtable discussion. Design, build, and fly competition. Over seventy videos illustrate missile development activities and missile performance. Attendees will vote on the relative emphasis of the material to be presented. Attendees receive course notes as well as the textbook, Missile Design and System Engineering. Instructor Eugene L. Fleeman has 50 years of government, industry, academia, and consulting experience in Missile Design and System Engineering. Formerly a manager of missile programs at Air Force Research Laboratory, Rockwell International, Boeing, and Georgia Tech, he is an international lecturer on missiles and the author of over 100 publications, including the AIAA textbook, Missile Design and System Engineering. What You Will Learn • Key drivers in the missile design and system engineering process. • Critical tradeoffs, methods and technologies in subsystems, aerodynamic, propulsion, and structure sizing. • Launch platform-missile integration. • Robustness, lethality, guidance navigation & control, accuracy, observables, survivability, safty, reliability, and cost considerations. • Missile sizing examples. • Development process for missile systems and missile technologies. • Design, build, and fly competition. Who Should Attend The course is oriented toward the needs of missile engineers, systems engineers, analysts, marketing personnel, program managers, university professors, and others working in the area of missile systems and technology development. Attendees will gain an understanding of missile design, missile technologies, launch platform integration, missile system measures of merit, and the missile system development process. Video! www.aticourses.com/tactical_missile_design.htm Course Outline 1. Introduction/Key Drivers in the Missile System Design Process: Overview of missile design process. Examples of system-of-systems integration. Unique characteristics of missiles. Key aerodynamic configuration sizing parameters. Missile conceptual design synthesis process. Examples of processes to establish mission requirements. Projected capability in command, control, communication, computers, intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance (C4ISR). Example of Pareto analysis. Attendees vote on course emphasis. 2. Aerodynamic Considerations in Missile System Design: Optimizing missile aerodynamics. Shapes for low observables. Missile configuration layout (body, wing, tail) options. Selecting flight control alternatives. Wing and tail sizing. Predicting normal force, drag, pitching moment, stability, control effectiveness, lift-to-drag ratio, and hinge moment. Maneuver law alternatives. 3. Propulsion Considerations in Missile System Design: Turbojet, ramjet, scramjet, ducted rocket, and rocket propulsion comparisons. Turbojet engine design considerations, prediction and sizing. Selecting ramjet engine, booster, and inlet alternatives. Ramjet performance prediction and sizing. High density fuels. Solid propellant alternatives. Propellant grain cross section trade-offs. Effective thrust magnitude control. Reducing propellant observables. Rocket motor performance prediction and sizing. Solid propellant rocket motor combustion instability. Motor case and nozzle materials. 4. Weight Considerations in Missile System Design: How to size subsystems to meet flight performance requirements. Structural design criteria factor of safety. Structure concepts and manufacturing processes. Selecting airframe materials. Loads prediction. Weight prediction. Airframe and motor case design. Aerodynamic heating prediction and insulation trades. Dome material alternatives and sizing. Power supply and actuator alternatives and sizing. 5. Flight Performance Considerations in Missile System Design: Flight envelope limitations. Aerodynamic sizing-equations of motion. Accuracy of simplified equations of motion. Maximizing flight performance. Benefits of flight trajectory shaping. Flight performance prediction of boost, climb, cruise, coast, steady descent, ballistic, maneuvering, divert, and homing flight. 6. Measures of Merit and Launch Platform Integration: Achieving robustness in adverse weather. Seeker, navigation, data link, and sensor alternatives. Seeker range prediction. Counter-countermeasures. Warhead alternatives and lethality prediction. Approaches to minimize collateral damage. Fuzing alternatives and requirements for fuze angle and time delay. Alternative guidance laws. Proportional guidance accuracy prediction. Time constant contributors and prediction. Maneuverability design criteria. Radar cross section and infrared signature prediction. Survivability considerations. Insensitive munitions. Enhanced reliability. Cost drivers of schedule, weight, learning curve, and parts count. EMD and production cost prediction. Logistics considerations. Designing within launch platform constraints. Standard launchers. Internal vs. external carriage. Shipping, storage, carriage, launch, and separation environment considerations. Launch platform interfaces. Cold and solar environment temperature prediction. 7. Sizing Examples and Sizing Tools: Trade-offs for extended range rocket. Sizing for enhanced maneuverability. Developing a harmonized missile. Lofted range prediction. Ramjet missile sizing for range robustness. Ramjet fuel alternatives. Ramjet velocity control. Correction of turbojet thrust and specific impulse. Turbojet missile sizing for maximum range. Turbojet engine rotational speed. Guided bomb performance. Computer aided sizing tools for conceptual design. Design, build, and fly competition. Pareto, house of quality, and design of experiment analysis. 8. Missile Development Process: Design validation/technology development process. Developing a technology roadmap. History of transformational technologies. Funding emphasis. Cost, risk, and performance tradeoffs. New missile follow-on projections. Examples of development tests and facilities. Example of technology demonstration flight envelope. Examples of technology development. New technologies for missiles. 20 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 21.
    Modern Missile Analysis Propulsion, Guidance, Control, Seekers, and Technology Course # D193 January 19-22, 2015 Huntsville, Alabama February 17-20, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This four-day course presents a broad introduction to major missile subsystems and their integrated performance, explained in practical terms, but including relevant analytical methods. While emphasis is on today’s homing missiles and future trends, the course includes a historical perspective of relevant older missiles. Both endoatmospheric and exoatmospheric missiles (missiles that operate in the atmosphere and in space) are addressed. Missile propulsion, guidance, control, and seekers are covered, and their roles and interactions in integrated missile operation are explained. The types and applications of missile simulation and testing are presented. Comparisons of autopilot designs, guidance approaches, seeker alternatives, and instrumentation for various purposes are presented. The course is recommended for analysts, engineers, and technical managers who want to broaden their understanding of modern missiles and missile systems. The analytical descriptions require some technical background, but practical explanations can be appreciated by all students. U.S. citizenship is required for this course. Instructor Dr. Walter R. Dyer is a graduate of UCLA, with a Ph.D. degree in Control Systems Engineering and Applied Mathematics. He has over thirty years of industry, government and academic experience in the analysis and design of tactical and strategic missiles. His experience includes Standard Missile, Stinger, AMRAAM, HARM, MX, Small ICBM, and ballistic missile defense. He is currently a Senior Staff Member at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory and was formerly the Chief Technologist at the Missile Defense Agency in Washington, DC. He has authored numerous industry and government reports and published prominent papers on missile technology. He has also taught university courses in engineering at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. What You Will Learn You will gain an understanding of the design and analysis of homing missiles and the integrated performance of their subsystems. • Missile propulsion and control in the atmosphere and in space. • Clear explanation of homing guidance. • Types of missile seekers and how they work. • Missile testing and simulation. • Latest developments and future trends. Video! www.aticourses.com/missile_systems_analysis.htm Course Outline 1. Introduction. Brief history of Missiles. Types of missiles. Introduction to ballistic missile defense. Endoatmospheric and exoatmospheric missiles. Missile basing. Missile subsystems overview. Warheads, lethality and hit-to-kill. Power and power conditioning. 2. Missile Propulsion. Rocket thrust and the rocket equation. Specific impulse and mass fraction. Solid and liquid propulsion. Propellant safety. Single stage and multistage boosters. Ramjets and scramjets. Axial propulsion. Thrust vector control. Divert and attitude control systems. Effects of gravity and atmospheric drag. 3. Missile Airframes, Autopilots And Control. Purpose and functions of autopilots. Dynamics of missile motion and simplifying assumptions. Single plane analysis. Missile aerodynamics. Autopilot design. Open-loop and closed loop autopilots. Inertial instruments and feedback. Pitch and roll autopilot examples. Autopilot response, stability, and agility. Body modes and rate saturation. Induced roll in high performance missiles. Adaptive autopilots. Rolling airframe Missiles. Exoatmospheric Kill Vehicle autopilots. Pulse Width Modulation. Limit cycles. 4. Missile Seekers. Seeker types and operation for endo-and exo-atmospheric missiles. Passive, active and semi active seekers. Atmospheric transmission. Strapped down and gimbaled seekers. Radar basics. Radar seekers and missile fire-control radar. Radar antennas. Sequential lobing, monopulse and frequency agility. Passive sensing basics and infrared seekers. Figures of merit for detectors. Introduction to seeker optics and passive seeker configurations. Scanning seekers and focal plane arrays. Dual mode seekers. Seeker comparisons and applications to different missions. Signal processing and noise reduction. 5. Missile Guidance. Phases of missile flight. Boost and midcourse guidance. Lambert Guidance. Homing guidance. Zero effort miss. Proportional navigation and augmented proportional navigation. Predictive guidance. Optimum homing guidance. Homing guidance examples and simulation results. Gravity bias. Radomes and their effects. Blind range. Endoatmospheric and exoatmospheric missile guidance. Sources of miss and miss reduction. Miss distance comparisons with different homing guidance laws. Guidance filters and the Kalman filter. Early guidance techniques. Beam rider, pure pursuit, and deviated pursuit guidance. 6. Simulation and Testing. Current simulation capabilities and future trends. Hardware in the loop. Types of missile testing and their uses, advantages and disadvantages of testing alternatives. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 21
  • 22.
    Multi-Target Tracking andMulti-Sensor Data Fusion Course # D210 Revised With Newly Added Summary Topics The objective of this course is to introduce engineers, scientists, managers and military operations personnel to the fields of target tracking and data fusion, and to the key technologies which are available today for application to this field. The course is designed to be rigorous where appropriate, while remaining accessible to students without a specific scientific background in this field. The course will start from the fundamentals and move to more advanced concepts. This course will identify and characterize the principle components of typical tracking systems. A variety of techniques for addressing different aspects of the data fusion problem will be described. Real world examples will be used to emphasize the applicability of some of the algorithms. Specific illustrative examples will be used to show the tradeoffs and systems issues between the application of different techniques. Instructor Stan Silberman is a member of the Senior Technical Staff at the Johns Hopkins Univeristy Applied Physics Laboratory. He has over 30 years of experience in tracking, sensor fusion, and radar systems analysis and design for the Navy,Marine Corps, Air Force, and FAA. Recent work has included the integration of a new radar into an existing multisensor system and in the integration, using a multiple hypothesis approach, of shipboard radar and ESM sensors. Previous experience has included analysis and design of multiradar fusion systems, integration of shipboard sensors including radar, IR and ESM, integration of radar, IFF, and time-difference-of-arrival sensors with GPS data sources. November 18-20, 2014 Dayton, Ohio January 27-29, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. 2. The Kalman Filter. 3. Other Linear Filters. 4. Non-Linear Filters. 5. Angle-Only Tracking. 6. Maneuvering Targets: Adaptive Techniques. 7. Maneuvering Targets: Multiple Model Approaches. 8. Single Target Correlation & Association. 9. Track Initiation, Confirmation & Deletion. 10. Using Measured Range Rate (Doppler). 11. Multitarget Correlation & Association. 12. Probabilistic Data Association. 13. Multiple Hypothesis Approaches. 14. Coordinate Conversions. 15. Multiple Sensors. 16. Data Fusion Architectures. 17. Fusion of Data From Multiple Radars. 18. Fusion of Data From Multiple Angle-Only Sensors. 19. Fusion of Data From Radar and Angle-Only 20. Sensor Alignment. 21. Fusion of Target Type and Attribute Data. 22. Performance Metrics. What You Will Learn Sensor. • State Estimation Techniques – Kalman Filter, constant-gain filters. • Non-linear filtering – When is it needed? Extended Kalman Filter. • Techniques for angle-only tracking. • Tracking algorithms, their advantages and limitations, including: - Nearest Neighbor - Probabilistic Data Association - Multiple Hypothesis Tracking - Interactive Multiple Model (IMM) • How to handle maneuvering targets. • Track initiation – recursive and batch approaches. • Architectures for sensor fusion. • Sensor alignment – Why do we need it and how do we do it? • Attribute Fusion, including Bayesian methods, Dempster-Shafer, Fuzzy Logic. 22 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 23.
    Underlying Physics ofToday’s Sensor and Weapons Course # D211 Summary Naval Weapons Principles This four-day course is designed for students that have a college level knowledge of mathematics and basic physics to gain the “big picture” as related to basic sensor and weapons theory. As in all disciplines knowing the vocabulary is fundamental for further exploration, this course strives to provide the physical explanation behind the vocabulary such that students have a working vernacular of naval weapons. This course is a fundamental course and is not designed for experts in the Navy's combat systems. Instructor Craig Payne is currently a principal investigator at the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory. His expertise in the “detect to engage” process with emphasis in sensor systems, (sonar, radar and electro-optics), development of fire control solutions for systems, guidance methods, fuzing techniques, and weapon effects on targets. He is a retired U.S. Naval Officer from the Surface Warfare community and has extensive experience naval operations. As a Master Instructor at the U. S. Naval Academy he designed, taught and literally wrote the book for the course called Principles of Naval Weapons. This course is provided to all U.S. Naval Academy Midshipmen, 62 colleges and Universities that offer the NROTC program and taught abroad at various national service schools. Dr. Menachem Levitas received his BS, maxima cum laude, from the University of Portland and his Ph.D. from the University of Virginia in 1975, both in physics. He has forty two years experience in science and engineering, thirty four of which in radar systems analysis, design, development, and testing for the Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and FAA. His experience encompasses many ground based, shipboard, and airborne radar systems. He has been technical lead on many radar efforts including Government source selection teams. He is the author of multiple radar based innovations and is a recipient of the Aegis Excellence Award for his contribution toward the AN/SPY-1 high range resolution (HRR) development. For many years, prior to his retirement in 2011, he had been the chief scientist of Technology Service Corporation / Washington. He continues to provide radar technical support under consulting agreements. What You Will Learn Scientific and engineering principles behind systems such as radar, sonar, electro-optics, guidance systems, explosives and ballistics. Specifically: • Analyze weapon systems in their environment, examining elements of the “detect to engage sequence” from sensing to target damage mechanisms. • Apply the concept of energy propagation and interaction from source to distant objects via various media for detection or destruction. • Evaluate the factors that affect a weapon system’s sensor resolution and signal-to-noise ratio. Including the characteristics of a multiple element system and/or array. • Knowledge to make reasonable assumptions and formulate first-order approximations of weapons systems’ performance. • Asses the design and operational tradeoffs on weapon systems’ performance from a high level. From this course you will obtain the knowledge and ability to perform basic sensor and weapon calculations, identify tradeoffs, interact meaningfully with colleagues, evaluate systems, and understand the literature. February 9-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $2045 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction to Combat Systems: Discussion of combat system attributes 2. Introduction to Radar: Fundamentals, examples, sub-systems and issues 3. The Physics of Radar: Electromagnetic radiations, frequency, transmission and reception, waveforms, PRF, minimum range, range resolution and bandwidth, scattering, target cross-section, reflectivities, scattering statistics, polarimetric scattering, propagation in the Earth troposphere 4. Radar Theory: The radar range equation, signal and noise, detection threshold, noise in receiving systems, detection principles, measurement accuracies 5. The Radar Sub-systems: Transmitter, antenna, receiver and signal processor (Pulse Compression and Doppler filtering principles, automatic detection with adaptive detection threshold, the CFAR mechanism, sidelobe blanking angle estimation), the radar control program and data processor (SAR/ISAR are addressed as antenna excursions) 6. Workshop: Hands-on exercises relative to Antenna basics; and radar range analysis with and without detailed losses and the pattern propagation factor 7. Electronic Attack and Electronic Protection: Noise and deceptive jamming, and radar protection techniques 8. Electronically Scanned Antennas: Fundamental concepts, directivity and gain, elements and arrays, near and far field radiation, element factor and array factor, illumination function and Fourier transform relations, beamwidth approximations, array tapers and sidelobes, electrical dimension and errors, array bandwidth, steering mechanisms, grating lobes, phase monopulse, beam broadening, examples 9. Solid State Active Phased Arrays: What are solid state active arrays (SSAA), what advantages do they provide, emerging requirements that call for SSAA (or AESA), SSAA issues at T/R module, array, and system levels 10. Radar Tracking: Functional block diagram, what is radar tracking, firm track initiation and range, track update, track maintenance, algorithmic alternatives (association via single or multiple hypotheses, tracking filters options), role of electronically steered arrays in radar tracking 11. Current Challenges and Advancements: Key radar challenges, key advances (transmitter, antenna, signal stability, digitization and digital processing, waveforms, algorithms) 12. Electro-optical theory. Radiometric Quantities, Stephan Botzman Law, Wein's Law. 13. Electro-Optical Targets, Background and Attenuation. Lasers, Selective Radiation, Thermal Radiation Spreading, Divergence, Absorption Bands, Beers Law, Night Vision Devices. 14. Infrared Range Equation. Detector Response and Sensitivity, Derivation of Simplified IR Range Equation, Example problems. 15. Sound Propagation in Oceans. Thermal Structure of Ocean, Sound Velocity Profiles, Propagation Paths, Transmission Losses. 16. SONAR Figure of Merit. Target Strength, Noise, Reverberation, Scattering, Detection Threshold, Directivity Index, Passive and Active Sonar Equations. 17. Underwater Detection Systems. Transducers and Hydrophones, Arrays, Variable Depth Sonar, Sonobuoys, Bistatic Sonar, Non-Acoustic Detection Systems to include Magnetic Anomaly Detection. 18. Weapon Ballistics and Propulsion. Relative Motion, Interior and Exterior Ballistics, Reference Frames and Coordinate Systems, Weapons Systems Alignment. 19. Guidance: Guidance laws and logic to include pursuit, constant bearing, proportion navigation and kappa-gamma. Seeker design. 20. Fuzing Principles. Fuze System Classifications, Proximity Fuzes, Non-proximity Fuzes. 21. Chemical Explosives. Characteristics of Military Explosives, Measurement of Chemical Explosive Reactions, Power Index Approximation. 22. Warhead Damage Predictions. Quantifying Damage, Circular Error Probable, Blast Warheads, Diffraction and Drag loading on targets, Fragmentation Warheads, Shaped Charges, Special Purpose Warheads. 23. Underwater Warheads. Underwater Explosion Damage Mechanisms, Torpedoes, Naval Mine Classification. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 23
  • 24.
    Radar Systems Design& Engineering Radar Performance Calculations Course # D231 Summary This four-day course covers radar functionality, architecture, and performance. Fundamental radar issues such as transmitter stability, antenna pattern, clutter, jamming, propagation, target cross section, dynamic range, receiver noise, receiver architecture, waveforms, processing, and target detection are treated in detail within the unifying context of the radar range equation, and examined within the contexts of surface and airborne radar platforms and their respective applications. Advanced topics such as pulse compression, electronically steered arrays, and active phased arrays are covered, together with the related issues of failure compensation and auto-calibration. The fundamentals of multi-target tracking principles are covered, and detailed examples of surface and airborne radars are presented. This course is designed for engineers and engineering managers who wish to understand how surface and airborne radar systems work, and to familiarize themselves with pertinent design issues and the current technological frontiers. What You Will Learn • What are radar subsystems. • How to calculate radar performance. • Key functions, issues, and requirements. • HHow different requirements make radars different. • Operating in different modes & environments. • ESA and AESA radars: what are these technologies, how they work, what drives them, and what new issues they bring. • Issues unique to multifunction, phased array, radars. • State-of-the-art waveforms and waveform processing. • How airborne radars differ from surface radars. • Today's requirements, technologies & designs. February 23-26, 2015 • Columbia, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Instructors Dr. Menachem Levitas received his BS, maxima cum laude, from the University of Portland and his Ph.D. from the University of Virginia in 1975, both in physics. He has forty three years experience in science and engineering, thirty five of which in radar systems analysis, design, development, and testing for the Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and FAA. His experience encompasses many ground based, shipboard, and airborne radar systems. He has been technical lead on many radar efforts including Government source selection teams. He is the author of multiple radar based innovations and is a recipient of the Aegis Excellence Award for his contribution toward the AN/SPY-1 high range resolution (HRR) development. For many years, prior to his retirement in 2011, he had been the chief scientist of Technology Service Corporation / Washington. He continues to provide radar technical support under consulting agreements. Stan Silberman is a member of the Senior Technical Staff of the Applied Physics Laboratory. He has over 30 years of experience in tracking, sensor fusion, and radar systems analysis and design for the Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, and FAA. Recent work has included the integration of a new radar into an existing multisensor system and in the integration, using a multiple hypothesis approach, of shipboard radar and ESM sensors. Previous experience has included analysis and design of multiradar fusion systems, integration of shipboard sensors including radar, IR and ESM, integration of radar, IFF, and time-difference-of-arrival sensors with GPS data sources, and integration of multiple sonar systems on underwater platforms. Course Outline Day 1 - Part I: Radar and Phenomenology Fundamentals 1. Introduction. Radar systems examples. Radar ranging principles, frequencies, architecture, measurements, displays, and parameters. Radar range equation; radar waveforms; antenna patterns, types, and parameters. 2. Noise in Receiving Systems and Detection Principles. Noise sources; statistical properties. Radar range equation; false alarm and detection probability; and pulse integration schemes. Radar cross section; stealth; fluctuating targets; stochastic models; detection of fluctuating targets. 3. CW Radar, Doppler, and Receiver Architecture. Basic properties; CW and high PRF relationships; dynamic range, stability; isolation requirements, techniques, and devices; superheterodyne receivers; in-phase and quadrature receivers; signal spectrum; spectral broadening; matched filtering; Doppler filtering; Spectral modulation; CW ranging; and measurement accuracy. 4. Radio Waves Propagation. The pattern propagation factor; interference (multipath,) and diffraction; refraction; standard refractivity; the 4/3 Earth approximation; sub-refractivity; super refractivity; trapping; propagation ducts; littoral propagation; propagation modeling; attenuation. 5. Radar Clutter and Detection in Clutter. Volume, surface, and discrete clutter, deleterious clutter effects on radar performance, clutter characteristics, effects of platform velocity, distributed sea clutter and sea spikes, terrain clutter, grazing angle vs. depression angle characterization, volume clutter, birds, Constant False Alarm Rate (CFAR) thresholding, editing CFAR, and Clutter Maps. Day 2 - Part II: Clutter Processing, Waveform, and Waveform Processing 6. Clutter Filtering Principles. Signal-to-clutter ratio; signal and clutter separation techniques; range and Doppler techniques; principles of filtering; transmitter stability and filtering; pulse Doppler and MTI; MTD; blind speeds and blind ranges; staggered MTI; analog and digital filtering; notch shaping; gains and losses. Performance measures: clutter attenuation, improvement factor, subclutter visibility, and cancellation ratio. Improvement factor limitation sources; stability noise sources; composite errors; types of MTI. 7. Radar Waveforms. The time-bandwidth concept. Pulse compression; Performance measures; Code families; Matched and mismatched filters. Optimal codes and code families: multiple constraints. Performance in the time and frequency domains; Mismatched filters and their applications; Orthogonal and quasi-orthogonal codes; Multiple-Input- Multiple-Output (MIMO) radar; MIMO waveforms and MIMO antenna patterns. Part 3: ESA, AESA, and Related Topics 8. Electronically Scanned Radar Systems. Fundamental concepts, directivity and gain, elements and arrays, near and far field radiation, element factor and array factor, illumination function and Fourier transform relations, beamwidth approximations, array tapers and sidelobes, electrical dimension and errors, array bandwidth, steering mechanisms, grating lobes, phase monopulse, beam broadening, examples. 9. Active Phased Array Radar Systems. What are solid state active arrays (SSAA), what advantages do they provide, emerging requirements that call for SSAA (or AESA), SSAA issues at T/R module, array, and system levels, digital arrays, future direction. 10. Multiple Simultaneous Beams. Why multiple beams, independently steered beams vs. clustered beams, alternative organization of clustered beams and their implications, quantization lobes in clustered beams arrangements and design options to mitigate them. Day 3 11. Auto-Calibration Techniques in Active Phased Array Radars: Motivation; the mutual coupling in a phased array radar; external calibration reference approach; the mutual coupling approach; architectural. 12. Module Failure and Array Auto-compensation: The ‘bathtub’ profile of module failure rates and its three regions, burn-in and accelerated stress tests, module packaging and periodic replacements, cooling alternatives, effects of module failure on array pattern, array auto-compensation techniques to extend time between replacements, need for recalibration after module replacement. Part 4: Applications 13. Surface Radar. Principal functions and characteristics, nearness and extent of clutter, effects of anomalous propagation, the stressing factors of dynamic range, signal stability, time, and coverage requirements, transportation requirements and their implications, sensitivity time control in classical radar, the increasing role of bird/angel clutter and its effects on radar design, firm track initiation and the scan-back mechanism, antenna pattern techniques used to obtain partial relief. 14. Airborne Radar. Frequency selection; Platform motion effects; iso-ranges and iso-Dopplers; antenna pattern effects; clutter; reflection point; altitude line. The role of medium and high PRF's in lookdown modes; the three PRF regimes; range and Doppler ambiguities; velocity search modes, TACCAR and DPCA.) 15. Synthetic Aperture Radar. Principles of high resolution, radar vs. optical imaging, real vs. synthetic aperture, real beam limitations, simultaneous vs. sequential operation, derivations of focused array resolution, unfocused arrays, motion compensation, range-gate drifting, synthetic aperture modes: real-beam mapping, strip mapping, and spotlighting, waveform restrictions, processing throughputs, synthetic aperture 'monopulse' concepts. Day 4 16. Multiple Target Tracking. Definition of Basic terms. Track Initiation: Methodology for initiating new tracks; Recursive and batch algorithms; Sizing of gates for track initiation. M out of N processing. State Estimation & Filtering: Basic filtering theory. Least-squares filter and Kalman filter. Adaptive filtering and multiple model methods. Use of suboptimal filters such as table look-up and constant gain. Correlation & Association: Correlation tests and gates; Association algorithms; Probabilistic data association and multiple hypothesis algorithms. 24 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 25.
    Software Defined RadioEngineering Comprehensive Study of State of the Art Techniques Course # D241 REVISED! January 26-29, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1940 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This 4-day course is designed for digital signal processing engineers, RF system engineers, and managers who wish to enhance their understanding of this rapidly emerging technology. On day one we present an extensive overview of SDR definitions, applications, development tools and example products. On day two we cover basic digital radio concepts, with emphasis on SDR applications. On day three we tackle a complete SDR design, from antenna to decoded bits. Throughout the course, mostly intuitive explanations take the place of detailed mathematical developments. On day four we tackle digital modem processing circuits. Day four includes extensive study of Matlab and Simulink DSP simulations. Modeling code is explained in detail and provided to the students on the class CD. Throughout the course, mostly intuitive explanations take the place of detailed mathematical developments.The emphasis is on practical “take-away” high level knowledge. Most topics include carefully described design examples, alternative approaches, performance analysis, and references to published research results. Extensive guidance is provided to help you get started on practical design and simulation efforts.. An extensive bibliography is included. Instructors Dr. John M Reyland has 20 years of experience in digital communications design for both commercial and military applications. Dr. Reyland holds the degree of Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of Iowa. He has presented numerous seminars on digital communications in both academic and industrial settings. What You Will Learn • New digital communications requirements that drive the SDR approach. • SDR standardization attempts, both military and civilian. • SDR complexity vs. granularity tradeoffs. • Current digital radio hardware limitations on SDR. • SDR advantages and disadvantages. • Many aspects of physical layer digital communications design and how they relate to SDR. • The latest software development tools for SDR. • Practical DSP design techniques for SDR transceivers. • Possible SDR future directions. From this course you will understand the SDR approach to digital radio design and become familiar with current standards and trends. You will gain extensive insight into the differences between traditional digital radio design and the SDR approach. You will be able to evaluate design approaches for SDR suitability and lead SDR discussions with colleagues. Course Outline 1. SDR Introduction. SDR definitions, motivation, history and evolution. SDR cost vs. benefits and other tradeoffs. SDR impact on various communication system components. 2. SDR Major Standards. Software Communications Architecture (SCA) and Space Telecommunications Radio System (STRS).We look at the differences as well as the motivation, operational overview and details. Hardware abstraction concepts and structural components such as domain manager, core framework, application factory and other reconfigurability mechanisms are discussed. The Communications, Navigation, and Networking reConfigurable Testbed (CoNNeCT) is discussed as a practical NASA SDR example. Applications of SCA are also discussed. 3. SDR Architectures. We discuss changes that the SDR approach has brought about in radio and computer architecture, interface design, component selection and other aspects. 4. SDR Enablers. How do block diagram oriented simulation environments such as Simulink and GNU Radio facilitate SDR development? We look at how these tools speed up development and how they contribute to radio research and manufacturing. 5. SDR Advantages/Disadvantages. What is the motivation for SDR additional overhead? How has the SDR approach enabled new technologies such as cognitive radio?. 6. Digital Modulation. Linear and non-linear multilevel modulations. Analysis of advanced techniques such as OFDM and its application to LTE, DSL and 802.11a. System design implications of bandwidth and power efficiency, peak to average power, error vector magnitude, error probability, etc. 7. RF Channels. Doppler, thermal noise, interference, slow and fast fading, time and frequency dispersion, RF spectrum usage, bandwidth measurement and link budget examples. Multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) channels. 8. Receiver Channel Equalization. Inter-symbol interference, group delay, linear and nonlinear equalization, time and frequency domain equalizers, Viterbi equalizers. 9. Multiple Access Techniques. Frequency, time and code division techniques. Carrier sensing, wireless sensor networks, throughput calculations. 10. Source and Channel Coding. Shannon’s theorem, sampling, entropy, data compression, voice coding, block and convolution coding, turbo coding. 11. Receiver Analog Signal Processing. RF conversion structures for SDR, frequency planning, automatic gain control, high speed analog to digital conversion techniques and bandpass sampling. An example is presented of an SDR radio front end that supports rapid reconfiguration for multiple signal formats. 12. Receiver Digital Signal Processing. Quadrature downconversion, processing gain, packet synchronization, Doppler estimation, automatic gain control, carrier and symbol estimation and tracking, coherent vs. noncoherent demodulation. An example is presented of SDR digital control over an FPGA implementation. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 25
  • 26.
    Synthetic Aperture Radar Fundamentals February 9-10, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1190 (8:30am - 4:00pm) What You Will Learn Course # D244 - D243 • Basic radar concepts and principles. • SAR imaging and approaches to SAR processing. • Basic SAR system engineering and design tradeoffs. • Survey of existing SAR systems. • Coherent and Non-Coherent SAR Exploitation including basic interferometry, Advanced February 11-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1190 (8:30am - 4:00pm) What You Will Learn • SAR system design and performance estimation. • Interactive SAR design session illustrating design tradeoffs. • SAR Polarimetry. • Advanced SAR Interferometry including PS InSAR. • Survey of future applications and system. Richard Carande is the President, CEO and co-founder of Neva Ridge Technologies, a company located in Boulder Colorado that specializes in SAR and SAR exploitation technologies. Prevously, Mr. Carande was the Vice President and Director of Advanced Radar Technologies at Vexcel Corporation. From 1986 to 1995 Mr. Carande was a group leader for a SAR processor development group at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (Pasadena California). There he was involved in developing an operational SAR processor for the JPL/NASA’s three-frequency, fully polarimetric AIRSAR system. Mr. Carande also worked as a System Engineer for the Alaska SAR Processor while at JPL, and performed research in the area of SAR Along-Track Interferometry. Before starting at JPL, Mr. Carande was employed by a technology company in California where he developed optical and digital SAR processors for internal research applications. Mr. Carande has a BS & MS in Physics from Case Western Reserve University. Course Outline Instructor 1. Fundamentals of Radar. This portion of the course will provide a background in radar fundamentals that are necessary for the understanding and appreciation of synthetic aperture radar (SAR) and products derived from it. We will first review the history of radar technology and applications, and introduce some fundamental elements common to all radar systems. The student will learn how basic ranging radar systems operate, why a chirp pulse is commonly used, the Radar Range Equation and radar backscattering. We will also discuss common (and uncommon) radar frequencies (wavelengths) and their unique characteristics, and why one frequency might be preferred over another. A high-level description of radar polarization will also be presented. 2. SAR Imaging. An overview of how SAR systems operate will be introduced. We will discuss airborne systems and spaceborne systems and describe unique considerations for each. Stripmap, spotlight and scanSAR operating modes will be presented. The advantages of each mode will be described. A description of SAR image characteristics including fore-shortening, layover and shadow will be shown. Range and azimuth ambiguities will be presented and techniques for mitigating them explained. Noise sources will be presented. Equations that control system performance will be presented including resolution, ambiguity levels, and sensitivity. Approaches to SAR image formation will be described including optical image formation and digital image formation. Algorithms such as polar formatting, seismic migration, range-Doppler and time-domain algorithms will be discussed. 3. Existing and future SAR systems. We will describe the suite of SAR systems currently operating. These will include all of the commercial spaceborne SAR systems as well as common airborne systems. Key features and advantages of each system will be described. A description of upcoming SAR missions will be provided. 4. SAR Image Exploitation. In this section of the class a number of SAR exploitation algorithms will be presented. The techniques described in this session rely on interpretation of detected images and are applied to both defense and scientific applications. A high-level description of polarimetric SAR will be presented and the unique capabilities it brings for new applications. (More polarimetry detail can be found in the ATI Advanced SAR course.) 5. Coherent SAR Exploitation. The coherent nature of SAR imagery will be described and several ways to exploit this unique characteristic will be presented. We will discuss the “importance of phase,” and show how this leads to incredible sensitivities. Coherent change detection will be described as well as basic interferometric applications for measuring elevation or centimeter-level ground motion. (More detail on interferometry can be found in the ATI Advanced SAR course.) Course Outline 1. SAR Review. A brief review of SAR technology, capabilities and terminology will set the stage for this Advanced SAR Class. 2. SAR System Engineering and Performance Prediction. The factors that control the quality of SAR imagery produced from a given system will be developed and presented. This includes noise-equivalent sigma zero (sensitivity) calculations, trade-offs in terms of resolution verses coverage, and the impact of hardware selection including radar echo quantization (ADCs), antenna area and gain. Parameters that affect PRF selection will be described and a nomogrammatic approach for PRF selection will be presented. Specialized techniques to improve SAR performance will be described. 3. Design-A-SAR. Using an ideal implementation of the radar equation, we will design a simplified SAR system and predict its performance. During this interactive session, the students will select radar “requirements” including radar frequency, coverage, resolution, data rate, sensitivity, aperture size and power; and the system performance will be determined. This interactive presentation of design trade-offs will clearly illustrate the challenges involved in building a realistic SAR system. 4. SAR Polarimetry. We will first review polarimetric SAR principles and described single-pol, dual-pol and quad-pol SAR systems and how they operate. Hybrid and compact polarimetry will also be described. Polarization basis will be presented and we will discuss why one basis may be more useful than another for a particular application. Examples of using polarimetric data for performing SAR image segmentation and classification will be presented including decomposition approaches such as Cloud, Freeman-Durden and Yamaguchi. Polarimetric Change detection will be introduced. 5. Advance SAR Interferometry. Techniques that exploit mutually coherent acquisitions of SAR data will be presented. We will first review two-pass interferometric SAR for elevation mapping and land movement measurements. This will be expanded to using multiple observations for obtaining time series results. Model-based methods that exploit redundant information for extracting unknown tropospheric phase errors and other unknown noise sources will be presented (e.g. Permanent Scatterer Interferometry). Examples of these data products will be provided, and a description of new exploitation products that can be derived will be presented. 6. Future and potential applications and systems. A survey of current work going on in the SAR community will be presented, and indications as to where this may lead in the future. This will include an overview of recent breakthroughs in system design and operations, image/signal processing, processing hardware, exploitation, data collection and fusion. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 26 – Vol. 119 Register online www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI aVto 8l.8 181.540 –1.226100 or 410.956.8805
  • 27.
    Unmanned Air VehicleDesign November 11-13 2014 Dayton, Ohio February 17-19 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # D261 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary This three-day short course covers the design of unmanned air vehicles. The course will cover the history and classes of UAVs, requirement definition, command and control concepts and UAV aircraft design. It provides first-hand understanding of the entire design and development process for unmanned vehicles from their involvement in the DARPA MAV development and as the lead for the Army’s Brigade Combat Team Modernization Class I, Increment Two vehicle. The instructor is currently working towards first flight and was a key contributor to requirements development, conceptual design, design optimization. UAV’s history will be covered and the lessons learned and the breadth of the design space. UAV’s are and will be key components of aviation. From the nano sized flapping vehicles to the extreme duration of high altitude surveillance vehicles. Each student will be provided a hard copy of the presentations and the text book, Fundamentals of Aircraft and Airship Design: Volume I -Aircraft Design, by Leland M. Nicolai. Instructor Mr. Paul Gelhausen is Founder, Managing Member and Chief Technical Officer of an aerospace company. He holds a B.S. and M.S. degrees in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Michigan and Stanford University, respectively. Mr. Gelhausen provides technical managerial leadership in design, simulation, and testing of advanced ducted fan vehicle configurations as well as providing technical and managerial leadership in the definition of future vehicle requirements to satisfy mission scenarios, functional decomposition, concept development and detailed systems and technology analysis. Prior to founding the company Mr. Gelhausen was a former NASA Langley Engineer where he led the configuration design, aerodynamic design and aerodynamic validation elements of the multi-center Mars Airplane Program including requirements generation, technical specifications,analysis planning, test planning and overall management. Course Outline 1. Introduction. • Brief history of UAV’s "How did toys become useful?" • Classes of UAV’s • Fixed Wing • Rotary Wing / VTOL • Micro 2. UAV Requirements Definition. • Operational Concepts • Mission definition • Requirements Flow-down 3. Command and Control Concepts. • Ground based operation • Autonomous operation • Systems and subsystems definition • System Safety and Reliability Concerns 4. UAV Aircraft Design. • Configuration • Aerodynamics • Propulsion and propulsion system integration concepts • Structures • Performance • Flight Controls and Handling Qualities • Operational influences on control strategies • Vehicle analysis & how it affects control strategies • Make sure you have enough sensor bandwidth • Making sure you have enough control surfaces / power / bandwidth (choosing an actuator) • Gust rejection and trajectory performance driven by 5. Case study Examples. • Case study 1: Large turbine design • Case study 2: Small piston engine design • Cost Analysis • Development • Manufacturing • Operations • Disposal • Design Tools • Design Optimization What You Will Learn • UAV design is not a simple task that can be fully learned in a short time, however, the scope of the problem can be outlined. • The design process is similar to any aircraft design, but there are unique tasks involved in replacing the intelligence of the pilot. • The long history of UAV’s and the breadth of the design space will be covered. • Lessons learned from experience and by observation will be shared in the course. • We will cover the tools and techniques that are used to make design decisions and modifications. • Representative practical examples of UAV will be presented. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 27
  • 28.
    Unmanned Aircraft SystemFundamentals Design, Airspace Integration & Future Capabilities Course # D261 Summary This 3-day, classroom instructional program is designed to meet the needs of engineers, researchers and operators. The participants will gain a working knowledge of UAS system classification, payloads, sensors, communications and data links. You will learn the current regulation for small UAS operation The principles of UAS conceptual design and human factors design considerations are described. The requirements and airspace issues for integrating UAS into civilian National Airspace is covered in detail. The need to improve reliability using redundancy and fault tolerant control systems is discussed. Multiple roadmaps are used to illustrate future UAS mission s. Alternative propulsion systems with solar and fuel cell energy sources and multiple UAS swarming are presented as special topics. Instructor Mr. John L. Minor has over 35 years of professional experience with advanced military sensor systems and advanced aerospace vehicles. His career spans the military, industry, and Department of Defense (civilian) sectors. He is an internationally recognized expert in systems design, development, integration, test and evaluation of advanced airborne EO/IR sensors and weapon systems and has significant experience with UAVs. As a former employee of Lockheed Martin (LM), the LM Skunk Works and former Air Force officer, Mr. Minor developed, operated, and tested numerous classified and unclassified EO/IR weapons systems. He was the lead EO/IR engineer for the Low Altitude Navigation and Targeting Infrared for Night (LANTIRN) system from 1984-1987. From 1998-1999, he was the Program Manager for the EO-IR sensors on the Tier 3 Minus Darkstar program—a high altitude, long endurance, stealthy unmanned aerial vehicle. As a Master Instructor, Mr. Minor completely redesigned the USAF Test Pilot School curriculum for test and evaluation of advanced weapon systems from. He was also instrumental in the design of the first-ever UAV/UAS flight test course for the Air Force Flight Test Center. Mr. Minor holds BSEE and MSEE degrees from the University of New Mexico/Air Force Institute of Technology and is a graduate of the USAF Test Pilot School. He is currently the Chief of the Systems Engineering Division for the Ogden Air Logistics Center Engineering Directorate. Previously, he was competitively selected as the first civilian Technical Director in the 60+ year history of the USAF Test Pilot School, serving in that position from 2004-2008 before reassignment to Hill AFB. In his capacity as USAF TPS Technical Director, Mr. Minor was instrumental in assisting the USAF Test Pilot School to achieve USC Title 10 authority to grant fully accredited Masters of Science Degrees in Flight Test Engineering under Air University. What You Will Learn • Definitions, Concepts & General UAS Principles. • Types, Classification and Civilian Roles. • Characteristics of UAS Sensors. • UAS Communications and Data Links. • NATO Standardization Agreement (STANAG) 4586. • Alternatives to GPS and INS Navigation. • Need for Regulation and Problems with Airspace Integration. • Ground and Airborne Sense & Avoid Systems. • Lost Link and ATC Communication/Management Procedures. • Principles of UAS Design & Alternative Power. • Improving Reliability with Fault Tolerant Control Systems. • Principles of Autonomous Control & Alternative Navigation. • Future Capabilities Including Space Transport, Hypersonic, UCAS, Pseudo-satellites and Swarming. February 24-26, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. UAS Basics. Definition, attributes, manned vs unmanned, design considerations, life cycle costs, architecture, components, air vehicle, payload, communications, data link, ground control station. 2. UAS Types & Civilian Roles. Categories/Classification, UK & In-ternational classifications, law enforcement, disaster relief, fire detec-tion & assessment, customs & border patrol, nuclear inspection. 3. UAS Sensors & Characteristics: Sensor Acquisition, Electro Op-tical (EO), Infrared (IR), Multi Spectral Imaging (MSI), Hyper Spectral Im-aging (HSI), Light Detection & Ranging (LIDAR), Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR), Atmospheric Weather Effects, Space Weather Effects. 4. Alternative Power: Solar and Fuel Cells: The Need for Alterna-tive Propulsion for UAS, Alternative Power Trends & Forecast, Solar Cells & Solar Energy, Solar Aircraft Challenges, Solar Wing Design, Past Solar Designs, Energy Storage Methods & Density, Fuel Cell Basics & UAS Integration, Fuel Cells Used in Current Small UAS, Hybrid Power. 5. Communications & Data Links. Current State of Data Links, Future Data Link Needs, Line of Sight Fundamentals, Beyond Line of Sight Fundamentals, UAS Communications Failure, Link Enhancements, STANAG 4586, Multi UAS Control. 6. UAS Conceptual Design. UAS Design Process, Airframe Design Considerations, Launch & Recovery Methods, Propulsion, Control & Stability, Ground Control System, Support Equipment, Transportation. 7. Human Machine Interface. Human Factors Engineering Explained Human Machine Interface, Computer Trends, Voice Recognition & Control Haptic Feedback, Spatial Audio (3D Audio), AFRL MIIRO, Synthetic Vision Brain Computer Interface, CRM. 8. Sense and Avoid Systems. Sense and Avoid Function ,Needs for Sense and Avoid, TCAS, TCAS on UAS, ADS-B, Non Cooperative FOV & Detection Requirements, Optical Sensors, Acoustic & Microwave Sensors. 9. UAS Civil Airspace Issues. Current State, UAS Worldwide De-mand, UAS Regulation & Airspace Problems, Existing Federal UAS Regulation Equivalent Level of Safety, Airspace Categories, AFRL/JPDO Workshop Results, Collision Avoidance & Sense and Avoid, Recommendations. 10. Civil Airspace Integration Efforts. Civil UAS News, FAA Civil UAS Roadmap, UAS Certificate of Authorization Process, UAPO Interim Operational Approval Guidance (8-01), 14 CFR 107 Rule, NASA UAS R&D Plan, NASA Study Results, RTCA SC 203, UAS R&D Plan, FAA Reauthorization Bill, Six Test Sites. 11. UAS Navigation. Satellite Navigation, Inertial Navigation, Sensor Fusion for Navigation, Image Navigation (Skysys), Locatta, Satellite/INS/Video, (NAVSYS), Image Aided INS (NAVSYS). 12. Autonomous Control. Vision, Definitions, Automatic Control, Automatic Air to Air Refueling, Autonomy, Advanced AI Applications, Intelligent Control Techniques. 13. UAS Swarming. History of Swarming, Swarming Battles, Modern Military Swarming, Swarming Characteristics, Swarming Concepts, Emergent Behavior, Swarming Algorithms, Swarm Communications. 14. Future Capabilities. Space UAS & Global Strike, Advanced Hypersonic Weapon, Submarine Launched UAS, UCAS, Pseudo-satellites, Future Military Missions & Technologies. 28 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 29.
    Unmanned Aircraft Systems NEW! Course Outline Sensing, Payloads & Products Course # D264 November 3-6, 2014 Columbia, Maryland January 26-29, 2015 Boston, Massachusetts $1995 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This 4-day, classroom, practical exercise and simulator-based instructional program is designed to meet the needs of engineers, researchers and operators working in UAS payload design, development & integration fields. The participants will gain a working knowledge of UAS system classification, Concepts of Operation (CONOPs), payloads, sensors, and how tasking, collecting and processing of sensor products can best be achieved. Attendees will be introduced to Imagery Analysis (IA) procedures and the use of the REMOTEVIEW suite of computer-based IA tools. Students will receive a full set of course notes. Instructor Keven Gambold joined the Royal Air Force in 1992 with a BSc in Psychology and Philosophy from Durham University, England. After flying training on T-37B, T-38A and Hawk TMk1, he was posted to the Tornado GR4 fighter-bomber and completed 7 years on the front-line. There, Keven participated in OP WARDEN (Turkey), OP BOLTON (Kuwait), OP ENGADINE (Kosovo), where he was awarded a Mention in Dispatches, and OP IRAQI FREEDOM, launching the Shormshadow Air-Launched Cruise Missile. He was the Squadron Electronic Warfare Instructor, Laser Targeting Pod lead, a 4-ship lead, Instrument Rating Examiner, Training Officer and had full Electro-Optical qualifications. His 1500 hours included the Tactical Leadership Program, Maple and Green Flags and 14 months in Kuwait. Keven volunteered for a posting to fly the USAF Predator in 2004 and logged over 1500 hours combat flying, with two deployments to Launch-Recovery Elements, the second as the inaugural Squadron Commander at Tallil Air Base, Iraq. Keven led the flight trials program for the first ever Multi-Aircraft Control (MAC) system and became the Chief of Standards & Evaluation and a member of the cross-industry Advanced Cockpit Working Group. He has chaired several global UAS Conferences and Workshops and has written and broadcast numerous Webinars, the most recent of which covers UAS Integration into complex airspace. Keven has also written, and taught numerous international UAS training courses and in his role as Director for the Guild of Air Pilots and Air Navigators (North America)’s Technical Aviation and Safety Committee, Keven has published peer-reviewed papers on UAS operations in the civil sector. Copies are available on request. He was an active member of (the late) RTCA SC-203 (and now SC-228), and has he has a JAA Commercial Pilots Licence, a Masters in Aeronautical Science (Aeronautics Operations) from ERAU and is a member of AUVSI, Chartered Management Institution, GAPAN, RTCA, AOPA and SAFE. He was a founding member of Unmanned Experts and holds the position of Chief Operations Officer at the UxS global consultancy firm. What You Will Learn • A complete review of UAS systems, classifications, roles and CONOPs. • Significant operational experience and Lessons learned will be shared in the course. • Trade-offs and SWaP-C constraints used in system & payload design decisions. • Representative examples and practical exercises to highlight UAS missions and planning. • Complete review of current and future payloads and sensors, including weaponry. • Tasking – Collecting - Processing – Exploiting – Disseminating (TCPED) process in ISR missions. • UAV imagery processing and application tools. 1. UAS Basics. Your introduction to the field of unmanned aircraft. Definitions, Principles and Terminology in common usage. Components of a typical Unmanned System are illustrated by numerous current examples. The surprisingly complex topic of UAS / RPAS definitions. 2. UAS Types. Options that are covered include military and civilian Tiers, Groups, Size / Weight classes, Performance, Level of Autonomy and Airspace access. National and International methods for classifying UAVs are then compared. Finally, ‘standard’ classes and their defining characteristics. 3. UAS Roles. Rapidly expanding number of military and civilian missions that UAS are employed within. 4. UAS CONOPS. Comparative study of different Concepts of Operation for military and civilian UAS. A definition of CONOPs is followed by a review of the numerous factors affecting how UAS could (or even should) be operated, ranging from airframe and legal limitations, through mission requirements and even onto cultural elements. 5. Case Study 1: MQ-8B. Our first Case Study is designed to monitor a UAS program from ‘cradle to grave’. This one follows the trials, tribulations and ultimate successes of the MQ-8B Firescout RW VTOL UAS currently being fielded by the US Navy. 6. Future Capabilities. Designed to focus lessons learned from previous Modules on the rapidly developing global UAS field. Covers topics including: Technology advance timelines, automation levels and HITL / HMI; Manufacturing advances; Propulsion and fuel developments. 7. Components 1. The first of three modules examining the various elements of the Unmanned Aircraft System. Provides a breakdown of all hardware elements with a focus on similarities to manned systems, including Ground Control Stations. 8. Components 2. A closer look at hardware elements and software algorithms designed specifically for UAS. 9. Datalinks. Introduction of Datalink terminology, concepts and components leads to a study of common datalinks including TCDL, VMF and Link 16. 10. Payloads. An important Module highlighting the concept of UAVs as ‘Payload Trucks’ and the numerous options for what can be carried internally or externally. A SWaP refresher leads into a very useful series of ‘Rules of Thumb’, used extensively throughout the Courses and the Design Practical. Current and comprehensive examples, of all UAS groups, are used to elucidate the concepts. 11. Sensors. This very large and comprehensive brief on such an essential UAS topic is split into 3 sections: Sensor Basics, EO/IR systems and Radar systems. 12. UAS Weapons. This specialized Brief within the UAS Payloads genre is focused on the topic of arming UAVs for an ever-expanding array of military / para-public missions. 13. Communications & Data Links. Current State of Data Links, Future Data Link Needs, Line of Sight Fundamentals, Beyond Line of Sight Fundamentals, UAS Communications Failure, Link Enhancements, STANAG 4586, Multi UAS Control. 14. Tasking & Practical. This comprehensive look at the entire Tasking – Collecting - Processing – Exploiting – Disseminating (TCPED) process for ISR collection takes place over 3 modules and one Practical session. 15. Airspace Integration. This extremely important area of UAS study introduces the numerous hurdles, with some solutions, to achieve FINAS: Flight in Non-segregated Airspace. 16. Imagery Fundamentals. IMINT within ISR, IA techniques, Scaling and measurement, Plotting and target location, Mission planning, Analyzing an image (infrastructure, vehicles, aircraft, maritime, generics),Product creation (storyboard, DTA, route recce, etc), Briefing styles and techniques. 17. Imagery Processing Practical. Electronic Light Table Intro (ELT) and practice. 18. IA Exercise. Read-in, Exercise, analysis and product creation, Presentations, Washup, Debrief. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 29
  • 30.
    Architecting with DODAF Effectively Using The DOD Architecture Framework (DODAF) Course # M136 October 30-31, 2014 Columbia, Maryland November 6-7, 2014 Newport, Rhode Island January 15-16, 2015 Dayton, Ohio $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. The DOD Architecture Framework (DODAF) provides an underlying structure to work with complexity. Today’s systems do not stand alone; each system fits within an increasingly complex system-of-systems, a network of interconnection that virtually guarantees surprise behavior. Systems science recognizes this type of interconnectivity as one essence of complexity. It requires new tools, new methods, and new paradigms for effective system design. Practice architecting on a creative “Mars Rotor” complex system. Define the operations, technical structure, and migration for this future space program. Summary This 2-day course provides knowledge and exercises at a practical level in the use of the DODAF. You will learn about architecting processes, methods and thought patterns. You will practice architecting by creating DODAF representations of a familiar, complex system-of-systems. By the end of this course, you will be able to use DODAF effectively in your work to assist your system architecting. Instructors Eric Honour, CSEP, international consultant and lecturer, has a 40-year career of complex systems development & operation. Founder and former President of INCOSE. Author of the “Value of SE” material in the INCOSE Handbook. He has led the development of 18 major systems, including the Air Combat Maneuvering Instrumentation systems and the Battle Group Passive Horizon Extension System. BSSE (Systems Engineering), US Naval Academy, MSEE, Naval Postgraduate School, and PhD candidate, University of South Australia. Dr. Scott Workinger has led projects in Manufacturing, Eng. & Construction, and Info. Tech. for 30 years. His projects have made contributions ranging from increasing optical fiber bandwidth to creating new CAD technology. He currently teaches courses on management and engineering and consults on strategic issues in management and technology. He holds a Ph.D. in Engineering from Stanford. Course Outline 1. Introduction. System architecting concepts. How architecting fits with systems engineering. 2. Architectures and Architecting. Fundamental concepts. Terms and definitions. Origin of the terms within systems development. Understanding of the components of an architecture. Architecting key activities. Foundations of modern architecting. 3. Architectural Tools. Architectural frameworks: DODAF, TOGAF, Zachman, FEAF. Why frameworks exist, and what they hope to provide. Design patterns and their origin. Using patterns to generate alternatives. Pattern language and the communication of patterns. System architecting patterns. Binding patterns into architectures. 4. DODAF Overview. Viewpoints within DoDAF (All, Capability, Data/Information, Operational, Project, Services, Standards, Systems). How Viewpoints support models. Diagram types (views) within each viewpoint. 5. DODAF Operational Definition Processes. Describing an operational environment, and then modifying it to incorporate new capabilities. Sequences of creation. How to convert concepts into DODAF views. Practical exercises on each DODAF view, with review and critique. Teaching method includes three passes for each product: (a) describing the views, (b) instructor-led exercise, (c) group work to create views. 6. DODAF Technical Definition Processes. Converting the operational definition into service-oriented technical architecture. Matching the new architecture with legacy systems. Sequences of creation. Linkages between the technical viewpoints and the operational viewpoints. Practical exercises on each DODAF view, with review and critique, again using the three-pass method. 7. DODAF Migration Definition Processes. How to depict the migration of current systems into future systems while maintaining operability at each step. Practical exercises on migration planning. Who Should Attend • Systems engineers, Technical team leaders, Program or project managers. • Others who participate in defining and developing complex systems. • A key member of a system or system-of-systems development team. • Concerned about how your system product fits into the larger context. • Looking for practical methods to use. 30 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 31.
    Building High ValueRelationships Engaging the Art of Influential Conversation Course # M126 NEW! Summary Deep, trust based relationships are foundational to building high performing organizations as well as attracting and retaining business. During this one-day program you will learn to apply a comprehensive approach to engaging business relationships that fosters trust and that naturally allows for the creation of mutually high value business results. The course is a mix of instruction and experiential exercises that ensure you embody the concepts. During the exercises you will directly apply what you are learning to relationships you are seeking to improve and walk away with a clear approach for continuing to deepen your ability to strengthen all of your business relationships. Throughout the course you will also be working on your personal action plan to improve specific business relationships. November 18, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $700 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. The value of building high value relationships, understanding what supports us in building high value relationships and what most gets in the way of doing so. Eliciting participants specific concerns to ensure the course will address them. 2. Foundations of Influence. Understanding the foundations for building high value, trust based relationships. What is the primary focus we must have to ensure we are developing trust and deepening value in our relationships. Introduction to the conversational model. 3. Building your personal brand. Building high value relationships starts with your ability to lead from purpose and orient as a value added resource to others. The foundations of building personal brand will be examined. 4. Orienting to High Value Relationships. The foundational approach you must take to ensure you will engage others in conversations that matter and forward value. 5. The Conversational Cycle. Framing and Connecting. Frame conversations to ensure they remain focused on mutual value and understand how to powerfully connect with others at the outset of every interaction. 6. The Conversational Cycle. Exploring and Raising Value. Engage a powerful questioning strategy that allows the conversation to flow towards a mutually high value outcome and set of commitments that forward action in a way that serves all parties. 7. The Conversational Cycle. Aligning and Prioritizing Commitments Understand why most commitments fail and learn how to increase their effectiveness to ensure you are forwarding. 8. Wrap up. Expectations of participants will be revisited to ensure they have been met and there will be an opportunity to receive coaching to fine tune your understanding and application of what was learned. Instructor David Craig Utts has over 30 years of business ex-perience. He spent his first fourteen years as a highly successful sales per-son across a number of industries in-cluding insurance, telecommunications and office products. He received a Mas-ters in Organizational Development from American University in 1990 and has also done post-graduate studies in lead-ership and development. He is also a “Master Certified Coach”, the highest ranking provided by the Interna-tional Coach Federation. For the past 16 years he has served as an executive coach, facilitator and trainer in such organizations as AT&T, Discovery Channel, Ernst & Young, Lockheed Martin, PriceWaterhouseCoopers, Towers Watson, World Bank as well as many US Gov-ernment Agencies. David developed Building High Value Relationships based on his success in sales and the work he has done supporting senior level executives to deepen their ability to influence and empower their executive presence. What You Will Learn • Key challenges, beliefs and attitudes that get in the way of your ability to influence others. • The primary mechanisms of influence that must be in place to overcome these challenges. • Identify and apply a model for engaging in influential conversations. • Identify successful strategies for building high value relationships. • Tools and methods that will allow you to continue to master what you learn in the course once you leave. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 31
  • 32.
    Summary Cost Estimating Course # M141 This two-day course covers the primary methods for cost estimation needed in systems development, including parametric estimation, activity-based costing, life cycle estimation, and probabilistic modeling. The estimation methods are placed in context of a Work Breakdown Structure and program schedules, while explaining the entire estimation process. Emphasis is also placed on using cost models to perform trade studies and calibrating cost models to improve their accuracy. Participants will learn how to use cost models through real-life case studies. Common pitfalls in cost estimation will be discussed including behavioral influences that can impact the quality of cost estimates. We conclude with a review of the state-of-the-art in cost estimation. February 24-25, 2015 Albuquerque, New Mexico $1200 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. Cost estimation in context of system life cycles. Importance of cost estimation in project planning. How estimation fits into the proposal cycle. The link between cost estimation and scope control. History of parametric modeling. 2. Scope Definition. Creation of a technical work scope. Definition and format of the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) as a basis for accurate cost estimation. Pitfalls in WBS creation and how to avoid them. Task-level work definition. Class exercise in creating a WBS. 3. Cost Estimation Methods. Different ways to establish a cost basis, with explanation of each: parametric estimation, activity-based costing, analogy, case based reasoning, expert judgment, etc. Benefits and detriments of each. Industry-validated applications. Schedule estimation coupled with cost estimation. Comprehensive review of cost estimation tools. 4. Economic Principles. Concepts such as economies/diseconomies of scale, productivity, reuse, earned value, learning curves and prediction markets are used to illustrate additional methods that can improve cost estimates. 5. System Cost Estimation. Estimation in software, electronics, and mechanical engineering. Systems engineering estimation, including design tasks, test & evaluation, and technical management. Percentage-loaded level-of-effort tasks: project management, quality assurance, configuration management. Class exercise in creating cost estimates using a simple spreadsheet model and comparing against the WBS. 6. Risk Estimation. Handling uncertainties in the cost estimation process. Cost estimation and risk management. Probabilistic cost estimation and effective portrayal of the results. Cost estimation, risk levels, and pricing. Class exercise in probabilistic estimation. 7. Decision Making. Organizational adoption of cost models. Understanding the purpose of the estimate (proposal vs. rebaselining; ballpark vs. detailed breakdown). Human side of cost estimation (optimism, anchoring, customer expectations, etc.). Class exercise on calibrating decision makers. 8. Course Summary. Course summary and refresher on key points. Additional cost estimation resources. Principles for effective cost estimation. Instructor Ricardo Valerdi, is an Associate Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering at the University of Arizona. He is the developer of the COSYSMO model for estimating systems engineering effort and Editor-in- Chief of the Journal of Cost Analysis and Parametrics. Dr. Valerdi's work has been used by BAE Systems, Boeing, General Dynamics, L-3 Communications, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Raytheon, and SAIC. Previously, Dr. Valerdi was a Research Associate at MIT and a Visiting Associate in the Center for Systems and Software Engineering at the University of Southern California where he earned his Ph.D. in Industrial and Systems Engineering. He served on the Board of Directors of INCOSE and is the author of the book The Constructive Systems Engineering Cost Model (COSYSMO): Quantifying the Costs of Systems Engineering Effort in Complex Systems (VDM Verlag, 2008). What You Will Learn • What are the most important cost estimation methods? • How is a WBS used to define project scope? • What are the appropriate cost estimation methods for my situation? • How are cost models used to support decisions? • How accurate are cost models? How accurate do they need to be? • How are cost models calibrated? • How can cost models be integrated to develop estimates of the total system? • How can cost models be used for risk assessment? • What are the principles for effective cost estimation? From this course you will obtain the knowledge and ability to perform basic cost estimates, identify tradeoffs, use cost model results to support decisions, evaluate the goodness of an estimate, evaluate the goodness of a cost model, and understand the latest trends in cost estimation. 32 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 33.
    Certified Systems EngineeringProfessional - CSEP Preparation Guaranteed Training to Pass the CSEP Certification Exam Course # M144 October 17-18, 2014 Chantilly, Virginia January 12-13, 2015 Dayton, Ohio February 24-25, 2015 Albuquerque, New Mexico $1290 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Video! www.aticourses.com/CSEP_preparation.htm Summary This two-day ( or three-day live instructor lead virtual online) course walks through the CSEP requirements and the INCOSE Handbook Version 3.2.2 to cover all topics on the CSEP exam. Interactive work, study plans, and sample examination questions help you to prepare effectively for the exam. Participants leave the course with solid knowledge, a hard copy of the INCOSE Handbook, study plans, and three sample examinations. Attend the CSEP course to learn what you need. Follow the study plan to seal in the knowledge. Use the sample exam to test yourself and check your readiness. Contact our instructor for questions if needed. Then take the exam. If you do not pass, you can retake the course at no cost. Instructors Dr. Eric Honour, CSEP, international consultant and lecturer, has a 40-year career of complex systems development & operation. Former President of INCOSE, selected as Fellow and as Founder. He has led the development of 18 major systems, including the Air Combat Maneuvering Instrumentation systems and the Battle Group Passive Horizon Extension System. BSSE (Systems Engineering), US Naval Academy; MSEE, Naval Postgraduate School; and PhD, University of South Australia. Mr. William "Bill" Fournier is Senior Software Systems Engineering with 30 years experience the last 11 for a Defense Contractor. Mr. Fournier taught DoD Systems Engineering full time for over three years at DSMC/DAU as a Professor of Engineering Management. Mr. Fournier has taught Systems Engineering at least part time for more than the last 20 years. Mr. Fournier holds a MBA and BS Industrial Engineering / Operations Research and is DOORS trained. He is a certified CSEP, CSEP DoD Acquisition, and PMP. He is a contributor to DAU / DSMC, Major Defense Contractor internal Systems Engineering Courses and Process, and INCOSE publications. What You Will Learn • How to pass the CSEP examination! • Details of the INCOSE Handbook, the source for the exam. • Your own strengths and weaknesses, to target your study. • The key processes and definitions in the INCOSE language of the exam. • How to tailor the INCOSE processes. • Five rules for test-taking. Course Outline 1. Introduction. What is the CSEP and what are the requirements to obtain it? Terms and definitions. Basis of the examination. Study plans and sample examination questions and how to use them. Plan for the course. Introduction to the INCOSE Handbook. Self-assessment quiz. Filling out the CSEP application. 2. Systems Engineering and Life Cycles. Definitions and origins of systems engineering, including the latest concepts of “systems of systems.” Hierarchy of system terms. Value of systems engineering. Life cycle characteristics and stages, and the relationship of systems engineering to life cycles. Development approaches. The INCOSE Handbook system development examples. 3. Technical Processes. The processes that take a system from concept in the eye to operation, maintenance and disposal. Stakeholder requirements and technical requirements, including concept of operations, requirements analysis, requirements definition, requirements management. Architectural design, including functional analysis and allocation, system architecture synthesis. Implementation, integration, verification, transition, validation, operation, maintenance and disposal of a system. 4. Project Processes. Technical management and the role of systems engineering in guiding a project. Project planning, including the Systems Engineering Plan (SEP), Integrated Product and Process Development (IPPD), Integrated Product Teams (IPT), and tailoring methods. Project assessment, including Technical Performance Measurement (TPM). Project control. Decision-making and trade-offs. Risk and opportunity management, configuration management, information management. 5. Enterprise & Agreement Processes. How to define the need for a system, from the viewpoint of stakeholders and the enterprise. Acquisition and supply processes, including defining the need. Managing the environment, investment, and resources. Enterprise environment management. Investment management including life cycle cost analysis. Life cycle processes management standard processes, and process improvement. Resource management and quality management. 6. Specialty Engineering Activities. Unique technical disciplines used in the systems engineering processes: integrated logistics support, electromagnetic and environmental analysis, human systems integration, mass properties, modeling & simulation including the system modeling language (SysML), safety & hazards analysis, sustainment and training needs. 7. After-Class Plan. Study plans and methods. Using the self-assessment to personalize your study plan. Five rules for test-taking. How to use the sample examinations. How to reach us after class, and what to do when you succeed. The INCOSE Certified Systems Engineering Professional (CSEP) rating is a coveted milestone in the career of a systems engineer, demonstrating knowledge, education and experience that are of high value to systems organizations. This two-day course provides you with the detailed knowledge and practice that you need to pass the CSEP examination. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 33
  • 34.
    Model Based SystemsEngineering with OMG SysML™ Productivity Through Model-Based Systems Engineering Principles & Practices Course # M174 November 18-20, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Summary This three day course is intended for practicing systems engineers who want to learn how to apply model-driven systems engineering practices using the UML Profile for Systems Engineering (OMG SysML™). You will apply systems engineering principles in developing a comprehensive model of a solution to the class problem, using modern systems engineering development tools and a development methodology tailored to OMG SysML. The methodology begins with the presentation of a desired capability and leads you through the performance of activities and the creation of work products to support requirements definition, architecture description and system design. The methodology offers suggestions for how to transition to specialty engineering, with an emphasis on interfacing with software engineering activities. Use of a modeling tool is required. Each student will receive a lab manual describing how to create each diagram type in the selected tool, access to the Object-Oriented Systems Engineering Methodology (OOSEM) website and a complete set of lecture notes. Instructor J.D. Baker is a Software Systems Engineer with expertise in system design processes and methodologies that support Model-Based Systems Engineering. He has over 20 years of experience providing training and mentoring in software and system architecture, systems engineering, software development, iterative/agile development, object-oriented analysis and design, the Unified Modeling Language (UML), the UML Profile for Systems Engineering (SysML), use case driven requirements, and process improvement. He has participated in the development of UML, OMG SysML, and the UML Profile for DoDAF and MODAF. J.D. holds many industry certifications, including OMG Certified System Modeling Professional (OCSMP), OMG Certified UML Professional (OCUP), Sun Certified Java Programmer, and he holds certificates as an SEI Software Architecture Professional and ATAM Evaluator. NEW! Course Outline 1. Model-Based Systems Engineering Overview. Introduction to OMG SysM, role of open standards and open architecture in systems engineering, what is a model, 4 modeling principles, 5 characteristics of a good model, 4 pillars of OMG SysML. 2. Getting started with OOSEM. Use case diagrams and descriptions, modeling functional requirements, validating use cases, domain modeling concepts and guidelines, OMG SysML language architecture. 3. OOSEM Activities and Work Products. Walk through the OOSEM top level activities, decomposing the Specify and Design System activity, relating use case and domain models to the system model, options for model organization, the package diagram. Compare and contrast Distiller and Hybrid SUV examples. 4. Requirements Analysis. Modeling Requirements in OMG SysML, functional analysis and allocation, the role of functional analysis in an object-oriented world using a modified SE V, OOSEM activity –"Analyze Stakeholder Needs”. Concept of Operations, Domain Models as analysis tools. Modeling non-functional requirements. Managing large requirement sets. Requirements in the Distiller sample model. 5. OMG SysML Structural Elements. Block Definition Diagrams (BDD), Internal Block Diagrams (IBD), Ports, Parts, Connectors and flows. Creating system context diagrams. Block definition and usage relationship. Delegation through ports. Operations and attributes. 6. OMG SysML Behavioral Elements. Activity diagrams, activity decomposition, State Machines, state execution semantics, Interactions, allocation of behavior. Call behavior actions. Relating activity behavior to operations, interactions, and state machines. 7. Parametric Analysis and Design Synthesis. Constraint Blocks, Tracing analysis tools to OMG SysML elements, Design Synthesis, Tracing requirements to design elements. Relating SysML requirements to text requirements in a requirements management tool. Analyzing the Hybrid SUV dynamics. 8. Model Verification. Tracing requirements to OMG SysM test cases, Systems Engineering Process Outputs, Preparing work products for specialty engineers, Exchanging model data using XMI, Technical Reviews and Audits, Inspecting OMG SysML and UML artifacts. 9. Extending OMG SysML. Stereotypes, tag values and model libraries, Trade Studies, Modeling and Simulation, Executable UML. 10. Deploying OMG SysML™ in your Organization. Lessons learned from MBSE initiatives, the future of SysML.OMG Certified System Modeling Professional resources and exams. What You Will Learn • Identify and describe the use of all nine OMG SysML™ diagrams. • Follow a formal methodology to produce a system model in a modeling tool. • Model system behavior using an activity diagram. • Model system behavior using a state diagram. • Model system behavior using a sequence diagram. • Model requirements using a requirements diagram. • Model requirements using a use case diagram. • Model structure using block diagrams. • Allocate behavior to structure in a model. • Recognize parametrics and constraints and describe their usage. 34 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 35.
    Systems Engineering -Requirements January 27-29, 2015 Columbia, Maryland February 23-26, 2015 Course # M231 Live Virtual Online • (12:00pm - 4:30pm) $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Call for information about our six-course systems engineering certificate program or for “on-site” training to prepare for the INCOSE systems engineering exam. Summary This three-day (or four-day live instructor lead virtual online) course provides system engineers,team leaders, and managers with a clear understanding about how to develop good specifications affordably using modeling methods that encourage identification of the essential characteristics that must be respected in the subsequent design process. Both the analysis and management aspects are covered. Each student will receive a full set of course notes and textbook, “System Requirements Analysis,” by the instructor Jeff Grady. Instructor Jeffrey O. Grady (MSSM, ESEP) is the president of a System Engineering company. He has 30 years of industry experience in aerospace companies as a system engineer, engineering manager, field engineer, and project engineer plus 20 years as a consultant and educator. Jeff has authored ten published books in the system engineering field and holds a Master of Science in System Management from USC. He teaches system engineering courses nation-wide. Jeff is an INCOSE Founder and Fellow. What You Will Learn • How to model a problem space using proven methods where the product will be implemented in hardware or software. • How to link requirements with traceability and reduce risk through proven techniques. • How to identify all requirements using modeling that encourages completeness and avoidance of unnecessary requirements. • How to structure specifications and manage their development. This course will show you how to build good specifications based on effective models. It is not difficult to write requirements; the hard job is to know what to write them about and determine appropriate values. Modeling tells us what to write them about and good domain engineering encourages identification of good values in them. Course Outline 1. Introduction 2. Introduction (Continued) 3. Requirements Fundamentals – Defines what a requirement is and identifies 4 kinds. 4. Requirements Relationships – How are requirements related to each other? We will look at several kinds of traceability. 5. Initial System Analysis – The whole process begins with a clear understanding of the user’s needs. 6. Functional Analysis – Several kinds of functional analysis are covered including simple functional flow diagrams, EFFBD, IDEF-0, and Behavioral Diagramming. 7. Functional Analysis (Continued) – 8. Performance Requirements Analysis – Performance requirements are derived from functions and tell what the item or system must do and how well. 9. Product Entity Synthesis – The course encourages Sullivan’s idea of form follows function so the product structure is derived from its functionality. 10. Interface Analysis and Synthesis – Interface definition is the weak link in traditional structured analysis but n-square analysis helps recognize all of the ways function allocation has predefined all of the interface needs. 11. Interface Analysis and Synthesis – (Continued) 12. Specialty Engineering Requirements – A specialty engineering scoping matrix allows system engineers to define product entity-specialty domain relationships that the indicated domains then apply their models to. 13. Environmental Requirements – A three-layer model involving tailored standards mapped to system spaces, a three-dimensional service use profile for end items, and end item zoning for component requirements. 14. Structured Analysis Documentation – How can we capture and configuration manage our modeling basis for requirements? 15. Software Modeling Using MSA/PSARE – Modern structured analysis is extended to PSARE as Hatley and Pirbhai did to improve real-time control system development but PSARE did something else not clearly understood. 16. Software Modeling Using Early OOA and UML – The latest models are covered. 17. Software Modeling Using Early OOA and UML – (Continued). 18. Software Modeling Using DoDAF – DoD has evolved a very complex model to define systems of tremendous complexity involving global reach. 19. Universal Architecture Description Framework A method that any enterprise can apply to develop any system using a single comprehensive model no matter how the system is to be implemented. 20. Universal Architecture Description Framework (Continued) 21. Specification Management – Specification formats and management methods are discussed. 22. Requirements Risk Abatement – Special requirements-related risk methods are covered including validation, TPM, margins and budgets. 23. Tools Discussion 24. Requirements Verification Overview – You should be basing verification of three kinds on the requirements that were intended to drive design. These links are emphasized. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 35
  • 36.
    Systems Engineering (SE)Best Practices and Technical CONOPS A hands on, how-to course in building Concepts of Operations, Operating Concepts, Concepts of Employment and Operational Concept Documents Course # M144 October 21-23, 2014 Virginia Beach, Virginia October 28-30, 2014 Newport, Rhode Island November 4-6, 2014 Columbia, Maryland February 10-12, 2015 Virginia Beach, Virginia $1490 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/Technical_CONOPS_Concepts.htm Summary This course will show you how to get your project into the 10% of projects that field successfully and are aggressively supported by users. Designed for engineers, system architects, PMs, buyers and business development/marketing staff, this course shows how to 1) make your project cancellation-proof 2) secure assertive, vocal support from the user community and 3) communicate with users and operators with the Technical Concept of Operations (TechCONOPS) and Operations Concept Description (OCD). Real‐world success stories show how five pillars of SE (and Lean) underpin successful defense and commercial projects. Examples of failed projects pinpoint causes. Reinforce new skills in a relaxed, small team environment with hands‐on exercises each day. Each student will receive System Development Principles; ~200 pages of CONOPS examples, templates and SE tools; checklists and handouts; instructor slides; technical writing tips; personalized certificate of competency; class photo; invitation to join graduates-only Community of Interest. Instructor Mack McKinney, president and founder of a consulting company, has worked in the defense industry since 1975, first as an Air Force officer for 8 years, then with Westinghouse Defense and Northrop Grumman for 16 years, then with a SIGINT company in NY for 6 years. He now teaches, consults and writes Concepts of Operations for Boeing, Sikorsky, Lockheed Martin Skunk Works, Raytheon Missile Systems, DISA, MITRE, Booz Allen Hamilton, and DARPA, all the uniformed services and the IC. He has US patents in radar processing and hyperspectral sensing. What You Will Learn • Systems Engineering Best Practices in use today, tools to use (and avoid), what works and what doesn’t. • How to communicate with users through CONOPS, OCDs, Operating Concepts (OPCONS) and Concepts of Employment (CONEMPS). How to build them and when to use (and NOT use) each one: Robotic Battlefield Medic scenario-based exercises. • Technical Writing (2 hour crash course - - - the minimum you need to know) Course Outline 1. Review of Systems Engineering Best Practices: Five pillars of SE with crosswalk to CONOPS and OpCons. What works and what doesn’t. 2. Technical CONOPS, OCDs, OpCons and CONEMPS: What they mean, what goes into each, when to use, how to support SE techniques. Use scenario‐based training and Concept Analysis to build OCDs, OpCons, Concepts of Employment (ConEmps) and CONOPS. Then combine with proven SE techniques to tackle a real world problem (Robotic Battlefield Medic). 3. Learn how to CONOPS map to the five S’s of SE for IT/Cyber Projects: Sort, Set, Sweep, Standardize and Sustain 4. Users: Finding good users and operators. What they want. How to recruit good ones to support your project. How to talk with them using OPCONS, OCDs and CONOPS. Folding their needs into the development plan using the User-Driven Stakeholder Matrix (taught ONLY in this course). Questions developers must always ask users (one of them may get you thrown out!). 6. Technical Writing in Plain English: The minimum you need to know. Graphics techniques to use (and avoid). Briefing a CONOPS. 7. Special Techniques for IT and Other Software- Intensive Systems: Quality Software Requirements and the Software Requirements Specification; stress testing and realistic operational scenarios tied to CONOPS; getting users’ help; tracing requirements to CONOPS. 8. Program/Project Support: Using confidential inputs from users without betraying trust. Finding users and observing operations without upsetting contracting officers. Designing-in clarity with OCDs and OPCONS. Hiring and retaining the right former users to eliminate scope‐creep and help your teams deliver on‐schedule and under‐budget every time. 9. Precise, Accurate Thinking Skills: Critical, creative, counter-intuitive and empathic thinking. When to use (and not use) each. Brain-stretching exercises involve crashed spacecraft, management of a health spa and more (our most popular exercise). 11. Building and briefing OV-1s, OV-2s and CONOPS. Do’s and Don’ts. Proven tips for gaining buy-in from decision makers. 12. Case studies of program‐killers — $$$ millions invested and lost — see what went wrong and key lessons (to be) learned: Software for automated imagery analysis; low cost, lightweight, hyperspectral sensor; non‐traditional ISR; innovative ATC aircraft tracking system; air defense system; ACS; full motion video for bandwidth‐disadvantaged users in combat: Doing it right! 13. Forming the CONOPS team: Collaborating with people from other professions. Working With Non-Technical People: Forces that drive Program Managers, Requirements Writers, Acquisition/Contracts Professionals. What motivates them, how to work with them. 14. What Scientists, Engineers and Project Managers need to know when working with operational end users. Proven, time-tested techniques for capturing the end user’s perspective – a primer for non-users. Rules for visiting an operational unit/site and working with difficult users/operators. 15. Lessons Learned From Bad CONOPS: real world problems with fighter aircraft, attack helicopters, C3I systems, border security project, humanitarian relief effort, radar. 16. “Last Chance” workshop: On last day, bring toughest problems for instructor’s counsel and assistance. 36 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 37.
    Antenna and ArrayFundamentals Basic concepts in antennas, antenna arrays, and antennas systems Course # D120 December 10-11, 2014 San Antonio, Texas January 21-22, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1295 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Basic Concepts In Antenna Theory. Beam patterns, radiation resistance, polarization, gain/directivity, aperture size, reciprocity, and matching techniques. 2. Locations. Reactive near-field, radiating near-field (Fresnel region), far-field (Fraunhofer region) and the Friis transmission formula. 3. Types of Antennas. Dipole, loop, patch, horn, dish, and helical antennas are discussed, compared, and contrasted from a performance/applications standpoint. 4. Propagation Effects. Direct, sky, and ground waves. Diffraction and scattering. 5. Antenna Arrays and Array Factors. (e.g., uniform, binomial, and Tschebyscheff arrays). 6. Scanning From Broadside. Sidelobe levels, null locations, and beam broadening. The end-fire condition. Problems such as grating lobes, beam squint, quantization errors, and scan blindness. 7. Beam Steering. Phase shifters and true-time delay devices. Some commonly used components and delay devices (e.g., the Rotman lens) are compared. 8. Measurement Techniques Used In Anechoic Chambers. Pattern measurements, polarization patterns, gain comparison test, spinning dipole (for CP measurements). Items of concern relative to anechoic chambers such as the quality of the absorbent material, quiet zone, and measurement errors. Compact, outdoor, and near-field ranges. 9. Questions and Answers. Summary This two-day course teaches the basics of antenna and antenna array theory. Fundamental concepts such as beam patterns, radiation resistance, polarization, gain/directivity, aperture size, reciprocity, and matching techniques are presented. Different types of antennas such as dipole, loop, patch, horn, dish, and helical antennas are discussed and compared and contrasted from a performance-applications standpoint. The locations of the reactive near-field, radiating near-field (Fresnel region), and far-field (Fraunhofer region) are described and the Friis transmission formula is presented with worked examples. Propagation effects are presented. Antenna arrays are discussed, and array factors for different types of distributions (e.g., uniform, binomial, and Tschebyscheff arrays) are analyzed giving insight to sidelobe levels, null locations, and beam broadening (as the array scans from broadside.) The end-fire condition is discussed. Beam steering is described using phase shifters and true-time delay devices. Problems such as grating lobes, beam squint, quantization errors, and scan blindness are presented. Antenna systems (transmit/receive) with active amplifiers are introduced. Finally, measurement techniques commonly used in anechoic chambers are outlined. The textbook, Antenna Theory, Analysis & Design, is included as well as a comprehensive set of course notes. What You Will Learn • Basic antenna concepts that pertain to all antennas and antenna arrays. • The appropriate antenna for your application. • Factors that affect antenna array designs and antenna systems. • Measurement techniques commonly used in anechoic chambers. This course is invaluable to engineers seeking to work with experts in the field and for those desiring a deeper understanding of antenna concepts. At its completion, you will have a solid understanding of the appropriate antenna for your application and the technical difficulties you can expect to encounter as your design is brought from the conceptual stage to a working prototype. Instructor Dr. Steven Weiss is a senior design engineer with the Army Research Lab. He has a Bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the Rochester Institute of Technology with Master’s and Doctoral Degrees from The George Washington University. He has numerous publications in the IEEE on antenna theory. He teaches both introductory and advanced, graduate level courses at Johns Hopkins University on antenna systems. He is active in the IEEE. In his job at the Army Research Lab, he is actively involved with all stages of antenna development from initial design, to first prototype, to measurements. He is a licensed Professional Engineer in both Maryland and Delaware. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 37
  • 38.
    Exploring Data: Visualization Summary Course # E124 Visualization of data has become a mainstay in everyday life. Whether reading the newspaper or presenting viewgraphs to the board of directors, professionals are expected to be able to interpret and apply basic visualization techniques. Technical workers, engineers and scientists, need to have an even greater understanding of visualization techniques and methods. In general, though, the basic concepts of understanding the purposes of visualization, the building block concepts of visual perception, and the processes and methods for creating good visualizations are not required even in most technical degree programs. This course provides a “Visualization in a Nutshell” overview that provides the building blocks necessary for effective use of visualization. Instructors Dr. Ted Meyer is currently a data scientist at the MITRE Corporation with a 30 year interdisciplinary background in visualization and data analysis, GIS systems, remote sensing and ISR, modeling and simulation, and operation research. Ted Meyer has worked for NASA, the National Geospatial- Intelligence Agency (NGA), and the US Army and Marine Corps to develop systems that interact with and provide data access to users. At the MITRE Corporation and Fortner Software he has lead efforts to build tools to provide users improved access and better insight into data. Mr. Meyer was the Information Architect for NASA’s groundbreaking Earth Science Data and Information System Project where he helped to design and implement the data architecture for EOSDIS. Ivan Ramiscal, is a lead software systems engineer at the MITRE Corporation specializing in data visualization, the development of sentiment elicitation and analysis tools and mobile apps. He worked closely with the University of Vermont Complex Systems Center's Computational Story Lab to design and develop the sentiment analysis tool Hedonometer.org ; he co-invented and created the SpiderView sentiment elicitation system, and teaches data visualization development with D3 and Ruby at the MITRE Institute. What You Will Learn • Decision support techniques: which type of visualization is appropriate. • Appropriate visualization techniques for the spectrum of data types. • Cross-discipline visualization methods and “tricks”. • Leveraging color in visualizations. • Use of data standards and tools. • Capabilities of visualization tools. This course is intended to provide a survey of information and techniques to students, giving them the basics needed to improve the ways they understand, access, and explore data. Decmber 2-4, 2014 Laurel, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Overview. • Why Visualization? – The Purposes for Visualization: Evaluation, Exploration, Presentation. 2. Basics of Data. • Data Elements – Values, Locations, Data Types, Dimensionality. • Data Structures – Tables, Arrays, Volumes. Data – Univariate, Bivariate, Multi-variate. • Data Relations – Linked Tables. Data Systems. Metadata – Vs. Data, Types, Purpose 3. Visualization. • Purposes – Evaluation, Exploration, Presentation. • Editorializing – Decision Support. • Basics – Textons, Perceptual Grouping. • Visualizing Column Data – Plotting Methods. • Visualizing Grids – Images, Aspects of Images, Multi- Spectral Data. Manipulation, Analysis, Resolution, Intepolation • Color – Perception, Models, Computers and Methods. • Visualizing Volumes – Transparency, Isosurfaces. • Visualizing Relations – Entity-Relations & Graphs. • Visualizing Polygons – Wireframes, Rendering, Shading. • Visualizing the World – Basic Projections, Global, Local. • N-dimensional Data – Perceiving Many Dimensions. • Exploration Basics – Linking, Perspective and Interaction. • Mixing Methods to Show Relationships. • Manipulating Viewpoint – Animation, Brushing, Probes. • Highlights for Improving Presentation Visualizations – Color, Grouping, Labeling, Clutter. 4. Tools for Visualization. • APIs & Libraries. • Development Enviroments. • CLI • Graphical • Applications. • Which Tool? • User Interfaces. 5. A Survey of Data Tools. • Commercial, Shareware & Freeware. 6. Web Browser-based Visualization. • Intro –Why Visualize on the Web. Data Driven Documents D3.js: Web Standards: Foundation of D3 (HTML, SVG, CSS, JS, DOM), • Demos and Examples. Code Walk-through. Other Web Tools. Demos and Coding. Walk-throughs. 38 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 39.
    Digital Signal Processing– Essentials of Advanced Techniques A Practical, In-Depth, Intuitive Approach for Working Engineers Course # E136 NEW! Summary The goal of this 3-day course is to expand and build on the basic DSP methods with advanced topics and techniques that are used in modern DSP applications. For both the basic and advanced topics, we build a deep, intuitive, conceptual understanding that goes beyond “plugging in” equations and is of proven value in designing and using practical DSP systems. The concepts are first presented using many colorful, clear figures along with plain English explanations and real-world examples. They are next demonstrated using the free MATLAB programs (with graphics) which can be modified or adapted later by the student. This way the student sees the key equations “in action” which increases intuitive understanding and learning speed. Each student will receive a copy of the new book “The Essential Guide to Digital Signal Processing” (a $40 value) by Richard G. Lyons and D. Lee Fugal (your instructor). A comprehensive set of lecture notes and a CD containing MATLAB m-files, color course slides, and additional PDF files will also be provided. NOTE: A laptop is convenient to see course materials in color but is NOT a requirement for this course. January 20-22, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. New insights and applications of traditional DSP. How to deal with unexpected results when converting analog signals to digital. The power of Median Filtering and Matched Filtering. Orthogonality in city streets and in signals. Managing Quantization and Precision Errors. A clearer understanding of z- Transforms. Insights into Discrete/Fast Fourier Transforms, and Short-Time Fourier Transforms using vibrating piano strings. Intuitive Graphical “Sliding” Convolution and Correlation. Time Domain/Frequency Domain manipulations. Tradeoffs in windowing data. 2. Exploiting the capabilities of Complex Signals. Mastering this much more complete and usable description of signals. An almost magical way to precisely shift the frequency of a real signal by using a Hilbert Transforms and complex Analytical Signals. How to use this method to enable the (safe) use of Brick Wall Filtering. 3. Multirate, Multresolution, Time/Frequency, and Wavelets. Advanced interpolation. How to resample quickly and easily using Prime Numbers. Integer, Rational, and Irrational sampling ratios. Wavelet Transforms that tell you the time, the frequency and even the shape of pulses, blips, or other “events” in your signal. Recovering a signal in 10,000 times noise. Compression and De-Noising using Wavelets. 4. Advanced General Applications of DSP. How to extract a signal from heavy noise using Cross Ambiguity Functions (CAFs). Precision Interpolation in TDOA/FDOA Geolocation. Dithering and Stochastic Processing–how to add noise to actually improve the result. Harmonics and Intermodulation Distortion–ways to deal with strong false signals at frequencies very close to your signal of interest. 5. Advanced Applications of DSP in Communications. How to understand and implement Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) using surprisingly familiar DSP techniques. DSP usage in Communications Multiple Access Schemes. Intuitive comparisons of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, and SDMA. 6. Practical DSP Tips and Tricks. Signal Averaging for cleaner results. A sliding DFT that computes selected results 1000 times faster than the FFT. Extremely efficient minimization using a Downhill Simplex “amoeba”. 7. Specific areas of DSP with substantial market growth. Communications, Audio and Video, Space, Medical, Commercial Media, Weather Forecasting, Military, Oil and Gas Exploration, Simulation and Modeling, Financial, Tomography, and many others. Instructor D. Lee Fugal is President of S&ST Technical Con-sulting– providing guidance and solutions to high-technology firms since 1991. He holds a Masters in Applied Physics (DSP) and is Chairman of the San Diego IEEE Signal Processing Society. He is the author of “Conceptual Wavelets in Digital Signal Processing” and the co-au-thor with Richard Lyons of “The Essen-tial Guide to Digital Signal Processing”. Drawing on more than 30 years of industry experience, Lee teaches upper-division university courses in DSP and short courses for working engineers at various ven-ues around the country. An IEEE Senior Member, he is a recipient of the IEEE Third Millennium Medal. What You Will Learn • How to recognize and avoid common DSP pitfalls through an increased, intuitive understanding of Sampling, Fourier Transforms, Filtering, Convolution, and Correlation. • How to confidently (and correctly) use more advanced DSP techniques such as Optimal and Matched Filtering, Hilbert Transforms, Multirate Systems, Multiresolution, and Time/Frequency methods (including Wavelets). • How to understand and implement advanced DSP applications such as Cross Ambiguity Functions (CAFs), Stochastic Resonance, Harmonics/Intermodulation, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), and Communications Multiple Access Methods. • How to utilize selected DSP “Tips and Tricks” for faster and more efficient signal processing along with market-specific hints. This course is different from the typical Applied Mathematics DSP courses in that it is an in-depth, comprehensive treatment but from a more intuitive, understandable perspective. This approach de-mystifies, clarifies, and demonstrates the techniques thus allowing the student to quickly learn and correctly apply them. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 39
  • 40.
    Electromagnetic Compatibility /Signal Integrity Design Summary Course # E125 NEW! Design for EMC/SI (Electromagnetic Compatibility & Signal Integrity) addresses the control of EMI (Electromagnetic Interference) at the box level through proven design techniques. This two-day course provides a comprehensive treatment of EMC/SI "inside the box." This includes digital and analog circuits, printed circuit board design, power electronics, I/O treatments, mechanical shielding, and more. Please note - this class does NOT address "outside the box" issues such as cable design, power wiring, and other systems level concerns. Each student will receive a copy of the EDN Magazine Designer's Guide to EMC by Daryl Gerke and William Kimmel, along with a complete set of lecture notes. February Dates: An optional 3rd day with an EMI Troubleshooting Workshop can be added for EMI Troubleshooting Guidelines. Eight case studies are covered. Instructors William (Bill) Kimmel., PE, has worked in the electronics field for over 45 years. He received his BSEE with distinction from the University of Minnesota. His experience includes design and systems engineering with industry leaders like Control Data and Sperry Defense Systems. Since, 1987, he has been involved exclusively with EMI/EMC as a founding partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. Bill has qualified numerous systems to industrial, commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and related EMI/EMC requirements. Daryl Gerke, PE, has worked in the electronics field for over 40 years. He received his BSEE from the University of Nebraska. His experience ranges includes design and systems engineering with industry leaders like Collins Radio, Sperry Defense Systems, Tektronix, and Intel. Since 1987, he has been involved exclusively with EMI/EMC as a founding partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. Daryl has qualified numerous systems to industrial, commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and related EMI/EMC requirements. Who Should Attend This seminar is directed at personnel who are wrestling with interference/noise problems in electronic systems at the design level. The following could benefit from this class: • Electronics design engineers and technicians. • Printed circuit board designers. • EMC test engineers and technicians. • NO prior EMC experience is necessary or assumed. What You Will Learn • How to identify, prevent, and fix over 30 common EMI/EMC problems in at the box/design level. • Simple models and "rules of thumb" and to help you arrive at quick design decisions (NO heavy math). • Design impact of various EMC specifications. • Practical tools, tips, and techniques. • Good EMI/EMC design practices. October 6-7, 2014 Minneapolis, Minnesota February 10-11, 2015 San Diego, California Optional Day 3: February 12, 2015 February 17-18, 2015 Orlando, Florida Optional Day 3: February 19, 2015 $995 for 2-day • $1395 for 3-day (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. • Interference Sources, Paths and Receptors • Key EMI Design Threats • EMI Regulations and Their Impact on Design Physics of EMI • Frequency, Time and Dimensions • Transmisison Lines and "Hidden" Antennas 2. EMI in Components. • Looking for the "Hidden Schematic" • Passive Components and Their Limitations • Simple EMI Filters and How to Design them • EMI Effects in Analog and Digital Circuits 3. Printed Circuit Boards. • Signal Integrity and EMI • Common Mode Emissions Problems • Dealing with Clocks and Resets • Power Decoupling • Isolated and Split Planes • I/O Treatments 4. Power Supplies. • Common Noise Sources • Parasitic Coupling Mechanisms • Filters and Transient Protection 5. Grounding & Interconnect. • Function of a Ground • Single Point, Multi-Point and Hybrid Grounds • Analog vs Digital Grounds • Circuit Board Grounding • Internal Cables and Connectors • I/O Treatments 6. Shielding. • Picking the Right Materials • Enclosure Design Techniques • Shielded Connectors and Cables • ESD Entry Points 7. Design Checklists & Resources. 40 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 41.
    EMI / EMCin Military Systems Includes Mil Std-461/464 & Troubleshooting Addendums Course # E141 Nevember 18-20, 2014 Newport, Rhode Island $1840 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. Interference sources, paths, and receptors. Identifying key EMI threats - power disturbances, radio frequency interference, electrostatic discharge, self-compatibility. Key EMI concepts - Frequency and impedance, Frequency and time, Frequency and dimensions. Unintentional antennas related to dimensions. 2. Grounding - A Safety Interface. Grounds defined. Ground loops and single point grounds. Multipoint grounds and hybrid grounds. Ground bond corrosion. Lightning induced ground bounce. Ground currents through chassis. Unsafe grounding practice. 3. Power - An Energy Interface. Types of power disturbances. Common impedance coupling in shared ground and voltage supply. Transient protection. EMI power line filters. Isolation transformers. Regulators and UPS. Power harmonics and magnetic fields. 4. Cables and Connectors - A Signal Interface. Cable coupling paths. Cable shield grounding and termination. Cable shield materials. Cable and connector ferrites. Cable crosstalk. Classify cables and connectors. 5. Shielding - An Electromagnetic Field Interface. Shielding principles. Shielding failures. Shielding materials. EMI gaskets for seams. Handling large openings. Cable terminations and penetrations. 6. Systems Solutions. Power disturbances. Radio frequency interference. Electrostatic discharge. Electromagnetic emissions. 7. MIL-STD-461 & MIL-STD-464 Addendum. Background on MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-464. Design/proposal impact of individual requirements (emphasis on design, NOT testing.) Documentation requirements - Control Plans, Test Plans, Test Reports. 8. EMC Troubleshooting Addemdum. Troubleshooting vs Design & Test. Using the "Differential Diagnosis" Methodology Diagnostic and Isolation Techniques - RFI, power, ESD, emissions. What You Will Learn • How to identify, prevent, and fix common EMI/EMC problems in military systems? • Simple models and "rules of thumb" and to help you arrive at quick design decisions (NO heavy math). • EMI/EMC troubleshooting tips and techniques. • Design impact (by requirement) of military EMC specifications (MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-464) • EMI/EMC documentation requirements (Control Plans, Test Plans, and Test Reports). Summary Systems EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) involves the control of EMI (Electromagnetic Interference) at the systems, facility, and platform levels (e.g. outside the box.) This three-day course provides a comprehensive treatment of EMI/EMC problems in military systems. These include both the box level requirements of MIL-STD-461 and the systems level requirements of MIL-STD-464. The emphasis is on prevention through good EMI/EMC design techniques - grounding, shielding, cable management, and power interface design. Troubleshooting techniques are also addressed in an addendum. Please note - this class does NOT address circuit boards issues. Each student will receive a copy of the EDN Magazine Designer's Guide to EMC by Daryl Gerke and William Kimmel, along with a complete set of lecture notes. Instructors William (Bill) Kimmel, PE, has worked in the electronics field for over 45 years. He received his BSEE with distinction from the University of Minnesota. His experience includes design and systems engineering with industry leaders like Control Data and Sperry Defense Systems. Since, 1987, he has been involved exclusively with EMI/EMC as a founding partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. Bill has qualified numerous systems to industrial, commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and related EMI/EMC requirements. Daryl Gerke, PE, has worked in the electronics field for over 40 years. He received his BSEE from the University of Nebraska. His experience ranges includes design and systems engineering with industry leaders like Collins Radio, Sperry Defense Systems, Tektronix, and Intel. Since 1987, he has been involved exclusively with EMI/EMC as a founding partner of Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. Daryl has qualified numerous systems to industrial, commercial, military, medical, vehicular, and related EMI/EMC requirements. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 41
  • 42.
    Fundamentals of Statisticswith Excel Examples January 27-28, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1290 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # E219 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary This two-day course covers the basics of probability and statistic analysis. The course is self-contained and practical, using Excel to perform the fundamental calculations. Students are encouraged to bring their laptops to work provided Excel example problems. By the end of the course you will be comfortable with statistical concepts and able to perform and understand statistical calculations by hand and using Excel. You will understand probabilities, statistical distributions, confidence levels and hypothesis testing, using tools that are available in Excel. Participants will receive a complete set of notes and the textbook Statistical Analysis with Excel. Instructor Dr. Alan D. Stuart, Associate Professor Emeritus of Acoustics, Penn State, has over forty years in the field of sound and vibration where he applied statistics to the design of experiments and analysis of data. He has degrees in mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, and engineering acoustics and has taught for over thirty years on both the graduate and undergraduate levels. For the last eight years, he has taught Applied Statistics courses at government and industrial organizations throughout the country. What You Will Learn • Working knowledge of statistical terms. • Use of distribution functions to estimate probabilities. • How to apply confidence levels to real-world problems. • Applications of hypothesis testing. • Useful ways of summarizing statistical data. • How to use Excel to analyze statistical data. Course Outline 1. Introduction to Statistics. Definition of terms and concepts with simple illustrations. Measures of central tendency: Mean, mode, medium. Measures of dispersion: Variance, standard deviation, range. Organizing random data. Introduction to Excel statistics tools. 2. Basic Probability. Probability based on: equally likely events, frequency, axioms. Permutations and combinations of distinct objects. Total, joint, conditional probabilities. Examples related to systems engineering. 3. Discrete Random Variables. Bernoulli trial. Binomial distributions. Poisson distribution. Discrete probability density functions and cumulative distribution functions. Excel examples. 4. Continuous Random Variables. Normal distribution. Uniform distribution. Triangular distribution. Log-normal distributions. Discrete probability density functions and cumulative distribution functions. Excel examples. 5. Sampling Distributions. Sample size considerations. Central limit theorem. Student-t distribution. 6. Functions of Random Variables. (Propagation of errors) Sums and products of random variables. Tolerance of mechanical components. Electrical system gains. 7. System Reliability. Failure and reliability statistics. Mean time to failure. Exponential distribution. Gamma distribution. Weibull distribution. 8. Confidence Level. Confidence intervals. Significance of data. Margin of error. Sample size considerations. P-values. 9. Hypotheses Testing. Error analysis. Decision and detection theory. Operating characteristic curves. Inferences of two-samples testing, e.g. assessment of before and after treatments. 10. Probability Plots and Parameter Estimation. Percentiles of data. Box whisker plots. Probability plot characteristics. Excel examples of Normal, Exponential and Weibull plots. 11. Data Analysis. Introduction to linear regression, Error variance, Pearson linear correlation coefficients, Residuals pattern, Principal component analysis (PCA) of large data sets. Excel examples. 12. Special Topics of Interest to Class. 42 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 43.
    Radio Frequency Interference(RFI) in Wireless Communications Summary Identification and Resolution Course # E189 RFI is experienced in all radio communication systems, on the ground, in the air and on the sea, and in space. This course will address all principal uses of radio and wireless and how RFI can be assessed and resolved. The approach is based on solid technical methodologies that have been applied over the years yet considers systems in use today and on the near-term horizon. The objective is to allow the widest variety of radiocommunication applications to operate and co-exist, providing for effective methods of identifying and resolving RFI before, during and after it appears. Instructor Bruce R. Elbert, MSc (EE), MBA, Adjunct Professor, College of Engineering, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a recognized satellite communications expert and has been involved in the satellite and telecommunications industries for over 40 years. He founded ATSI to assist major private and public sector organizations that develop and operate cutting-edge networks using satellite technologies and services. During 25 years with Hughes Electronics, he directed the design of several major satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s original satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system (the largest and most successful satellite TV system in the world); and the development of the first GEO mobile satellite system capable of serving handheld user terminals. Mr. Elbert was also ground segment manager for the Hughes system, which included eight teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. He served in the US Army Signal Corps as a radio communications officer and instructor. By considering the technical, business, and operational aspects of satellite systems, Mr. Elbert has contributed to the operational and economic success of leading organizations in the field. He has written nine books on telecommunications and IT. February 17-19, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Key concepts of evaluating radio frequency interference. Elements of a wireless or radio communication system – land-based point-to-point and wireless/cellular, space-based systems. Types of electromagnetic interference – natural and man-made (unintentional and intentional). Interference sources – conducted and radiated, radar signals, RF intermodulation (IM). Levels of RFI – permissible, accepted, harmful. 2. Signals, Bandwidth and Threshold Conditions. Modulation – analog and digital. Source encoding and error correcting codes. Adaptation to link conditions. Spread spectrum. Eb/N0, protection ratio (C/I). Computing minimum acceptable signal (dBm at receiver input). 3. Spectrum Allocations and Potential for Sharing with Acceptable Interference. Current frequency allocations for government and non-government use (1 MHz through 100 GHz). ITU designated bands for sharing as Primary and Secondary services. Sharing criteria – as mandated, as negotiated. 4. Link Budget equations. Line-of-sight propagation, range equation, power flux density. Evaluating antenna properties and coupling factors. Calculating C/I from antenna characteristics – homogeneous and heterogeneous cases. 5. RFI on Obstructed Paths. Path profiles and obstructions. Diffraction and smooth earth losses. Path analysis tools – HD Path. 6. Atmospheric losses and fading. Constituents of the atmosphere. Tropospheric losses. Near-line-of-sight paths; Ricean fading model. Obstructed paths (in building and concrete canyons); Rayleigh fading. 7. Interference analysis examples between various systems. Service performance in the presence of interference, interference control through design and coordination. Radars vs. land mobile and LTE systems. WiFi and Bluetooth. Satellite communications vs. terrestrial microwave systems. 8. Frequency reuse and signal propagation. Cross polarization on the same path. Angle separation through antenna beam selection. Cellular pattern layout – seven and four color reuse patterns. Non-steady state propagation – scatter, rain-induced interference, ionospheric conditions. 9. How to identify, prevent, and fix common RFI problems. Identifying interference in the real world – detection, location, resolution. Physical separation, orbit separation. Site and terrain shielding. Interference suppression – filtering, analog and digital processing techniques. What You Will Learn The objective of this three-day course is to increase knowledge in the area of RFI and EMI compatibility as well as the risk of potential interference among various wireless systems. The interference cases would result from the operation of one system as against others (e.g., radar affecting land mobile radio, and vice versa; satellite communications affecting terrestrial microwave, and vice versa). It is assumed that all operating equipment has been designed and tested to satisfy common technical requirements, such as FCC consumer certification and MIL STD 461F. As a consequence, RFI is that experienced primarily through the antennas used in communications. The instruction will be conducted in the classroom by Bruce Elbert using PowerPoint slides, Excel Spreadsheets, and link calculation tools such as HD Path and SatMaster. The overall context is spectrum and frequency management to enhance knowledge in identifying and mitigating potential interference threats among various systems. Attendees are expected to have a technical background with prior exposure to wireless systems and equipment. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 43
  • 44.
    Wavelets: A Conceptual,Practical Approach Course # E221 “This course uses very little math, yet provides an in-depth understanding of the concepts and real-world applications of these powerful tools.” Summary Updated! Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) are in wide use and work very well if your signal stays at a constant frequency (“stationary”). But if the signal could vary, have pulses, “blips” or any other kind of interesting behavior then you need Wavelets. Wavelets are remarkable tools that can stretch and move like an amoeba to find the hidden “events” and then simultaneously give you their location, frequency, and shape. Wavelet Transforms allow this and many other capabilities not possible with conventional methods like the FFT. This three-day (four-day live instructor lead virtual online) course is vastly different from traditional math-oriented Wavelet courses or books in that we use examples, figures, and computer demonstrations to show how to understand and work with Wavelets. This is a comprehensive, in-depth. up-to-date treatment of the subject, but from an intuitive, conceptual We do look at some key equations but only AFTER the concepts are demonstrated and understood so you can see the wavelets and equations “in action”. Each student will receive extensive course slides, a CD with MATLAB demonstrations, and a copy of the instructor’s new book, Conceptual Wavelets. If convenient we recommend that you bring a laptop to this class. A disc with the course materials will be provided and the laptop will allow you to utilize the materials in class. Note: the laptop is NOT a requirement. Instructor point of view. D. Lee Fugal is the Founder and President of an independent consulting firm. He has over 30 years of industry experience in Digital Signal Processing (including Wavelets) and Satellite Communications. He has been a full-time consultant on numerous assignments since 1991. Recent projects include Excision of Chirp Jammer Signals using Wavelets, design of Space-Based Geolocation Systems (GPS & Non-GPS), and Advanced Pulse Detection using Wavelet Technology. He has taught upper-division University courses in DSP and in Satellites as well as Wavelet short courses and seminars for Practicing Engineers and Management. He holds a Masters in Applied Physics (DSP) from the University of Utah, is a Senior Member of IEEE, and a recipient of the IEEE Third Millennium Medal. February 10-12, 2015 San Diego, California March 10-13, 2015 Live Virtual Online • (12:00pm - 4:30pm) $1945 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. "Your Wavelets course was very helpful in our Radar studies. We often use wavelets now instead of the Fourier Transform for precision denoising." –Long To, NAWC WD, Point Wugu, CA "I was looking forward to this course and it was very reward-ing– Your clear explanations starting with the big picture imme-diately contextualized the material allowing us to drill a little deeper with a fuller understanding" –Steve Van Albert, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research "Good overview of key wavelet concepts and literature. The course provided a good physical understanding of wavelet transforms and applications." –Stanley Radzevicius, ENSCO, Inc. Course Outline 1. What is a Wavelet? Examples and Uses. “Waves” that can start, stop, move and stretch. Real-world applications in many fields: Signal and Image Processing, Internet Traffic, Airport Security, Medicine, JPEG, Finance, Pulse and Target Recognition, Radar, Sonar, etc. 2. Comparison with traditional methods. The concept of the FFT, the STFT, and Wavelets as all being various types of comparisons (correlations) with the data. Strengths, weaknesses, optimal choices. 3. The Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT). Stretching and shifting the Wavelet for optimal correlation. Predefined vs. Constructed Wavelets. 4. The Discrete Wavelet Transform (DWT). Shrinking the signal by factors of 2 through downsampling. Understanding the DWT in terms of correlations with the data. Relating the DWT to the CWT. Demonstrations and uses. 5. The Redundant Discrete Wavelet Transform (RDWT). Stretching the Wavelet by factors of 2 without downsampling. Tradeoffs between the alias-free processing and the extra storage and computational burdens. A hybrid process using both the DWT and the RDWT. Demonstrations and uses. 6. “Perfect Reconstruction Filters”. How to cancel the effects of aliasing. How to recognize and avoid any traps. A breakthrough method to see the filters as basic Wavelets. The “magic” of alias cancellation demonstrated in both the time and frequency domains. 7. Highly useful properties of popular Wavelets. How to choose the best Wavelet for your application. When to create your own and when to stay with proven favorites. 8. Compression and De-Noising using Wavelets. How to remove unwanted or non-critical data without throwing away the alias cancellation capability. A new, powerful method to extract signals from large amounts of noise. Demonstrations. 9. Additional Methods and Applications. Image Processing. Detecting Discontinuities, Self-Similarities and Transitory Events. Speech Processing. Human Vision. Audio and Video. BPSK/QPSK Signals. Wavelet Packet Analysis. Matched Filtering. How to read and use the various Wavelet Displays. Demonstrations. 10. Further Resources. The very best of Wavelet references. What You Will Learn • How to use Wavelets as a “microscope” to analyze data that changes over time or has hidden “events” that would not show up on an FFT. • How to understand and efficiently use the 3 types of Wavelet Transforms to better analyze and process your data. State-of-the-art methods and applications. • How to compress and de-noise data using advanced Wavelet techniques. How to avoid potential pitfalls by understanding the concepts. A “safe” method if in doubt. • How to increase productivity and reduce cost by choosing (or building) a Wavelet that best matches your particular application. 44 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 45.
    Wireless Communications &Spread Spectrum Design Summary Course # E222 This three-day course is designed for wireless communication engineers involved with spread spectrum systems, and managers who wish to enhance their understanding of the wireless techniques that are being used in all types of communication systems and products. It provides an overall look at many types and advantages of spread spectrum systems that are designed in wireless systems today. Cognitive adaptive systems are discussed. This course covers an intuitive approach that provides a real feel for the technology, with applications that apply to both the government and commercial sectors. Students will receive a copy of the instructor's textbook, Transceiver and System Design for Digital Communications. Instructor Scott R. Bullock, P.E., MSEE, specializes in Wireless Communications including Spread Spectrum Systems and Broadband Communication Systems, Networking, Software Defined Radios and Cognitive Radios and Systems for both government and commercial uses. He holds 18 patents and 22 trade secrets in communications and has published several articles in various trade magazines. He was active in establishing the data link standard for GPS SCAT-I landing systems, the first handheld spread spectrum PCS cell phone, and developed spread spectrum landing systems for the government. He is the author of two books, Transceiver and System Design for Digital Communications & Broadband Communications and Home Networking, Scitech Publishing, www.scitechpub.com. He has taught seminars for several years to all the major communication companies, an adjunct professor at two colleges, and was a guest lecturer for Polytechnic University on "Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum and Multiple Access Technologies." He has held several high level engineering positions including VP, Senior Director, Director of R&D, Engineering Fellow, and Consulting Engineer. What You Will Learn • How to perform link budgets for types of spread spectrum communications? • How to evaluate different digital modulation/ demodulation techniques? • What additional techniques are used to enhance digital Comm links including; multiple access, OFDM, error detection/correction, FEC, Turbo codes? • What is multipath and how to reduce multipath and jammers including adaptive processes? • What types of satellite communications and satellites are being used and design techniques? • What types of networks & Comms are being used for commercial/military; ad hoc, mesh, WiFi, WiMAX, 3&4G, JTRS, SCA, SDR, Link 16, cognitive radios & networks? • What is a Global Positioning System? • How to solve a 3 dimension Direction Finding? From this course you will obtain the knowledge and ability to evaluate and develop the system design for wireless communication digital transceivers including spread spectrum systems. November 18-20, 2014 San Diego, California January 19-21, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1845 (8:30am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Transceiver Design. dB power, link budgets, system design tradeoffs, S/N, Eb/No, Pe, BER, link margin, tracking noise, process gain, effects and advantages of using spread spectrum techniques. 2. Transmitter Design. Spread spectrum transmitters, PSK, MSK, QAM, CP-PSK, FH, OFDM, PN-codes, TDMA/CDMA/FDMA, antennas, T/R, LOs, upconverters, sideband elimination, PAs, VSWR. 3. Receiver Design. Dynamic range, image rejection, limiters, MDS, superheterodyne receivers, importance of LNAs, 3rd order intercept, intermods, spurious signals, two tone dynamic range, TSS, phase noise, mixers, filters, A/D converters, aliasing anti-aliasing filters, digital signal processors DSPs. 4. Automatic Gain Control Design & Phase Lock Loop Comparison. AGCs, linearizer, detector, loop filter, integrator, using control theory and feedback systems to analyze AGCs, PLL and AGC comparison. 5. Demodulation. Demodulation and despreading techniques for spread spectrum systems, pulsed matched filters, sliding correlators, pulse position modulation, CDMA, coherent demod, despreading, carrier recovery, squaring loops, Costas and modified Costas loops, symbol synch, eye pattern, inter-symbol interference, phase detection, Shannon's limit. 6. Basic Probability and Pulse Theory. Simple approach to probability, gaussian process, quantization error, Pe, BER, probability of detection vs probability of false alarm, error detection CRC, error correction, FEC, RS & Turbo codes, LDPC, Interleaving, Viterbi, multi-h, PPM, m-sequence codes. 7. Cognitive adaptive systems. Dynamic spectrum access, adaptive power gain control using closed loop feedback systems, integrated solutions of Navigational data and closed loop RSSI measurements, adaptive modulation, digital adaptive filters, adaptive cosite filters, use of AESAs for beamsteering, nullstearing, beam spoiling, sidelobe detection, communications using multipath, MIMO, and a combined cognitive system approach. 8. Improving the System Against Jammers. Burst jammers, digital filters, GSOs, adaptive filters, ALEs, quadrature method to eliminate unwanted sidebands, orthogonal methods to reduce jammers, types of intercept receivers. 9. Global Navigation Satellite Systems. Basic understanding of GPS, spread spectrum BPSK modulated signal from space, satellite transmission, signal structure, receiver, errors, narrow correlator, selective availability SA, carrier smoothed code, Differential DGPS, Relative GPS, widelane/narrowlane, carrier phase tracking KCPT, double difference. 10. Satellite Communications. ADPCM, FSS, geosynchronous / geostationary orbits, types of antennas, equivalent temperature analysis, G/T multiple access, propagation delay, types of satellites. 11. Broadband Communications and Networking. Home distribution methods, Bluetooth, OFDM, WiFi, WiMax, LTE, 3&4G cellular, QoS, military radios, JTRS, software defined radios, SCA, gateways, Link 16, TDMA, adaptive networks, mesh, ad hoc, on-the-move, MANETs, D-MANETs, cognitive radios and networks. 12. DF & Interferometer Analysis. Positioning and direction finding using interferometers, direction cosines, three dimensional approach, antenna position matrix, coordinate conversion for moving. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 45
  • 46.
    Communications Payload Designand Satellite System Architecture March 3-6, 2015 Germantown, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Course # P125 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/Communications_Payload_Design_etc.html Summary This four-day course provides communications and satellite systems engineers and system architects with a comprehensive and accurate approach for the specification and detailed design of the communications payload and its integration into a satellite system. Both standard bent pipe repeaters and digital processors (on board and ground-based) are studied in depth, and optimized from the standpoint of maximizing throughput and coverage (single footprint and multi-beam). Applications in Fixed Satellite Service (C, X, Ku and Ka bands) and Mobile Satellite Service (L and S bands) are addressed as are the requirements of the associated ground segment for satellite control and the provision of services to end users. Discussion will address inter-satellite links using millimeter wave RF and optical technologies. Instructor Bruce R. Elbert (MSEE, MBA) is president of an independent satellite communications consulting firm. He is a recognized satellite communications expert with 40 years of experience in satellite communications payload and systems engineering beginning at COMSAT Laboratories and including 25 years with Hughes Electronics (now Boeing Satellite). He has contributed to the design and construction of major communications satellites, including Intelsat V, Inmarsat 4, Galaxy, Thuraya, DIRECTV, Morelos (Mexico) and Palapa A (Indonesia). Mr. Elbert led R&D in Ka band systems and is a prominent expert in the application of millimeter wave technology to commercial use. He has written eight books, including: The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook – Second Edition (Artech House, 2004), The Satellite Communication Ground Segment and Earth Station Handbook (Artech House, 2004), and Introduction to Satellite Communication - Third Edition (Artech House, 2008), is included. What You Will Learn • How to transform system and service requirements into payload specifications and design elements. • What are the specific characteristics of payload components, such as antennas, LNAs, microwave filters, channel and power amplifiers, and power combiners. • What space and ground architecture to employ when evaluating on-board processing and multiple beam antennas, and how these may be configured for optimum end-to-end performance. • How to understand the overall system architecture and the capabilities of ground segment elements - hubs and remote terminals - to integrate with the payload, constellation and end-to- end system. • From this course you will obtain the knowledge, skill and ability to configure a communications payload based on its service requirements and technical features. You will understand the engineering processes and device characteristics that determine how the payload is put together and operates in a state - of - the - art telecommunications system to meet user needs. Course Outline 1. Communications Payloads and Service Requirements. Bandwidth, coverage, services and applications; RF link characteristics and appropriate use of link budgets; bent pipe payloads using passive and active components; specific demands for broadband data, IP over satellite, mobile communications and service availability; principles for using digital processing in system architecture, and on-board processor examples at L band (non-GEO and GEO) and Ka band. 2. Systems Engineering to Meet Service Requirements. Transmission engineering of the satellite link and payload (modulation and FEC, standards such as DVB-S2 and Adaptive Coding and Modulation, ATM and IP routing in space); optimizing link and payload design through consideration of traffic distribution and dynamics, link margin, RF interference and frequency coordination requirements. 3. Bent-pipe Repeater Design. Example of a detailed block and level diagram, design for low noise amplification, down-conversion design, IMUX and band-pass filtering, group delay and gain slope, AGC and linearizaton, power amplification (SSPA and TWTA, linearization and parallel combining), OMUX and design for high power/multipactor, redundancy switching and reliability assessment. 4. Spacecraft Antenna Design and Performance. Fixed reflector systems (offset parabola, Gregorian, Cassegrain) feeds and feed systems, movable and reconfigurable antennas; shaped reflectors; linear and circular polarization. 5. Communications Payload Performance Budgeting. Gain to Noise Temperature Ratio (G/T), Saturation Flux Density (SFD), and Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP); repeater gain/loss budgeting; frequency stability and phase noise; third-order intercept (3ICP), gain flatness, group delay; non-linear phase shift (AM/PM); out of band rejection and amplitude non-linearity (C3IM and NPR). 6. On-board Digital Processor Technology. A/D and D/A conversion, digital signal processing for typical channels and formats (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA); demodulation and remodulation, multiplexing and packet switching; static and dynamic beam forming; design requirements and service impacts. 7. Multi-beam Antennas. Fixed multi-beam antennas using multiple feeds, feed layout and isloation; phased array approaches using reflectors and direct radiating arrays; on-board versus ground-based beamforming. 8. RF Interference and Spectrum Management Considerations. Unraveling the FCC and ITU international regulatory and coordination process; choosing frequency bands that address service needs; development of regulatory and frequency coordination strategy based on successful case studies. 9. Ground Segment Selection and Optimization. Overall architecture of the ground segment: satellite TT&C and communications services; earth station and user terminal capabilities and specifications (fixed and mobile); modems and baseband systems; selection of appropriate antenna based on link requirements and end-user/platform considerations. 10. Earth station and User Terminal Tradeoffs: RF tradeoffs (RF power, EIRP, G/T); network design for provision of service (star, mesh and hybrid networks); portability and mobility. 11. Performance and Capacity Assessment. Determining capacity requirements in terms of bandwidth, power and network operation; selection of the air interface (multiple access, modulation and coding); interfaces with satellite and ground segment; relationship to available standards in current use and under development . 12. Advanced Concepts for Inter-satellite Links and System Verification. Requirements for inter-satellite links in communications and tracking applications. RF technology at Ka and Q bands; optical laser innovations that are applied to satellite-to-satellite and satellite-to-ground links. Innovations in verification of payload and ground segment performance and operation; where and how to review sources of available technology and software to evaluate subsystem and system performance; guidelines for overseeing development and evaluating alternate technologies and their sources. 46 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 47.
    Earth Station Design Implementation, Operation & Maintenance for Satellite Communications Course # P142 Course Outline 1. Ground Segment and Earth Station Technical Aspects. Evolution of satellite communication earth stations— teleports and hubs • Earth station design philosophy for performance and operational effectiveness • Engineering principles • Propagation considerations • The isotropic source, line of sight, antenna principles • Atmospheric effects: troposphere (clear air and rain) and ionosphere (Faraday and scintillation) • Rain effects and rainfall regions • Use of the DAH and Crane rain models • Modulation systems (QPSK, OQPSK, MSK, GMSK, 8PSK, 16 QAM, and 32 APSK) • Forward error correction techniques (Viterbi, Reed-Solomon, Turbo, and LDPC codes) • Transmission equation and its relationship to the link budget • Radio frequency clearance and interference consideration • RFI prediction techniques • Antenna sidelobes (ITU-R Rec 732) • Interference criteria and coordination • Site selection • RFI problem identification and resolution. 2. Major Earth Station Engineering. RF terminal design and optimization. Antennas for major earth stations (fixed and tracking, LP and CP) • Upconverter and HPA chain (SSPA, TWTA, and KPA) • LNA/LNB and downconverter chain. Optimization of RF terminal configuration and performance (redundancy, power combining, and safety) • Baseband equipment configuration and integration • Designing and verifying the terrestrial interface • Station monitor and control • Facility design and implementation • Prime power and UPS systems. Developing environmental requirements (HVAC) • Building design and construction • Grounding and lightening control. 3. Hub Requirements and Supply. Earth station uplink and downlink gain budgets • EIRP budget • Uplink gain budget and equipment requirements • G/T budget • Downlink gain budget • Ground segment supply process • Equipment and system specifications • Format of a Request for Information • Format of a Request for Proposal • Proposal evaluations • Technical comparison criteria • Operational requirements • Cost-benefit and total cost of ownership. 4. Link Budget Analysis Related to the Earth Station. Standard ground rules for satellite link budgets • Frequency band selection: L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka • Satellite footprints (EIRP, G/T, and SFD) and transponder plans • Transponder loading and optimum multi-carrier backoff • How to assess transponder capacity • Maximize throughput • Minimize receive dish size • Minimize transmit power • Examples: DVB-S2 broadcast, digital VSAT network with multi-carrier operation. 5. Earth Terminal Maintenance Requirements and Procedures. Outdoor systems • Antennas, mounts and waveguide • Field of view • Shelter, power and safety • Indoor RF and IF systems • Vendor requirements by subsystem • Failure modes and routine testing. 6. VSAT Basseband Hub Maintenance Requirements and Procedures. IF and modem equipment • Performance evaluation • Test procedures • TDMA control equipment and software • Hardware and computers • Network management system • System software 7. Hub Procurement and Operation Case Study. General requirements and life-cycle • Block diagram • Functional division into elements for design and procurement • System level specifications • Vendor options • Supply specifications and other requirements • RFP definition • Proposal evaluation • O&M planning October 28-31, 2014 Columbia, Maryland January 27-30, 2015 Germantown, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/earth_station_design.htm Summary This intensive four-day course is intended for satellite communications engineers, earth station design professionals, and operations and maintenance managers and technical staff. The course provides a proven approach to the design of modern earth stations, from the system level down to the critical elements that determine the performance and reliability of the facility. We address the essential technical properties in the baseband and RF, and delve deeply into the block diagram, budgets and specification of earth stations and hubs. Also addressed are practical approaches for the procurement and implementation of the facility, as well as proper practices for O&M and testing throughout the useful life. The overall methodology assures that the earth station meets its requirements in a cost effective and manageable manner. Instructor Bruce R. Elbert, (MSEE, MBA) is president of an independent satellite communications consulting firm. He is a recognized satellite communications expert and has been involved in the satellite and telecommunications industries for over 40 years. He founded ATSI to assist major private and public sector organizations that develop and operate digital video and broadband networks using satellite technologies and services. During 25 years with Hughes Electronics, he directed the design of several major satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s original satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system (the largest and most successful satellite TV system in the world); and the development of the first GEO mobile satellite system capable of serving handheld user terminals. Mr. Elbert was also ground segment manager for the Hughes system, which included eight teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. He served in the US Army Signal Corps as a radio communications officer and instructor. By considering the technical, business, and operational aspects of satellite systems, Mr. Elbert has contributed to the operational and economic success of leading organizations in the field. He has written seven books on telecommunications and IT, including Introduction to Satellite Communication, Third Edition (Artech House, 2008). The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook, Second Edition (Artech House, 2004); The Satellite Communication Ground Segment and Earth Station Handbook (Artech House, 2001), the course text. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 47
  • 48.
    Ground Systems Designand Operation Summary Course # P155 This three-day course provides a practical introduction to all aspects of ground system design and operation. Starting with basic communications principles, an understanding is developed of ground system architectures and system design issues. The function of major ground system elements is explained, leading to a discussion of day-to-day operations. The course concludes with a discussion of current trends in Ground System design and operations. This course is intended for engineers, technical managers, and scientists who are interested in acquiring a working understanding of ground systems as an introduction to the field or to help broaden their overall understanding of space mission systems and mission operations. It is also ideal for technical professionals who need to use, manage, operate, or purchase a ground system. Instructor Steve Gemeny is Director of Engineering for Syntonics. Formerly Senior Member of the Professional Staff at The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory where he served as Ground Station Lead for the TIMED mission to explore Earth’s atmosphere and Lead Ground System Engineer on the New Horizons mission to explore Pluto by 2020. Prior to joining the Applied Physics Laboratory, Mr. Gemeny held numerous engineering and technical sales positions with Orbital Sciences Corporation, Mobile TeleSystems Inc. and COMSAT Corporation beginning in 1980. Mr. Gemeny is an experienced professional in the field of Ground Station and Ground System design in both the commercial world and on NASA Science missions with a wealth of practical knowledge spanning more than three decades. Mr. Gemeny delivers his experiences and knowledge to his students with an informative and entertaining presentation style. What You Will Learn • The fundamentals of ground system design, architecture and technology. • Cost and performance tradeoffs in the spacecraft-to-ground communications link. • Cost and performance tradeoffs in the design and implementation of a ground system. • The capabilities and limitations of the various modulation types (FM, PSK, QPSK). • The fundamentals of ranging and orbit determination for orbit maintenance. • Basic day-to-day operations practices and procedures for typical ground systems. • Current trends and recent experiences in cost and schedule constrained operations. November 5-7, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. The Link Budget. An introduction to basic communications system principles and theory; system losses, propagation effects, Ground Station performance, and frequency selection. 2. Ground System Architecture and System Design. An overview of ground system topology providing an introduction to ground system elements and technologies. 3. Ground System Elements. An element by element review of the major ground station subsystems, explaining roles, parameters, limitations, tradeoffs, and current technology. 4. Figure of Merit (G/T). An introduction to the key parameter used to characterize satellite ground station performance, bringing all ground station elements together to form a complete system. 5. Modulation Basics. An introduction to modulation types, signal sets, analog and digital modulation schemes, and modulator - demodulator performance characteristics. 6. Ranging and Tracking. A discussion of ranging and tracking for orbit determination. 7. Ground System Networks and Standards. A survey of several ground system networks and standards with a discussion of applicability, advantages, disadvantages, and alternatives. 8. Ground System Operations. A discussion of day-to-day operations in a typical ground system including planning and staffing, spacecraft commanding, health and status monitoring, data recovery, orbit determination, and orbit maintenance. 9. Trends in Ground System Design. A discussion of the impact of the current cost and schedule constrained approach on Ground System design and operation, including COTS hardware and software systems, autonomy, and unattended “lights out” operations. 48 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 49.
    Summary This two-dayin-person or (three-day Live Virtual) course is designed for satellite engineers and managers in military, government and industry who need to increase their understanding of how Internet Protocols (IP) can be used to efficiently transmit mission-critical converged traffic over satellites. IP has become the worldwide standard for converged data, video, voice communications in military and commercial applications. Satellites extend the reach of the Internet and mission-critical Intranets. Satellites deliver multicast content anywhere in the world. New generation, high throughput satellites provide efficient transport for IP. With these benefits come challenges. Satellite delay and bit errors can impact performance. Satellite links must be integrated with terrestrial networks. IP protocols create overheads. Encryption creates overheads. Space segment is expensive. There are routing and security issues. This course explains techniques that can mitigate these challenges, including traffic engineering, quality of service, WAN optimization devices, voice multiplexers, data compression, TDMA DAMA to capture statistical multiplexing gains, improved satellite modulation and coding. Quantitative techniques for understanding throughput and response time are presented. System diagrams describe the satellite/terrestrial interface. Detailed case histories illustrate methods for optimizing the design of converged real-world networks to produce responsive networks while minimizing the use and cost of satellite resources. The course notes provide an up-to-date reference. An extensive bibliography is supplied. Course Outline 1. Overview of Data Networking and Internet Protocols. Packet switching vs. circuit switching. Seven Layer Model (ISO). The Internet Protocol (IP). Addressing, Routing, Multicasting. Impact of bit errors and propagation delay on TCP-based applications. User Datagram Protocol (UDP). Introduction to higher level services. NAT and tunneling. Use of encryptors such as HAIPE and IPSec. Impact of IP Version 6. Impact of IP overheads. 2. Quality of Service Issues in the Internet. QoS factors for streams and files. Performance of voice over IP (VOIP). Video issues. Response time for web object retrievals using HTTP. Methods for improving QoS: ATM, MPLS, DiffServ, RSVP. Priority processing and packet discard in routers. Caching and performance enhancement. Use of WAN optimizers, header compression, caching to reduce impact of data redundancies, and IP overheads. Performance enhancing proxies reduce impact of satellite delay. Network Management and Security issues including impact of encryption in IP networks. 3. Satellite Data Networking Architectures. Geosynchronous satellites. The link budget, modulation and coding techniques. Methods for improving satellite link efficiency (bits per second/Hz)– including adaptive coding and modulation (ACM) and overlapped carriers. Ground station architectures for data networking: Point to Point, Point to Multipoint using satellite hubs. Shared outbound carriers incorporating DVB. Return channels for shared outbound systems: TDMA, CDMA, Aloha, DVB/RCS. Suppliers of DAMA systems. Full mesh networks. Military, commercial standards for DAMA systems. The JIPM IP modem and other advanced modems. 4. System Design Issues. Mission critical Intranet issues including asymmetric routing, reliable multicast, impact of user mobility: small antennas and pointing errors, low efficiency and data rates, traffic handoff, hub-assist mitigations. Comm. on the move vs. comm. on the halt. Military and commercial content delivery case histories. 5. Predicting Performance in Mission Critical Networks. Queuing models to help predict response time based on workload, performance requirements and channel rates. Single server, priority queues and multiple server queues. 6. Design Case Histories. Integrating voice and data requirements in mission-critical networks using TDMA/DAMA. Start with offered-demand and determine how to wring out data redundancies. Create statistical multiplexing gains by use of TDMA DAMA. Optimize space segment requirements using link budget tradeoffs. Determine savings that can accrue from ACM. Investigate hub assist in mobile networks with small antennas. 7. A View of the Future. Impact of Ka-band and spot beam satellites. Benefits and issues associated with Onboard Processing. LEO, MEO, GEOs. Descriptions of current and proposed commercial and military satellite systems including MUOS, GBS and the new generation of commercial high throughput satellites (e.g. ViaSat 1, Jupiter). Low-cost ground station technology. IP Networking Over Satellite Performance and Efficiency Course # P162 January 27-28, 2015 Germantown, Maryland $1200 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Instructor Burt H. Liebowitz is Principal Network Engineer at the MITRE Corporation, McLean, Virginia, specializing in the analysis of wireless services. He has more than 30 years experience in computer networking, the last ten of which have focused on Internet-over-satellite services in demanding military and commercial applications. He was President of NetSat Express Inc., a leading provider of such services. Before that he was Chief Technical Officer for Loral Orion, responsible for Internet-over- satellite access products. Mr. Liebowitz has authored two books on distributed processing and numerous articles on computing and communications systems. He has lectured extensively on computer networking. He holds three patents for a satellite-based data networking system. Mr. Liebowitz has B.E.E. and M.S. in Mathematics degrees from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, and an M.S.E.E. from Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. What You Will Learn • IP protocols at the network, transport and application layers. Voice over IP (VOIP). • The impact of IP overheads and the off the shelf devices available to reduce this impact: WAN optimizers, header compression, voice and video compression, performance enhancement proxies, voice multiplexers, caching, satellite-based IP multicasting. • How to deploy Quality of Service (QoS) mechanisms and use traffic engineering to ensure maximum performance (fast response time, low packet loss, low packet delay and jitter) over communication links. • How to use satellites as essential elements in mission critical data networks. • How to understand and overcome the impact of propagation delay and bit errors on throughput and response time in satellite-based IP networks. • Impact of new coding and modulation techniques on bandwidth efficiency – more bits per second per hertz. • How adaptive coding and modulation (ACM) can improve bandwidth efficiency. • How to link satellite and terrestrial circuits to create hybrid IP networks. • How to use statistical multiplexing to reduce the cost and amount of satellite resources that support converged voice, video, data networks with strict performance requirements. • Link budget tradeoffs in the design of TDM/TDMA DAMA networks. • Standards for IP Modems: DVB in the commercial world, JIPM in the military world. • How to select the appropriate system architectures for Internet access, enterprise and content delivery networks. • The impact on cost and performance of new technology, such as LEOs, Ka band, on-board processing, inter-satellite links, traffic optimization devices, high through put satellites such as Jupiter, Viasat-1. After taking this course you will understand how to implement highly efficient satellite-based networks that provide Internet access, multicast content delivery services, and mission-critical Intranet services to users around the world. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 49
  • 50.
    Optical Sensors -Introduction Summary Course # P161 This three-day short course reviews the underlying technology areas used to construct and operate space-based optical sensors, laser and radar systems. The course presents background information to allow an appreciation for designing and evaluating space-based sensing systems. The course provides a broad introduction to a wide range of optical sensing systems with specific examples. Fundamental descriptions are given for various optical sensing systems, and, details associated with space applications are presented. System requirements are developed and methodology of system component selection is given. Design considerations for space-based optical sensors are discussed and case studies describing previous and current space instrumentation are presented. Example systems will be discussed, along with applications and future directions. Instructor Prof. Scott Madry has worked in the fields of satellite remote sensing and applications for the past thirty years. He is on the faculty of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and also the International Space University in Strasbourg, France. His research focuses on the regional applications of integrated space remote sensing, GNSS, and Geographic Information Systems data for environmental and cultural resource management and disaster planning and response. He has given over 150 short courses and workshops in over 30 countries around the world on these topics and he has done field work in North America, Asia, Africa and Europe. He has published widely on these subjects, and is co-editor of the recently published 1,228 page Handbook of Satellite Applications by Springer Press. He is an engaging and entertaining lecturer with a broad grasp of the interconnections between disciplines and applications. What You Will Learn • What are the fundamentals of optical remote sensing. • Sensors and detectors for optical remote sensing. • Active and passive microwave systems. • LiDAR systems, data and data processing. • End to end data acquisition and processing. • Optical data, data handling and data formats. • Calibration and pre-processing of optical data. • Integration of optical remote sensing data with ancillary data in a Geomatics and Geographic Information System. • Future directions and advances. • Where the most promising international research is being performed. February 24-26, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 Each Off The Course Tuition. Course Outline 1. Introduction. The fundamentals of remote sensing, remote sensing sensors, detectors, the electromagnetic spectrum, characteristics of space remote sensing systems. 2. The History and Origins of Space Remote Sensing. The origins of space remote sensing, the origins, history and current state of the Canadian remote sensing community, dual use issues, ISS systems, the remote sensing process, remote sensing sensor design and development, visible and IR sensing, passive electro-optical systems, multispectral and hyperspectral sensing, international organizations and structures, remote sensing satellite orbits, etc. 3. Optical Remote Sensing Sensors. Sensors and detectors, electromagnetic spectrum, Wien’s displacement law, Planck’s general equation, quantum photons, types of sensors, radiant energy, flux and intensity and radiance, scanner designs, single detectors, pushbroom and two dimensional arrays, framing and scanning systems, cross track and along track sensors, instantaneous field of view, optical vs. microwave, passive vs active sensors, radiometers, spectrometers, and imaging sensors, spatial, radiometric, temporal and spectral resolution, the electromagnetic energy budget, ultra-high resolution systems, etc. 4. LiDAR Systems. The fundamentals of LiDAR, laser remote sensing, pulsed and continuous wave systems, history and development, UV, visible and Near IR systems, airborne and space systems, LiDAR applications, data processing and unique data analysis and processing issues, creating Digital Elevation Models (DEMs) with LiDAR systems, space systems and applications, CMOS and hybrid CMOS/CCD systems, atmospheric and meteorology, Doppler LiDAR and Rayleigh Doppler LiDAR systems, scanning LiDAR systems. 5. Microwave Systems-Passive and Active. The fundamentals of microwave remote sensing, passive vs active microwave sensing, microwave sensing design and considerations, SLAR image geometry, incidence angle, scattering mechanisms and specular reflectance, scene illumination, radar bands, layover and foreshortening, dielectric constant, polarization, interferometry, differences between active and passive data, data analysis and data processing, case studies of Canadian RADARSAT, RADARSAT Constellation, and TerraSAR-X, future systems. 6. Calibration. Noise, Pre-processing and Processing of Optical Remote Sensing Data The end-to-end data processing chain, sensor signal processing, FFT, digital numbers (DNs), data transmission, data calibration, atmospheric scattering and absorption, image restoration, remote sensing data structure and data formats, metadata, data pre-processing, data calibration, atmospheric calibration, geometric registration, coordinate transformations, data processing, modular transfer functions, spatial filters, temporal analysis and time series modeling, thematic classifications, supervised and unsupervised classifications, spectral signatures, accuracy assessment, data fusion, references. 7. Applications. Space and airborne remote sensing applications, local, regional and global applications, land, water and atmospheric applications. 8. Integration of Data within the Geomatics and GIS Context. Integration of data within the GIS context, data fusion, geomatics, fundamentals of GIS, integration with vector and GNSS point data, the multi-concept, GIS data modeling, final data analysis and data presentation, data archiving and metadata. 9. Current Status and Future Directions. IFuture directions for optical remote sensing systems, sensors, data and data processing. 50 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 51.
    Orbital & LaunchMechanics-Fundamentals Summary Ideas and Insights Course # P180 Award-winning rocket scientist, Thomas S. Logsdon really enjoys teaching this short course because everything about orbital mechanics is counterintuitive. Fly your spacecraft into a 100-mile circular orbit. Put on the brakes and your spacecraft speeds up! Mash down the accelerator and it slows down! Throw a banana peel out the window and 45 minutes later it will come back and slap you in the face! In this comprehensive 4-day short course, Mr. Logsdon uses 400 clever color graphics to clarify these and a dozen other puzzling mysteries associated with orbital mechanics. He also provides you with a few simple one-page derivations using real-world inputs to illustrate all the key concepts being explored Instructor For more than 30 years, Thomas S. Logsdon, has conducted broadranging studies on orbital mechanics at McDonnell Douglas, Boeing Aerospace, and Rockwell International His key research projects have included Project Apollo, the Skylab capsule, the nuclear flight stage and the GPS radionavigation system. Mr. Logsdon has taught 300 short course and lectured in 31 different countries on six continents. He has written 40 technical papers and journal articles and 29 technical books including Striking It Rich in Space, Orbital Mechanics: Theory and Applications, Understanding the Navstar, and Mobile Communication Satellites. What You Will Learn • How do we launch a satellite into orbit and maneuver it into a new location? • How do today’s designers fashion performance-optimal constellations of satellites swarming the sky? • How do planetary swingby maneuvers provide such amazing gains in performance? • How can we design the best multi-stage rocket for a particular mission? • What are libration point orbits? Were they really discovered in 1772? How do we place satellites into halo orbits circling around these empty points in space? • What are JPL’s superhighways in space? How were they discovered? How are they revolutionizing the exploration of space? November 17-20, 2014 Scottsdale, Arizona December 8-11, 2014 Columbia, Maryland $1990 (8:30am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/fundamentals_orbital_launch_mechanics.htm Course Outline 1. The Essence of Astrodynamics. Kepler’s amazing laws. Newton’s clever generalizations. Launch azimuths and ground-trace geometry. Orbital perturbations. 2. Satellite Orbits. Isaac Newton’s vis viva equation. Orbital energy and angular momentum. Gravity wells. The six classical Keplerian orbital elements. 3. Rocket Propulsion Fundamentals. The rocket equation. Building efficient liquid and solid rockets. Performance calculations. Multi-stage rocket design. 4. Modern Booster Rockets. Russian boosters on parade. The Soyuz rocket and its economies of scale. Russian and American design philosophies. America’s powerful new Falcon 9. Sleek rockets and highly reliable cars. 5. Powered Flight Maneuvers. The Hohmann transfer maneuver. Multi-impulse and low-thrust maneuvers. Plane-change maneuvers. The bi-elliptic transfer. Relative motion plots. Deorbiting spent stages. Planetary swingby maneuvers. 6. Optimal Orbit Selection. Polar and sun synchronous orbits. Geostationary satellites and their on-orbit perturbations. ACE-orbit constellations. Libration point orbits. Halo orbits. Interplanetary spacecraft trajectories. Mars-mission opportunities. Deep-space mission. 7. Constellation Selection Trades. Civilian and military constellations. John Walker’s rosette configurations. John Draim’s constellations. Repeating ground-trace orbits. Earth coverage simulations. 8. Cruising Along JPL’s Superhighways in Space. Equipotential surfaces and 3-dimensional manifolds. Perfecting and executing the Genesis mission. Capturing ancient stardust in space. Simulating thick bundles of chaotic trajectories. Driving along tomorrow’s unpaved freeways in the sky. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 109 – 51 Vol. 119 – 51
  • 52.
    Satellite Communications Design& Engineering A comprehensive, quantitative tutorial designed for satellite professionals Course # P214 Course Outline 1. Mission Analysis. Kepler’s laws. Circular and elliptical satellite orbits. Altitude regimes. Period of revolution. Geostationary Orbit. Orbital elements. Ground trace. 2. Earth-Satellite Geometry. Azimuth and elevation. Slant range. Coverage area. 3. Signals and Spectra. Properties of a sinusoidal wave. Synthesis and analysis of an arbitrary waveform. Fourier Principle. Harmonics. Fourier series and Fourier transform. Frequency spectrum. 4. Methods of Modulation. Overview of modulation. Carrier. Sidebands. Analog and digital modulation. Need for RF frequencies. 5. Analog Modulation. Amplitude Modulation (AM). Frequency Modulation (FM). 6. Digital Modulation. Analog to digital conversion. BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK FSK, QAM. Coherent detection and carrier recovery. NRZ and RZ pulse shapes. Power spectral density. ISI. Nyquist pulse shaping. Raised cosine filtering. 7. Bit Error Rate. Performance objectives. Eb/No. Relationship between BER and Eb/No. Constellation diagrams. Why do BPSK and QPSK require the same power? 8. Coding. Shannon’s theorem. Code rate. Coding gain. Methods of FEC coding. Hamming, BCH, and Reed- Solomon block codes. Convolutional codes. Viterbi and sequential decoding. Hard and soft decisions. Concatenated coding. Turbo coding. Trellis coding. 9. Bandwidth. Equivalent (noise) bandwidth. Occupied bandwidth. Allocated bandwidth. Relationship between bandwidth and data rate. Dependence of bandwidth on methods of modulation and coding. Tradeoff between bandwidth and power. Emerging trends for bandwidth efficient modulation. 10. The Electromagnetic Spectrum. Frequency bands used for satellite communication. ITU regulations. Fixed Satellite Service. Direct Broadcast Service. Digital Audio Radio Service. Mobile Satellite Service. 11. Earth Stations. Facility layout. RF components. Network Operations Center. Data displays. 12. Antennas. Antenna patterns. Gain. Half power beamwidth. Efficiency. Sidelobes. 13. System Temperature. Antenna temperature. LNA. Noise figure. Total system noise temperature. 14. Satellite Transponders. Satellite communications payload architecture. Frequency plan. Transponder gain. TWTA and SSPA. Amplifier characteristics. Nonlinearity. Intermodulation products. SFD. Backoff. 15. Multiple Access Techniques. Frequency division multiple access (FDMA). Time division multiple access (TDMA). Code division multiple access (CDMA) or spread spectrum. Capacity estimates. 16. Polarization. Linear and circular polarization. Misalignment angle. 17. Rain Loss. Rain attenuation. Crane rain model. Effect on G/T. 18. The RF Link. Decibel (dB) notation. Equivalent isotropic radiated power (EIRP). Figure of Merit (G/T). Free space loss. Power flux density. Carrier to noise ratio. The RF link equation. 19. Link Budgets. Communications link calculations. Uplink, downlink, and composite performance. Link budgets for single carrier and multiple carrier operation. Detailed worked examples. 20. Performance Measurements. Satellite modem. Use of a spectrum analyzer to measure bandwidth, C/N, and Eb/No. Comparison of actual measurements with theory using a mobile antenna and a geostationary satellite. Newly Updated! December 9-11, 2014 Columbia, Maryland March 3-5, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/satellite_communications_systems.htm Summary This three-day (or four-day virtual) course is designed for satellite communications engineers, spacecraft engineers, and managers who want to obtain an understanding of the "big picture" of satellite communications. Each topic is illustrated by detailed worked numerical examples, using published data for actual satellite communications systems. The course is technically oriented and includes mathematical derivations of the fundamental equations. It will enable the participants to perform their own satellite link budget calculations. The course will especially appeal to those whose objective is to develop quantitative computational skills in addition to obtaining a qualitative familiarity with the basic concepts. Instructor Chris DeBoy- leads the RF Engineering Group in the Space Department at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, and is a member of APL’s Principal Professional Staff. He has over 20 years of experience in satellite communications, from systems engineering (he is the lead RF communications engineer for the New Horizons Mission to Pluto) to flight hardware design for both low- Earth orbit and deep-space missions. He holds a BSEE from Virginia Tech, a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Johns Hopkins, and teaches the satellite communications course for the Johns Hopkins University What You Will Learn • A comprehensive understanding of satellite communication. • An understanding of basic vocabulary. • A quantitative knowledge of basic relationships. • Ability to perform and verify link budget calculations. • Ability to interact meaningfully with colleagues and independently evaluate system designs. • A background to read the literature. 52 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 53.
    Satellite Communications Summary An Essential Introduction Course # P212 This three-day (or four-day virtual ) course has been taught to thousands of industry professionals for almost thirty years, in public sessions and on-site to almost every major satellite manufacturer and operator, to rave reviews. The course is intended primarily for non-technical people who must understand the entire field of commercial satellite communications (including their increasing use by government agencies), and by those who must understand and communicate with engineers and other technical personnel. The secondary audience is technical personnel moving into the industry who need a quick and thorough overview of what is going on in the industry, and who need an example of how to communicate with less technical individuals. The course is a primer to the concepts, jargon, buzzwords, and acronyms of the industry, plus an overview of commercial satellite communications hardware, operations, business and regulatory environment. Concepts are explained at a basic level, minimizing the use of math, and providing real-world examples. Several calculations of important concepts such as link budgets are presented for illustrative purposes, but the details need not be understood in depth to gain an understanding of the concepts illustrated. The first section provides non-technical people with an overview of the business issues, including major operators, regulation and legal issues, security issues and issues and trends affecting the industry. The second section provides the technical background in a way understandable to non-technical audiences. The third and fourth sections cover the space and terrestrial parts of the industry. The last section deals with the space-to-Earth link, culminating with the importance of the link budget and multiple-access techniques. Attendees use a workbook of all the illustrations used in the course, as well as a copy of the instructor's textbook, Satellite Communications for the Non-Specialist. Plenty of time is allotted for questions Instructor Dr. Mark R. Chartrand is a consultant and lecturer in satellite telecommunications and the space sciences. Since 1984 he has presented professional seminars on satellite technology and space sciences to individuals and businesses in the United States, Canada, Latin America, Europe, and Asia. Among the many companies and organizations to which he has presented this course are Intelsat, Inmarsat, Asiasat, Boeing, Lockheed Martin, PanAmSat, ViaSat, SES, Andrew Corporation, Alcatel Espace, the EU telecommunications directorate, the Canadian Space Agency, ING Bank, NSA, FBI, and DISA. Dr. Chartrand has served as a technical and/or business consultant to NASA, Arianespace, GTE Spacenet, Intelsat, Antares Satellite Corp., Moffett-Larson-Johnson, Arianespace, Delmarva Power, Hewlett-Packard, and the International Communications Satellite Society of Japan, among others. He has appeared as an invited expert witness before Congressional subcommittees and was an invited witness before the National Commission On Space. He was the founding editor and the Editor-in-Chief of the annual The World Satellite Systems Guide, and later the publication Strategic Directions in Satellite Communication. He is author of seven books, including an introductory textbook on satellite communications, and of hundreds of articles in the space sciences. He has been chairman of several international satellite conferences, and a speaker at many others. What You Will Learn • How do commercial satellites fit into the telecommunications industry? • How are satellites planned, built, launched, and operated? • How do earth stations function? • What is a link budget and why is it important? • What is radio frequency interference (RFI) and how does it affect links? • What legal and regulatory restrictions affect the industry? • What are the issues and trends driving the industry? December 2-4, 2014 Columbia, Maryland February 2-5, 2015 LIVE Instructor-led Virtual (Noon - 4:30pm) $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Video! www.aticourses.com/communications_via_satellite.htm Course Outline 1. Satellite Services, Markets, and Regulation. Introduction and historical background. The place of satellites in the global telecommunications market. Major competitors and satellites strengths and weaknesses. Satellite services and markets. Satellite system operators. Satellite economics. Satellite regulatory issues: role of the ITU, FCC, etc. Spectrum issues. Licensing issues and process. Satellite system design overview. Satellite service definitions: BSS, FSS, MSS, RDSS, RNSS. The issue of government use of commercial satellites. Satellite real-world issues: security, accidental and intentional interference, regulations. State of the industry and recent develpments. Useful sources of information on satellite technology and the satellite industry. 2. Communications Fundamentals. Basic definitions and measurements: channels, circuits, half-circuits, decibels. The spectrum and its uses: properties of waves, frequency bands, space loss, polarization, bandwidth. Analog and digital signals. Carrying information on waves: coding, modulation, multiplexing, networks and protocols. Satellite frequency bands. Signal quality, quantity, and noise: measures of signal quality; noise and interference; limits to capacity; advantages of digital versus analog. The interplay of modulation, bandwidth, datarate, and error correction. 3. The Space Segment. Basic functions of a satellite. The space environment: gravity, radiation, meteoroids and space debris. Orbits: types of orbits; geostationary orbits; non-geostationary orbits. Orbital slots, frequencies, footprints, and coverage: slots; satellite spacing; eclipses; sun interference, adjacent satellite interference. Launch vehicles; the launch campaign; launch bases. Satellite systems and construction: structure and busses; antennas; power; thermal control; stationkeeping and orientation; telemetry and command. What transponders are and what they do. Advantages and disadvantages of hosted payloads. Satellite operations: housekeeping and communications. High-throughput and processing satellites. Satellite security issues. 4. The Ground Segment. Earth stations: types, hardware, mountings, and pointing. Antenna properties: gain; directionality; sidelobes and legal limits on sidelobe gain. Space loss, electronics, EIRP, and G/T: LNA-B-C’s; signal flow through an earth station. The growing problem of accidental and intentional interference. 5. The Satellite Earth Link. Atmospheric effects on signals: rain effects and rain climate models; rain fade margins. The most important calculation: link budgets, C/N and Eb/No. Link budget examples. Improving link budgets. Sharing satellites: multiple access techniques: SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, PCMA, CDMA; demand assignment; on-board multiplexing. Signal security issues. Conclusion: industry issues, trends, and the future. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 53
  • 54.
    Satellite Communications –State of the Art March 10-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Course # P216 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary Modern satellite communications networks and systems rely on innovations in both the radio frequency (RF) and baseband domains. Introduction and application of these cutting-edge technologies and processes are addressed by this in-depth three day course. Established during the last decade, technologies that make a difference include high throughput satellites, high power solid state amplifiers (up to one kW), array antennas for mobile platforms, channel linearization, turbo codes, DVB-S2 extensions and adaptive coding and modulation (ACM). The path forward involves the right choices in terms of which technologies and their introduction – and the use of integrating tools such as system simulation and optimization. Investments in new satellites, earth stations and network management systems need the right system-level view, and at the same time, demand a thorough understanding of the underlying details within the RF aspects (propagation, link availability and throughput) as well as the ability of baseband systems to provide throughput under expected conditions and to end users. The course examines real options and makes use of quantitative analysis methods and systems analysis to evaluate the technology horizon. Instructor Bruce R. Elbert, MSEE, MBA, Adjunct Professor (ret), College of Engineering, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a recognized satellite communications expert and has been involved in the satellite and telecommunications industries for over 40 years. He founded ATS to assist major private and public sector organizations that develop and operate cutting-edge networks using satellite technologies and services. During 25 years with Hughes Electronics (now Boeing Satellite Systems, Intelsat and DIRECTV), he directed the design of several major satellite projects, including Palapa A, Indonesia’s original satellite system; the Galaxy follow-on system; and the development of the first GEO mobile satellite system capable of serving handheld user terminals. Mr. Elbert directed engineering of several Hughes GEO communications satellites, including Morelos (SATMEX), Palapa B, Galaxy 4 and 5, and Sky (News Corp). He was also ground segment manager for the Hughes system, which included eight teleports and 3 VSAT hubs. He served in the US Army Signal Corps as a radio communications officer and instructor. By considering the technical, business, and operational aspects of satellite systems, Mr. Elbert has contributed to the operational and economic success of leading organizations in the field. He has written nine books on telecommunications and IT, including Introduction to Satellite Communication, Third Edition (Artech House, 2008).The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook, Second Edition (Artech House, 2004); The Satellite Communication Ground Segment and Earth Station Handbook, Second Edition (Artech House, 2014), the course text. Course Outline The current state-of-the-art in satellite communications systems. • Orbit and spectrum resources available in North • Satellite operators and their orbital resources • The ground segment – operators and capabilities • Satellite footprint coverage and antenna structures • Low noise front ends • Switching and processing • High power amplification and linearization • Spacecraft support – power, thermal and structural • Large versus small satellites – trades on cost and risk Earth station design innovation • Antenna systems • Monitor and control • Review of DVB-S2 and turbo codes • Extensions to DVB-S2 (DVB-Sx) • The next wave of ACM – enhanced VSAT networks (two way services), 2D 16 State TCM • Integration with IP and the terrestrial network • Characterization of the bent pipe transponde • Traffic bearing capability of multi-beam systems • Classification of interference – harmful, unacceptable, acceptable • RFI location using interferometry • Carrier ID – on the carrier, under the carrier • RFI investigation process • Role of good operating practices • Update on propagation – Ka band impacts from rain and clouds • Transponder characterization • Operating modes • Test and simulation tools • The business of the satellite operator – how to make better deals • Trends in COTM as related to aeronautical and maritime • Technology development and introduction – on the ground and in space • How to anticipate changes in requirements and technology • Planning for the future – discussion What You Will Learn • Current and projected satellite designs, payloads and capabilities. • Structure of ground segments, earth stations and user terminals looking forward. • Terminals and networks for high speed communications on the move (COTM). • Innovative systems engineering concepts and solutions – simulation using STK and other tools. • Evolving standards used in the baseband and network – DVB-Sx (extensions), ACM in its next generation, Internet Protocol acceleration. • The future built around solid state amplifiers – GaN technology, linearization, single and multi carrier operations under highly dynamic conditions. • Innovations in multiple access systems – MF-TDMA, CDMA, carrier cancellation, 2D-16 State Trellis Coded Modulation (TCM). • Control of radio frequency interference (RFI) – overcoming challenges in mobile and broadband applications. • Planning steps for upgrading or replacing current with state-of-the-art technology. • How technology will evolve in coming years, reflecting changes in technology and user requirements. 54 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 55.
    Satellite Communications Systems-Advanced Survey of Current and Emerging Digital Systems Course # P110 January 20-22, 2015 Cocoa Beach, Florida $1790 (8:30am - 4:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary This three-day course covers all the technology of advanced satellite communications as well as the principles behind current state-of-the-art satellite communications equipment. New and promising technologies will be covered to develop an understanding of the major approaches. Network topologies, VSAT, and IP networking over satellite. Material will be complemented with a continuously evolving example of the application of systems engineering practice to a specific satellite communications system. The example will address issues from the highest system architecture down to component details, budgets, writing specifications, etc. Instructor Dr. John Roach is a leading authority in satellite communications with 35+ years in the SATCOM industry. He has worked on many development projects both as employee and consultant / contractor. His experience has focused on the systems engineering of state-of-the-art system developments, military and commercial, from the worldwide architectural level to detailed terminal tradeoffs and designs. He has been an adjunct faculty member at Florida Institute of Technology where he taught a range of graduate comm-unications courses. He has also taught SATCOM short courses all over the US and in London and Toronto, both publicly and in-house for both government and commercial organizations. In addition, he has been an expert witness in patent, trade secret, and government contracting cases. Dr. Roach has a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Georgia Tech. Advanced Satellite Communications Systems: Survey of Current and Emerging Digital Systems. Course Outline 1. Introduction to SATCOM. History and overview. Examples of current military and commercial systems. 2. Satellite orbits and transponder characteristics. 3. Traffic Connectivities: Mesh, Hub-Spoke, Point-to-Point, Broadcast. 4. Multiple Access Techniques: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Random Access. DAMA and Bandwidth-on- Demand. 5. Communications Link Calculations. Definition of EIRP, G/T, Eb/No. Noise Temperature and Figure. Transponder gain and SFD. Link Budget Calculations. 6. Digital Modulation Techniques. BPSK, QPSK. Standard pulse formats and bandwidth. Nyquist signal shaping. Ideal BER performance. 7. PSK Receiver Design Techniques. Carrier recovery, phase slips, ambiguity resolution, differential coding. Optimum data detection, clock recovery, bit count integrity. 8. Overview of Error Correction Coding, Encryption, and Frame Synchronization. Standard FEC types. Coding Gain. 9. RF Components. HPA, SSPA, LNA, Up/down converters. Intermodulation, band limiting, oscillator phase noise. Examples of BER Degradation. 10. TDMA Networks. Time Slots. Preambles. Suitability for DAMA and BoD. 11. Characteristics of IP and TCP/UDP over satellite. Unicast and Multicast. Need for Performance Enhancing Proxy (PEP) techniques. 12. VSAT Networks and their system characteristics; DVB standards and MF-TDMA. 13. Earth Station Antenna types. Pointing / Tracking. Small antennas at Ku band. FCC - Intelsat - ITU antenna requirements and EIRP density limitations. 14. Spread Spectrum Techniques. Military use and commercial PSD spreading with DS PN systems. Acquisition and tracking. Frequency Hop systems. 15. Overview of Bandwidth Efficient Modulation (BEM) Techniques. M-ary PSK, Trellis Coded 8PSK, QAM. 16. Convolutional coding and Viterbi decoding. Concatenated coding. Turbo & LDPC coding. 17. Emerging Technology Developments and Future Trends. What You Will Learn • Major Characteristics of satellites. • Characteristics of satellite networks. • The tradeoffs between major alternatives in SATCOM system design. • SATCOM system tradeoffs and link budget analysis. • DAMA/BoD for FDMA, TDMA, and CDMA systems. • Critical RF parameters in terminal equipment and their effects on performance. • Technical details of digital receivers. • Tradeoffs among different FEC coding choices. • Use of spread spectrum for Comm-on-the-Move. • Characteristics of IP traffic over satellite. • Overview of bandwidth efficient modulation types. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 55
  • 56.
    Satellite Laser Communications February 24-26, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1790 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # P221 NEW! "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Introduction. Brief historical background, RF/Optical comparison; basic Block diagrams; and applications overview. 2. Link Analysis. Parameters influencing the link; frequency dependence of noise; link performance comparison to RF; and beam profiles. 3. Laser Transmitter. Laser sources; semiconductor lasers; fiber amplifiers; amplitude modulation; phase modulation; noise figure; nonlinear effects; and coherent transmitters. 4. Modulation & Error Correction Encoding. PPM; OOK and binary codes; and forward error correction. 5. Acquisition, Tracking and Pointing. Requirements; acquisition scenarios; acquisition; point-ahead angles, pointing error budget; host platform vibration environment; inertial stabilization: trackers; passive/active isolation; gimbaled transceiver; and fast steering mirrors. 6. Opto-Mechanical Assembly. Transmit telescope; receive telescope; shared transmit/receive telescope; thermo-Optical-Mechanical stability. 7. Atmospheric Effects. Attenuation, beam wander; turbulence/scintillation; signal fades; beam spread; turbid; and mitigation techniques. 8. Detectors and Detections. Discussion of available photo-detectors noise figure; amplification; background radiation/ filtering; and mitigation techniques. Poisson photon counting; channel capacity; modulation schemes; detection statistics; and SNR / Bit error probability. Advantages / complexities of coherent detection; optical mixing; SNR, heterodyne and homodyne; laser linewidth. 9. Crosslinks and Networking. LEO-GEO & GEO-GEO; orbital clusters; and future/advanced. 10. Flight Qualification. Radiation environment; environmental testing; and test procedure. 11. Eye Safety. Regulations; classifications; wavelength dependence, and CDRH notices. 12. Cost Estimation. Methodology, models; and examples. 13. Terrestrial Optical Comm. Communications systems developed for terrestrial links. Summary This three-day course will provideThis course will provide an introduction and overview of laser communication principles and technologies for unguided, free-space beam propagation. Special emphasis is placed on highlighting the differences, as well as similarities to RF communications and other laser systems, and design issues and options relevant to future laser communication terminals. Who should attend Engineers, scientists, managers, or professionals who desire greater technical depth, or RF communication engineers who need to assess this competing technology. Instructor Hamid Hemmati, Ph.D. , has joined Facebook Inc. as Director of Engineering for Telecom Infrastructure. Until May 2014 he was with the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), California Institute of Technology where as Principal member of staff and the Supervisor of the Optical Communications Group. Prior to joining JPL in 1986, he was a researcher at NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center and at NIST (Boulder, CO). Dr. Hemmati has published over 200 journal and conference papers, nine patents granted and two pending. He is the editor and author of two books: "Deep Space Optical Communications" and "Near-Earth Laser Communications" and author of five other book chapters. In 2011 he received NASA's Exceptional Service Medal. He has also received 3 NASA Space Act Board Awards, and 36 NASA certificates of appreciation. He is a Fellow member of OSA (Optical Society of America) and the SPIE (Society of Optical Engineers). Dr. Hemmati's current research interests are in developing laser communications technologies and low complexity, compact flight electro-optical systems for both inter-planetary and satellite communications and science. Research activities include: managing the development of a flight lasercom terminal for planetary applications, called DOT (Deep-space Optical Terminals), electro-optical systems engineering, solid-state lasers (particularly pulsed fiber lasers), flight qualification of optical and electro-optical systems and components; low-cost multi-meter diameter optical ground receiver telescopes; active and adaptive optics; and laser beam acquisition, tracking and pointing. What You Will Learn • This course will provide you the knowledge and ability to perform basic satellite laser communication analysis, identify tradeoffs, interact meaningfully with colleagues, evaluate systems, and understand the literature. • How is a laser-communication system superior to conventional technology? • How link performance is analyzed. • What are the options for acquisition, tracking and beam pointing? • What are the options for laser transmitters, receivers and optical systems. • What are the atmospheric effects on the beam and how to counter them. • What are the typical characteristics of laser-communication system hardware? • How to calculate mass, power and cost of flight systems. 56 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 57.
    Satellite Link BudgetTraining Using SatMaster Software February 3-5, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1895 (8:30am - 4:30pm) Course # P222 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Summary Link budgets are the standard tool for designing and assessing satellite communications transmissions, considering radio-wave propagation, satellite performance, terminal equipment, radio frequency interference (RFI), and other physical layer aspects of fixed and mobile satellite systems. The format and content of the link budget must be understood by many engineers and managers with design and operation responsibilities. SatMaster is a highly-recognized yet low-cost PC-based software tool offered through the web by Arrowe Technical Services of the UK. This three-day course reviews the principles and use of the link budget along with hands-on training in SatMaster 9, the latest version, for one- and two-way transmission of digital television; two-way interactive services using very small aperture terminals (VSATs); point-to-point transmission at a wide range of data rates; and interactive communications with mobile terminals. Services at UHF, L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka bands to fixed and mobile terminals are considered. The course includes several computer workshop examples to enhance participants' confidence in using SatMaster and to improve their understanding of the link budgeting process. Participants should gain confidence in their ability to prepare link budgets and their facility with SatMaster. Examples from the class are employed as time allows. The course notes are provided. Bring a Windows OS laptop to class with SatMaster software. It can be purchased directly from www.satmaster.com (a discount is available to registered attendees). Instructor Bruce R. Elbert, MSEE, MBA, adjunct professor (retired), College of Engineering, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Mr. Elbert is a recognized satellite communications expert and has been involved in the satellite and telecommunications industries for over 40 years. He founded Application Technology Strategy, L.L.C., to assist major private and public sector organizations that develop and operate cutting-edge networks using satellite and other wireless technologies and services. During 25 years with Hughes Space and Communications (now Boeing Satellite Systems), he directed communications engineering of several major satellite projects. Mr. Elbert has written seven books on satellite communications, including The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook, Second Edition (Artech House, 2004); The Satellite Communication Ground Segment and Earth Station Handbook (Artech House, 2001); and Introduction to Satellite Communication, Third Edition (Artech House, 2008). Course Outline Day 1 (Principles of Satellite Links and Applicability of SatMaster) • Standard ground rules for satellite link budgets. • Frequency band selection: UHF, L, S, C, X, Ku, and Ka. • Satellite footprints (EIRP, G/T, and SFD) and transponder plans; application of on-board processors. • Propagation considerations: the isotropic source, line of sight, antenna principles. • Atmospheric effects: troposphere (clear air and rain) and ionosphere (Faraday and scintillation). • Rain effects and rainfall regions; use of the built-in DAH and Crane rain models. • Modulation systems (QPSK, OQPSK, MSK, GMSK, 8PSK, 16 QAM, and 32 APSK). • Forward error correction techniques (Viterbi, Reed- Solomon, BCH, Turbo, and LDPC codes). • Transmission equation and its relationship to the link budget. • Introduction to the user interface of SatMaster. • Differences between SatMaster 9, the current version, and previous versions. • File formats: antenna pointing, database, digital link budget, and digital processing/regenerative repeater link budget. • Built-in reference data and calculators . • Example of a digital one-way link budget (DVB-S2) using equations and SatMaster. Day 2 (Detailed Link Design in Practice: Computer Workshop) • Earth station block diagram and characteristics. • Antenna characteristics (main beam, sidelobe, X-pol considerations, mobile antennas). • HPA characteristics, intermodulation and sizing , uplink power control. • Link budget workshop example using SatMaster: Single Channel Per Carrier (SCPC). • Transponder loading and optimum multi-carrier backoff; power equivalent bandwidth. • Review of link budget optimization techniques using the program's built-in features. • Transponder loading and optimization for minimum cost and resources, maximum throughput and availability. • Computing the minimum transmit power; uplink power control (UPC). • Interference sources (X-pol, adjacent satellite interference, adjacent channel interference). • Earth station power flux density limits and the use of spread spectrum for disadvantaged antennas. Day 3 (Consideration of Interference and Workshop in Digital Link Budgets) • C/I estimation and trade studies. • Performance estimation for carrier-in-carrier (Paired Carrier Multiple Access) transmission. • Discussion of VSAT parameters and technology options as they relate to the link budget. • Example: digital VSAT, multi-carrier operation. • Use of batch location files to prepare link budgets for a large table of locations. • Case study from the class using the above elements and SatMaster. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 57
  • 58.
    Space Environment –Implications for Spacecraft Design February 3-5, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $1295 (8:30am - 4:00pm) Course # P233 "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Introduction. Spacecraft Subsystem Design, Orbital Mechanics, The Solar-Planetary Relationship, Space Weather. 2. The Vacuum Environment. Basic Description – Pressure vs. Altitude, Solar UV Radiation. 3. Vacuum Environment Effects. Pressure Differentials, Solar UV Degradation, Molecular Contamination, Particulate Contamination. 4. The Neutral Environment. Basic Atmospheric Physics, Elementary Kinetic Theory, Hydrostatic Equilibrium, Neutral Atmospheric Models. 5. Neutral Environment Effects. Aerodynamic Drag, Sputtering, Atomic Oxygen Attack, Spacecraft Glow. 6. The Plasma Environment. Basic Plasma Physics - Single Particle Motion, Debye Shielding, Plasma Oscillations. 7. Plasma Environment Effects. Spacecraft Charging, Arc Discharging, Effects on Instrumentation. 8. The Radiation Environment. Basic Radiation Physics, Stopping Charged Particles, Stopping Energetic Photons, Stopping Neutrons. 9. Radiation in Space. Trapped Radiation Belts, Solar Proton Events, Galactic Cosmic Rays, Hostile Environments. 10. Radiation Environment Effects. Total Dose Effects - Solar Cell Degradation, Electronics Degradation; Single Event Effects - Upset, Latchup, Burnout; Dose Rate Effects. 11. The Micrometeoroid and Orbital Debris Environment. Hypervelocity Impact Physics, Micrometeoroids, Orbital Debris. 12. Additional Topics. Effects on Humans; Models and Tools; Available Internet Resources. Summary Adverse interactions between the space environment and an orbiting spacecraft may lead to a degradation of spacecraft subsystem performance and possibly even loss of the spacecraft itself. This two-day course presents an introduction to the space environment and its effect on spacecraft. Emphasis is placed on problem solving techniques and design guidelines that will provide the student with an understanding of how space environment effects may be minimized through proactive spacecraft design. Each student will receive a copy of the course text, a complete set of course notes, including copies of all viewgraphs used in the presentation, and a comprehensive bibliography. “I got exactly what I wanted from this course – an overview of the spacecraft en-vironment. The charts outlining the inter-actions and synergism were excellent. The list of references is extensive and will be consulted often.” “Broad experience over many design teams allowed for excellent examples of applications of this information.” Instructor Dr. Alan C. Tribble has provided space environments effects analysis to more than one dozen NASA, DoD, and commercial programs, including the International Space Station, the Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites, and several surveillance spacecraft. He holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the University of Iowa and has been twice a Principal Investigator for the NASA Space Environments and Effects Program. He is the author of four books, including the course text: The Space Environment - Implications for Space Design, and over 20 additional technical publications. He is an Associate Fellow of the AIAA, a Senior Member of the IEEE, and was previously an Associate Editor of the Journal of Spacecraft and Rockets. Dr. Tribble recently won the 2008 AIAA James A. Van Allen Space Environments Award. He has taught a variety of classes at the University of Southern California, California State University Long Beach, the University of Iowa, and has been teaching courses on space environments and effects since 1992. Review of the Course Text: “There is, to my knowledge, no other book that provides its intended readership with an comprehensive and authoritative, yet compact and accessible, coverage of the subject of spacecraft environmental engineering.” – James A. Van Allen, Regent Distinguished Professor, University of Iowa. Who Should Attend: Engineers who need to know how to design systems with adequate performance margins, program managers who oversee spacecraft survivability tasks, and scientists who need to understand how environmental interactions can affect instrument performance. 58 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 59.
    Space Mission Structures:From Concept to Launch Testimonial Course # P241 "Excellent presentation—a reminder of how much fun engineering can be." Summary This four-day short course presents a systems perspective of structural engineering in the space industry. If you are an engineer involved in any aspect of spacecraft or launch–vehicle structures, regardless of your level of experience, you will benefit from this course. Subjects include functions, requirements development, environments, structural mechanics, loads analysis, stress analysis, fracture mechanics, finite–element modeling, configuration, producibility, verification planning, quality assurance, testing, and risk assessment. The objectives are to give the big picture of space-mission structures and improve your understanding of • Structural functions, requirements, and environments • How structures behave and how they fail • How to develop structures that are cost–effective and dependable for space missions Despite its breadth, the course goes into great depth in key areas, with emphasis on the things that are commonly misunderstood and the types of things that go wrong in the development of flight hardware. The instructor shares numerous case histories and experiences to drive the main points home. Calculators are required to work class problems. Each participant will receive a copy of the instructors’ 850-page reference book, Spacecraft Structures and Mechanisms: From Concept to Launch. Instructors Tom Sarafin has worked full time in the space industry since 1979, at Martin Marietta and Instar Engineering. Since founding Instar Engineering in 1993, he has consulted for DigitalGlobe, AeroAstro, AFRL, and Design_Net Engineering. He has helped the U. S. Air Force Academy design, develop, and test a series of small satellites and has been an advisor to DARPA. He is the editor and principal author of Spacecraft Structures and Mechanisms: From Concept to Launch and is a contributing author to all three editions of Space Mission Analysis and Design. Since 1995, he has taught over 200 short courses to more than 4000 engineers and managers in the space industry. Poti Doukas worked at Lockheed Martin Space Systems Company (formerly Martin Marietta) from 1978 to 2006. He served as Engineering Manager for the Phoenix Mars Lander program, Mechanical Engineering Lead for the Genesis mission, Structures and Mechanisms Subsystem Lead for the Stardust program, and Structural Analysis Lead for the Mars Global Surveyor. He’s a contributing author to Space Mission Analysis and Design (1st and 2nd editions) and to Spacecraft Structures and Mechanisms: From Concept to Launch. November 11-14, 2014 Littleton, Colorado $2050 (8:30am - 5:00pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Introduction to Space-Mission Structures. Structural functions and requirements, effects of the space environment, categories of structures, how launch affects things structurally, understanding verification, distinguishing between requirements and verification. 2. Review of Statics and Dynamics. Static equilibrium, the equation of motion, modes of vibration. 3. Launch Environments and How Structures Respond. Quasi-static loads, transient loads, coupled loads analysis, sinusoidal vibration, random vibration, acoustics, pyrotechnic shock. 4. Mechanics of Materials. Stress and strain, understanding material variation, interaction of stresses and failure theories, bending and torsion, thermoelastic effects, mechanics of composite materials, recognizing and avoiding weak spots in structures. 5. Strength Analysis: The margin of safety, verifying structural integrity is never based on analysis alone, an effective process for strength analysis, common pitfalls, recognizing potential failure modes, bolted joints, buckling. 6. Structural Life Analysis. Fatigue, fracture mechanics, fracture control. 7. Overview of Finite Element Analysis. Idealizing structures, introduction to FEA, limitations, strategies, quality assurance. 8. Preliminary Design. A process for preliminary design, example of configuring a spacecraft, types of structures, materials, methods of attachment, preliminary sizing, using analysis to design efficient structures. 9. Designing for Producibility. Guidelines for producibility, minimizing parts, designing an adaptable structure, designing to simplify fabrication, dimensioning and tolerancing, designing for assembly and vehicle integration. 10. Verification and Quality Assurance. The building-blocks approach to verification, verification methods and logic, approaches to product inspection, protoflight vs. qualification testing, types of structural tests and when they apply, designing an effective test. 11. A Case Study: Structural design, analysis, and test of The FalconSAT-2 Small Satellite. 12 Final Verification and Risk Assessment. Overview of final verification, addressing late problems, using estimated reliability to assess risks (example: negative margin of safety), making the launch decision. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 59
  • 60.
    Space Systems Fundamentals Summary Course # P245 This four-day course provides an overview of the fundamentals of concepts and technologies of modern spacecraft systems design. Satellite system and mission design is an essentially interdisciplinary sport that combines engineering, science, and external phenomena. We will concentrate on scientific and engineering foundations of spacecraft systems and interactions among various subsystems. Examples show how to quantitatively estimate various mission elements (such as velocity increments) and conditions (equilibrium temperature) and how to size major spacecraft subsystems (propellant, antennas, transmitters, solar arrays, batteries). Real examples are used to permit an understanding of the systems selection and trade-off issues in the design process. The fundamentals of subsystem technologies provide an indispensable basis for system engineering. The basic nomenclature, vocabulary, and concepts will make it possible to converse with understanding with subsystem specialists. The course is designed for engineers and managers who are involved in planning, designing, building, launching, and operating space systems and spacecraft subsystems and components. The extensive set of course notes provide a concise reference for understanding, designing, and operating modern spacecraft. The course will appeal to engineers and managers of diverse background and varying levels of experience. Instructor Dr. Mike Gruntman is Professor of Astronautics at the University of Southern California. He is a specialist in astronautics, space technology, sensors, and space physics. Gruntman participates in several theoretical and experimental programs in space science and space technology, including space missions. He authored and co-authored more 200 publications in various areas of astronautics, space physics, and instrumentation. What You Will Learn • Common space mission and spacecraft bus configurations, requirements, and constraints. • Common orbits. • Fundamentals of spacecraft subsystems and their interactions. • How to calculate velocity increments for typical orbital maneuvers. • How to calculate required amount of propellant. • How to design communications link. • How to size solar arrays and batteries. • How to determine spacecraft temperature. January 19-22, 2015 Albuquerque, New Mexico $1990 (9:00am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Space Missions And Applications. Science, exploration, commercial, national security. Customers. 2. Space Environment And Spacecraft Interaction. Universe, galaxy, solar system. Coordinate systems. Time. Solar cycle. Plasma. Geomagnetic field. Atmosphere, ionosphere, magnetosphere. Atmospheric drag. Atomic oxygen. Radiation belts and shielding. 3. Orbital Mechanics And Mission Design. Motion in gravitational field. Elliptic orbit. Classical orbit elements. Two-line element format. Hohmann transfer. Delta-V requirements. Launch sites. Launch to geostationary orbit. Orbit perturbations. Key orbits: geostationary, sun-synchronous, Molniya. 4. Space Mission Geometry. Satellite horizon, ground track, swath. Repeating orbits. 5. Spacecraft And Mission Design Overview. Mission design basics. Life cycle of the mission. Reviews. Requirements. Technology readiness levels. Systems engineering. 6. Mission Support. Ground stations. Deep Space Network (DSN). STDN. SGLS. Space Laser Ranging (SLR). TDRSS. 7. Attitude Determination And Control. Spacecraft attitude. Angular momentum. Environmental disturbance torques. Attitude sensors. Attitude control techniques (configurations). Spin axis precession. Reaction wheel analysis. 8. Spacecraft Propulsion. Propulsion requirements. Fundamentals of propulsion: thrust, specific impulse, total impulse. Rocket dynamics: rocket equation. Staging. Nozzles. Liquid propulsion systems. Solid propulsion systems. Thrust vector control. Electric propulsion. 9. Launch Systems. Launch issues. Atlas and Delta launch families. Acoustic environment. Launch system example: Delta II. 10. Space Communications. Communications basics. Electromagnetic waves. Decibel language. Antennas. Antenna gain. TWTA and SSA. Noise. Bit rate. Communication link design. Modulation techniques. Bit error rate. 11. Spacecraft Power Systems. Spacecraft power system elements. Orbital effects. Photovoltaic systems (solar cells and arrays). Radioisotope thermal generators (RTG). Batteries. Sizing power systems. 12. Thermal Control. Environmental loads. Blackbody concept. Planck and Stefan-Boltzmann laws. Passive thermal control. Coatings. Active thermal control. Heat pipes. 60 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 61.
    Space Systems &Space Subsystems Summary Course # P152 This 4-day course in space systems and space subsystems engineering is for technical and management personnel who wish to gain an understanding of the important technical concepts in the development of space instrumentation, subsystems, and systems. The goal is to assist students to achieve their professional potential by endowing them with an understanding of the basics of subsystems and the supporting disciplines important to developing space instrumentation, space subsystems, and space systems. It designed for participants who expect to plan, design, build, integrate, test, launch, operate or manage subsystems, space systems, launch vehicles, spacecraft, payloads, or ground systems. The objective is to expose each participant to the fundamentals of each subsystem and their inter-relations, to not necessarily make each student a systems engineer, but to give aerospace engineers and managers a technically based space systems perspective. The fundamental concepts are introduced and illustrated by state-of-the-art examples. This course differs from the typical space systems course in that the technical aspects of each important subsystem are addressed. The textbook “Fundamentals of Space Systems” published by Oxford University Press will be provided to all attendees. Instructor Dr. Vincent L. Pisacane is a Fellow of the AIAA, has been an Assistant Director for Research and Exploratory Development and Head of the Space Department at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory (JHU/APL), the inaugural Robert A. Heinlein Professor of Aerospace Engineering at the United States Navy Academy, and a lecturer in the graduate engineering program at Johns Hopkins University. He has taught undergraduate and graduate classes in attitude determination and control, classical mechanics, guidance and control, launch systems, space communications, space environment, space physiology, space power systems, space propulsion, and space systems engineering. Dr Pisacane is the editor and contributing author of the textbook Fundamentals of Space Systems published by Oxford Press (2005), author of the textbook The Space Environment and Its Effects on Space Systems published by the AIAA (2008), and contributing author to The International Space Handbook, in publication. He has been the principal investigator on NASA research grants, has served on national and international panels and committees, has over 100 publications, and has over 40 years experience in space research and the development of spacecraft instrumentation, subsystems, and systems. Dr Pisacane received his PhD in applied mechanics and physics and a master’s degree in applied mechanics and mathematics from Michigan State, received a bachelor degree in mechanical engineering from Drexel University, and has undertaken graduate studies in aerospace engineering, as part of his PhD program at Princeton and had post-doctoral appointment in electrical engineering at Johns Hopkins. Who Should Attend Scientists, engineers, and managers involved in the management, planning, design, fabrication, integration, test, or operation of space instruments, space subsystems, and spacecraft. The course will provide an understanding of the space subsystems and disciplines necessary to develop a space instrument and spacecraft and the systems engineering approach to integrate these into a successful mission. February 9-12, 2015 Columbia, Maryland $2045 (9:00am - 4:30pm) "Register 3 or More & Receive $10000 each Off The Course Tuition." Course Outline 1. Systems Overview. Recent spacecraft missions are discussed to provide an overall perspective of some challenging missions. Cassini-Huygens. Near Earth Asteroid Rendezvous. Space Navigation Systems. 2. Space Systems Engineering. Introductory Concepts. Systems Engineering. System Development. Engineering Reviews. System testing. Management of Space Systems (Schedule, Budgeting, Earned Value, Cost Estimating, Cost readiness Levels.) 3. Astrodynamics. Two-Body Central Force Motion. Reference Systems. Classical Orbital Elements. Gravitational Potential. Tides. Gravity Gradient. Trajectory Perturbations. Orbit Determination. Satellite Coverage. Lagrange Libration Points. Gravitational Assist. Synodic Periods. Patched Conics. 4. Spacecraft Propulsion, Flight Mechanics, and Launch Systems. Rocket Propulsion. Force-Free Rocket Motion. Launch Flight Mechanics. Propulsion System Introduction. Cold Gas Systems. Solid Propulsion Systems. Liquid Propulsion Systems. Hybrid Propulsion Systems. Nuclear Thermal Propulsion Systems. Electrical Propulsion Systems. Solar Sailing. Launch Vehicles. Transfer Trajectories. 5. Spacecraft Attitude Determination. Attitude Kinematics. (Euler Angles, Quaternions, Gimbal Lock, Attitude Determination). Attitude Sensors (Sun Sensors, Magnetometers, Horizon Sensors, Star Sensors GPS Attitude, Typical Configurations). Rate Sensors (Mechanical Gyroscopes, Optical Gyroscopes, Resonator Gyroscopes, MEMS Gyroscopes). Inertial Measurement Units. 6. Spacecraft Attitude Control. Equations of Motion. Environmental Torques. Feedback Control. Control Example. Actuators. Libration and Nutation Dampers. Attitude Control Systems. 7. Space Power Systems. Nuclear Reactors. Radioisotope Generators. Fuel Cells. Solar Thermal Dynamic. Auxiliary Power Units. Battery Principles. Primary Batteries. Secondary Batteries. Solar-Orbital Geometry. Solar Cell Basics. Solar Arrays. Power System Control. Design Principles. Sample Power System Configurations. 8. Space Communications. Radio Spectrum. Antennas. Signal to Noise Ratio. Link Analysis. Pulse Code Modulation. Digital Communications. Multiple Access. Coding. 9. Space Thermal Control. Design Process. Thermal Environment. Heat Transfer Basics. Thermal Analysis. Thermal Control Components (Thermal Control Coatings, Second Surface Mirrors, Multilayer Insulation, Heaters, Radiators, Louvers, Heat Pipes, Phase Change Materials and Heat Sinks, Heat Sinks, Doublers and Thermal Straps, Thermal Isolators, and Radioisotope Heater Units). Thermal Tests. Sample Thermal Control Systems. 10. Space Structures. Design Process, Mass Estimates. Structural Configurations. Launch Vehicle Environments. Materials. Finite Element Analysis. Test Verification. Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 61
  • 62.
    TOPICS for ON-SITEcourses ATI offers these courses at Your Location...customized for you! Acoustic, Underwater Sound & Sonar 1. Acoustics Fundamentals, Measurements, and Applications 2. Applied Physical Oceanography Modeling and Acoustics 3. Design, Operation and Analysis of Side Scan Sonar 4. Fundamentals of Passive and Active Sonar 5. Fundamentals of Sonar Transducer Design 6. Physical & Coastal Oceanography Overview 7. Practical Sonar Systems 8. Sonar 101 9. Sonar Principles & ASW Analysis 10. Sonar Signal Processing 11. Submarines & Submariners- An Introduction 12. Undersea Warfare- Advanced 13. Underwater Acoustics For Biologists and Conservation Managers 14. Underwater Acoustic Modeling & Simulation 15. Vibration and Shock Measurement & Testing Systems Engineering & Project Management 1. Applied Systems Engineering 2. Architecting with DODAF 3. Building High Value Relationships 4. Certified Systems Professional - CSEP Preparation 5. COTS-Based Systems - Fundamentals 6. Fundamentals of Systems Engineering 7. Model-Based Systems with OMG SysML 8. Modeling and Simulation of Systems of Systems 9. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design UML 10. Systems Engineering - The People Dimension 11. Systems Engineering - Requirements 12. Systems Engineering - Management 13. Systems Engineering - Synthesis 14. Systems Verification- Fundamentals 15. Systems Of Systems 16. Systems Engineering Best Practices and CONOPS 17. Test Design & Analysis 18. Test & Evaluation Principles 19. Total Systems Engineering Development & Management Agile & Scrum 1. Agile Boot Camp: An Immersive Introduction 2. Agile in Government Environment 3. Agile- Introduction To Lean Six Sigma 4. Agile- An Introduction 5. Agile - Collaborating and Communicating Agile Requirements 6. Agile Testing 7. Agile Testing 8. Agile Project Management Certification Workshop (PMI-ACP) 9. Certified Scrum Master Workshop SharePoint 1. SharePoint 2013 Boot Camp 2. SharePoint 2013 for Project Management Other Topics Call us to discuss your requirements and ob-jectives. Our experts can tailor leading-edge cost-effective courses to your specifications. OUTLINES & INSTRUCTOR BIOS at www.ATIcourses.com Sign Up to Access Course Samplers Satellites & Space-Related 1. Attitude Determination & Control 2. Climate Change Science and Monitoring from Space 3. Design & Analysis of Bolted Joints 4. Ground System Design & Operation 5. Hyperspectral & Mulitspectral Imaging 6. Introduction To Human Spaceflight 7. Launch Vehicle Design & Selection 8. Launch Vehicle Systems - Reusable 9. Liquid Rocket Engines for Spacecraft 10. Orbital & Launch Mechanics 11. Planetary Science for Aerospace 12. Rocket Propulsion 101 13. Rockets & Missiles - Fundamentals 14. Satellite Design & Technology 15. Satellite Liquid Propulsion Systems 16. Six Degrees Of Freedom Modeling and Simulation 17. Solid Rocket Motor Design & Applications 18. Space-Based Laser Systems 19. Space Environment - for Spacecraft Design 20. Space Environment & It’s Effects On Space Systems 21. Space Mission Analysis and Design 22. Space Systems & Space Subsystems Fundamentals 23. Space Radiation Effects On Space Systems & Astronauts 24. Space System Development & Verification 25. Space System Fundamentals 26. Space Systems - Subsystems Designs 27. Spacecraft Reliability, Quality Assurance & Testing 28. Spacecraft Power Systems 29. Spacecraft Solar Arrays 30. Spacecraft Systems Design 31. Spacecraft Systems Integration & Test 32. Spacecraft Thermal Control 33. State-of-the Art Satellite Communications 34. Structural Test Design and Interpretation Satellite Communications & Telecommunications 1. Antenna & Array Fundamentals 2. Communications Payload Design & System Architecture 3. Digital Video Systems, Broadcast & Operations 4. Earth Station Design, Implementation & Operation 5. Fiber Optic Communication Systems 6. Fiber Optics Technology & Applications 7. Fundamentals of Telecommunications 8. IP Networking Over Satellite (3 day) 9. Optical Communications Systems 10. Quality Of Service In IP-Based Mission Critical Networks 11. SATCOM Technology and Networks 12. Satellite Communications Systems - Advanced 13. Satellite Communications - An Essential Introduction 14. Satellite Communications Design and Engineering 15. Satellite Link Budget Training Using SatMaster Software 16. Satellite Laser Communications 17. Software Defined Radio Defense - Radar, Missiles and EW 1. Aegis Combat System Engineering 2. Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense 3. AESA Airborne Radar Theory and Operations 4. Cyber Warfare - Global Trends 5. Electronic Warfare- Introduction 101 6. Electronic Warfare - Advanced 7. ELINT Interception & Analysis 8. Examining Network Centric Warfare (NCW) 9. Explosives Technology & Modeling 10. Fundamentals of Rockets & Missiles 11. GPS & Other Radionavigation Satellites 12. Isolating COTS Equipment aboard Military Vehicles 13. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS - Fundamentals 14. Link 16 / JTIDS / MIDS - Advanced 15. Missile System Design 16. Modern Missile Guidance 17. Modern Missile Analysis 18. Multi-Target Tracking & Multi-Sensor Data Fusion 19. Network Centric Warfare - An Introduction 20. Principles of Naval Weapons 21. Propagation Effects for Radar & Communication 22. Radar 101 Radar 201 23. Radar Signal Analysis & Processing with MATLAB 24. Radar Systems Analysis & Design Using MATLAB 25. Radar Systems Design 26. Rocket Propulsion 101 27. Synthetic Aperture Radar - Fundamentals 28. Synthetic Aperture Radar - Advanced 29. Tactical Battlefield Communications Electronic Warfare 30. Tactical & Strategic Missile Guidance 31. Tactical Missile Propulsion 32. Unmanned Air Vehicle Design 33. Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Guidance & Control 34. Unmanned Aircraft System Fundamentals 35. Unmanned Aircraft Systems - Sensing, Payloads & Products 62 – Vol. 119 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805
  • 63.
    introducing and launching Applied Technology Institute International BRINgINg ATI TRAININg TO yOUR fACILITy ATI courses is proud to announce the launch of our new international division aimed at delivering on-site courses for technical and training professionals throughout Europe and Asia. The United Nations, the European Space Research and Technology Centre, and Korea’s Space Solutions are amongst the customers that have already experienced our courses at their facilities, led by our qualified team of instructors. Within the next few months, we will begin to offer open-enrollment public courses in locations throughout Europe and Asia. For more information or to obtain a quote for an on-site course, visit our site at www.aticourses.com or contact us at info@aticourses.com. You may also call any one of our training specialists at +1 888 501 2100 (United States and Canada) or +39 345 156 0916 (Europe). MEET OUR ExECUTIvE TEAM: Edmund J. McCarthy began his career at ATI as a consultant to structure and position the company with the objective of strengthening its growth in the domestic market and to expand into the international market. Edmund has over 40 years experience in business development, marketing, and sales. He has multiple business degrees from Johns Hopkins and an Executive Masters degree in Business from Loyola University. E-mail: edmundm@aticourses.com Francesco P. Zamboni comes to ATI International with more than 20 years of experience in IT and management training within foreign markets, most of which was gained at Learning Tree International where he led worldwide operations and marketing. He consistently worked on a global level to provide training solutions for Cisco, Fortify Software and other multinational organizations. E-mail: francescoz@aticourses.com TAkINg OUR ExTENSIvE ExPERIENCE WORLdWIdE: We are determined to bring our extensive expertise in training scientists, engineers and project managers to customers worldwide. For on-site courses, we can tailor the course and combine course topics to meet your specific needs and requirements. Call, e-mail, or visit our web site to request a free proposal and quote from one of our worldwide training specialists. ATI TRAININg SPECIALIzES IN: • Satellites & Space-Related Systems • Satellite Communications & Telecommunications • Defense: Radar, Missiles & Electronic Warfare • Acoustics, Underwater Sound & Sonar • Systems Engineering & Project Management • Agile & Scrum • SharePoint OUR NEW EUROPEAN OffICE ANd TRAININg fACILITy: Our new European office in Italy is conveniently situated near Venice and includes a state-of-the-art training facility. Via delle Macchine, 2 31075 Marghera (VE), Italy Telephone: ........................+39 345 156 0916 E-mail:....................... info@aticourses.com CONTACT US TO RECEIvE A qUOTE fOR AN ON-SITE COURSE IN yOUR fACILITy USA 349 Berkshire Drive Riva, Maryland 21140 Toll-free phone: ...................+1 888 501 2100 Mobile phone:......................+1 718 578 2098 FAX: .....................................+1 410 956 5785 E-mail: .........................info@aticourses.com EUROPE Via delle Macchine, 2 31075 Marghera (VE), Italy Telephone: .........................+39 345 156 0916 E-mail: .........................info@aticourses.com Applied Technology institute International Space and Satellite Systems Design • Satellite Communications Design Defense including Radar, Electronic Warfare and Missiles • Acoustics, Underwater Sound and Sonar Systems Engineering and Program Management • Agile and Scrum • SharePoint www.ATicourses.com Enhance your Skills and Knowledge with ATi Training! Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805 Vol. 119 – 63
  • 64.
    Boost Your Skills with ATI On-site Training Any Course Can Be Taught Economically For 8 or More All ATI courses can easily be tailored to your specific applications and technologies. “On-site” training represents a cost-effective, timely and flexible training solution with leading experts at your facility. Save an average of 40% with an onsite (based on the cost of a public course). Onsite Training Benefits How It Works • Customized to your facility’s specific • Call or e-mail us with your course interest(s). • Discuss your training objectives and audience. • Identify which courses will meet your goals. • ATI will prepare and send you a quote to review with sample course material to present to your supervisor. • Schedule the presentation at your convenience. • Conference with the instructor prior to the event. • ATI prepares and presents all materials and de-livers measurable results. Call and we will explain in detail what we can do for you, what it will cost, and what you can expect in results and future capabilities. 888.501.2100 PRESORTED STANDARD U.S. POSTAgE Paid BLOOMSBURg, PA PERMIT NO. 6 applications • 40 to 60 % discounts per/person • Tailored course manuals for each stu-dent • Industry expert instructors • Confidential environment • No obligation or risk until two weeks before the event • Multi-course program discounts • New courses can be developed to meet your specific requirements 5 EASY WAYS TO REGISTER OR CORRECT YOUR MAILING INFORMATION Technical Training since 1984 Onsite Training always an option. www.ATIcourses.com FAX paperwork to 410-956-5785 Phone 1-888-501-2100 or 410-956-8805 USA or +39 345 156 0916 Europe Via the Internet Register on-line at www.ATIcourses.com Email ATI@ATIcourses.com Mail paperwork to ATI Courses, LLC 349 Berkshire Drive Riva, MD 21140-1433 Send Me Future Information: o Remove. This person is no longer at this address. o I prefer to be mailed a paper copy of the brochure. o I prefer to receive both paper and email copies of the brochure. o Please correct my mailing address as noted. o Email for electronic copies. We require your email address for future correspondence. Emai l Fax or Email address updates and your mail code. Fax to 410-956-5785 or email ati@aticourses.com Please provide your Name & Priority Code (above your name & address) from the brochure with any c h a n g e s i n i n f o r m a t i o n . ATI COURSES, LLC 349 Berkshire Drive Riva, Maryland 21140-1433 64 – Vol. 98 Register online at www.ATIcourses.com or call ATI at 888.501.2100 or 410.956.8805